Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPROJECT MANUAL A:COM Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/3 0, Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Bid Package #2 FAA AIP Project #3-19-0094-045 WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CRUISE A NEW ALTITUDE 1 Prepared For: City of Waterloo 715 Mulberry Street Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Prepared By: AECOM 500 SW 7th Street, Suite 301 Des Moines,Iowa 50309 AECOM 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222 P.O.Box 1497 Waterloo,Iowa 50704-1497 May 17, 2017 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR RUNWAY 12/30 PAVEMENT JOINT REPAIR PAVEMENT MARKING RUNWAY 12/30, RUNWAY 18/36 AND TAXIWAYS BID PACKAGE #2 AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO, IOWA FAA AIP PROJECT NO. 3-19-0094-045 Prepared For: City of Waterloo,Iowa Prepared By: AECOM May 17, 2017 —' I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the state of Iowa. ,� .#'14.0 # S , l� — May 17, 2017 100 S. Z; DAVID s` DAVID B.HUGHES,PE Date = ua H4JGHE5 Z 13037 :'11 • *Z License No. 13037 "#*'***{ } "�"" My license renewal date is December 31 2017. Pages or sheets covered by this seal: -r All Pages 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS Contents Page P NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING/NOTICE TO BIDDERS NPH-1-7 gang PROPOSAL FORM P-1-7 BID BOND P-8 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER P-9 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR P-10 STATEMENT OF INTENT P-11 BIDDER'S INFORMATION SHEET P-12 SYNOPSIS OF EXPERIENCE RECORD P-13 UTILIZATION STATEMENT P-14 LETTER OF INTENT P-15 ads BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION P-16-17 BUY AMERICAN WAIVER REQUEST .P-18-19 BUY AMERICAN CONFORMANCE LISTING P-20 CONTRACT C-1-4 PERFORMANCE BOND C-5-6 PAYMENT BOND C-7-8 GENERAL PROVISIONS G-1-58 Section 10-Definition of Terms G-1-4 Section 20-Proposal Requirements and Conditions G-5-8 Section 30-Award and Execution of Contract G-9-10 Section 40-Scope of Work G-11-14 Section 50-Control of Work G-15-22 Section 60-Control of Materials G-23-26 Section 70-Legal Regulations and Responsibility to Public G-27-32 Section 80-Prosecution and Progress G-33-38 Section 90-Measurement and Payment G-39-44 Section 100-Contractor Quality Control Program G-45-50 .014 Section 105—Mobilization G-51-52 Section 110-Method of Estimating Percentage of Material Within G-53-58 Specification Limits(PWL) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways I PART 1 -LOCAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS SP-1-4 PART 2-FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT PROJECTS 1-30 PART 3 -FAA ADVISORY CIRCULAR 150/5370-2F, OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON -- AIRPORTS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1 -54 PART 4-DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE DETERMINATION WS-1-6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS P-101 Surface Preparation P 101-1 -P 101-4 P-152 Excavation, Subgrade and Embankment P152-1 -P152-7 P-154 Subbase Course P154-1 -P154-4 -' P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution, Soil Erosion,and Siltation Control P156-1 -P156-3 P-208 Aggregate Base Course P208-1 -P208-5 P-401 Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA)Pavements P401-1 -P401-22 — P-501 Portland Cement Concrete(PCC)Pavement P501-1 -P501-32 P-620 Runway and Taxiway Marking P620-1 -P620-9 P-621 Saw-Cut Grooves P621-1 -P621-3 APPENDIX A-Construction Safety and Phasing Plan APPENDIX B-Boring Logs _ FAA AIP#3-I9-0094-045 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING On Proposed Plans,Specifications,Form of Contract, ..� and Estimate of Cost and the NOTICE TO BIDDERS For the Taking of Construction Bids For the RUNWAY 12/30 PAVEMENT JOINT REPAIR PAVEMENT MARKING RUNWAY 12/30,RUNWAY 18/36 AND TAXIWAYS BID PACKAGE#2 AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT In the City of Waterloo,Iowa ''! FAA AIP PROJECT NO.3-19-0094-045 RECEIVING OF BIDS Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, at her office in the City Hall of the said City on the 22nd day of June, 2017,until 1:00 p.m. for Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair,Pavement Marking Runway 12/30, Runway 18/36 and Taxiways, Bid Package #2, as described in detail in the plans and specifications now on file in the Office of the City Clerk. OPENING OF BIDS All proposals received will be opened in the First Floor Conference Room at City Hall in the City of Waterloo, Iowa, on the 22nd day of June 2017,at 1:00 P.M.,local time, and the proposals will be acted upon at such later time and place as may then be fixed. PRE-BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting for this project will be held in the Second Floor Conference Room of the Term]nal Building at the Waterloo Regional Airport at 10:00 A.M.,Local Time,on June 15,2017. PUBLIC HEARING ' I Notice is hereby given that the Council of said City will conduct a public hearing on the proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-described improvement project at 5:30 p.m. on June 26, 2017, said hearing to be held in the Harold E. Getty Council Chambers in the City Hall in said City. The proposed plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for said improvements heretofore prepared by the AECOM are now on file in the office of the City Clerk for public examination, and any Aot person interested therein may file written objection thereto with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing, or appear and make objection thereto with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing, or appear and make objection thereto at the meeting above set forth. SCOPE OF WORK The work to be performed in this project shall include the following described improvements at the Waterloo .+� Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa: • Pavement Repairs Runway 12/30 • Crack and Joint Repairs on Runway 12/30 pat • Pavement Marking Add Alternate Bid Options for Airfield Pavement Marking •r FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways BEGINNING AND COMPLETION DATES The work under the proposed contract shall be commenced within ten(10) calendar days after receipt of"Notice to Proceed" and shall be completed in one hundred twenty(120) calendar days from the date established in the Notice To Proceed. Failure to complete within the allotted time will result in assessment of liquidated damages. METHOD OF PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR rt The Contractor will be paid against monthly estimates in cash on the basis of ninety-five percent(95%)of the work as it is completed and materials delivered and work approved. Final payment will be made thirty-one(31)days after completion of the work and acceptance by the Council. Before fmal payment is made, vouchers showing that all subcontractors and workmen and all persons furnishing materials have been fully paid for such materials and labor will be required unless the City is satisfied that material,men and laborers have been paid. The Contractor is hereby notified that if the City does not have cash on hand to pay monthly pay estimates, according to Chapter 384.57 of the Code of Iowa, payment may be made by anticipatory warrants issued bearing a rate of interest not exceeding that permitted by Chapter 74A,Code of Iowa. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS •.. Plans and Specifications governing the construction of the proposed improvements have been prepared by AECOM, which plans and specifications, and also the prior proceedings of the City Council referring to and defining said proposed improvements are hereby made a part of this notice, and the proposed contract by reference shall be executed in compliance therewith. Copies of the plans and specifications and wage rate decision are on file and may be inspected at: Office of Director of Aviation or AECOM Waterloo Regional Airport 501 Sycamore Street,Suite 222 2790 Livingston Lane Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Waterloo,Iowa 50703 Plans and Specifications may be obtained by applying to the AECOM office listed above. Requests shall include street address for delivery of documents. A $30.00 deposit is required for each set of Bidding Documents. Said $30.00 deposit is fully-refundable if the Bidding Documents are returned in usable condition (i.e. free of highlights, ink markings, tears, stickers, water stains and soiling)to the Engineer's Office by the end of the 14th consecutive day after the project has been awarded. No deposits will be refunded for any plans received after the 14th consecutive day,which includes plans returned via mail service. Plan holders are responsible for ascertaining when the project has been awarded. Payment shall be by check only. This deposit policy shall also apply to the prime contractor awarded the project for all plans and specifications obtained and distributed by the prime contractor to their subcontractors and suppliers in determining the prime contractor's bid,if the prime contractor wishes for their deposit to be returned. Upon award of project,the prime contractor shall be supplied with the needed number of plans and specifications at no additional cost. CONTRACT AWARD A contract will be awarded to the qualified bidder submitting the lowest total bid. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids,re-advertise for new bids, and to waive informalities in the bids submitted that might be in the best interest of the City. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 7 3 w � - l Bids may be held by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days from the day of the opening of bids for the purpose of reviewing the bids and investigating the qualifications of bidders, prior to awarding the contract. By virtue of statutory authority,a preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced with the State of Iowa and preference will be given to local domestic labor in the construction of the improvement. PROPOSALS SUBMITTED The bidder shall submit bids on the items listed in the proposal. The bidder shall clearly write or type the unit bid price and the bid item extension(Unit Price x Estimated Qty) in numerals on the blanks provided. Should there be any discrepancy between the unit bid price and extension,the City of Waterloo shall consider the unit bid price as being the valid unit bid price. The bidder has the option to submit a computer-generated spreadsheet in lieu of the portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal, which includes the Bid Item Number, Description, Unit, Estimated Quantity, Unit Bid Price, Total Bid Price and Total Bid. The computer-generated spreadsheet shall include all of the information listed in that portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal as well as bear the signature of the Prime Contractor submitting the bid. For the bidders who submit a computer-generated spreadsheet, the TOTAL BID (with alternates, if applicable) shall also be indicated in the space(s)provided on the Form of Bid or Proposal. BID SECURITY REQUIRED All bids must be accompanied in a separate envelope by a certified or cashier's check drawn on an Iowa bank, or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, a certified share draft drawn on a credit union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States,or bid bond,(on the form furnished by the City)payable to the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in the sum of not less than five percent(5%) of the bid submitted, which certified check, certified share draft or bid bond will be held as security that the Bidder will enter into a Contract for the construction of the work and will furnish the required bonds, and in case the successful Bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into the Contract and furnish the required bonds, his bid security may be retained by said City as agreed upon liquidated damages. If bid bond is used, it must be signed by both the Bidder and the surety or surety's agent. Signature of surety's agent must be supported by accompanying Power of Attorney. PERFORMANCE&PAYMENT BONDS The successful bidder will be required to furnish a"Performance Bond"and a"Payment Bond"within ten(10)days after forms are presented to him in an amount equal to one hundred percent(100%)of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council and shall guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained,and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor and protect and save harmless the City from claims of any kind caused by the operations of the contractor. CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM/SUBCONTRACTING The program proposes numerical projections regarding utilization of Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women Business Enterprise (WBE) as Subcontractors, vendors and suppliers in the performance of Contracts awarded by the City of Waterloo,Iowa. A goal of at least ten percent(10%)for MBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated •� at$50,000.00 or more. A goal of at least two percent(2%) for WBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are estimated at $50,000.00 or more. Any project funded in part or in total with federal funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. The Prime Contractor shall make "good-faith efforts" to meet the Contract Compliance MBE/WBE goals. The MBE/WBE subcontractors, suppliers or vendors must provide the Prime Contractor a reasonably competitive price for the service being rendered or the Contractor is not required to accept their bid. •r FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways PREDETERMINED WAGE RATE Predetermined wage rates shall apply to all work on this project in accordance with General Decision No. IA16001. - In addition,the Prime Contractor shall submit certified payrolls for itself and each approved subcontractor weekly to the project Engineer. The Contractor may use the Iowa DOT Certified Payroll form or other approved form. The Contractor shall list the craft for each employee covered by the Predetermined Wage Rates. The Prime Contractor shall sign each of the subcontractor's payrolls to acknowledge the submittal of the Certified Payroll. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Time is an essential element of this contract. It is important that the work be diligently pursued to completion. If the work is not completed within the overall specified contract period of Ninety (90) calendar days, •- plus authorized extensions, the contractor shall pay to the City Liquidated Damages in the amount of five hundred dollars($500.00)per calendar day,for each calendar day,as further described herein,in excess of the authorized time. Calendar days beyond the specified overall contract period of Ninety (90) calendar days, for which Liquidated Damages will be charged will be working calendar days that the contractor does, or could have worked., from Monday through Satuday. Sundays will be counted only if work is perfofmed, Partial working days will be considered as a full working day. Calendar days not chargeable for Liquidated Damages will include rain days, Sunday if no work is done,and legal holidays. Liquidated damages will be assessed for failure to return Runway 12-30 to operations by 05:30 am during work within the Phase 2 work area at the rate of $500.00 for the first 15 minutes and $100.00 for each additional 15 minutes of runway closure. Liquidated damages will be assessed for work that is not completed within thirty (30) calendar days from the date work commences in the Phase 3 work area at a rate of $1, 000.00 per calendar day. Working Calendar days will cease to be charged when only punch list items remain to be completed. Punch list items do not include contract bid items or approved change/extra work orders. When the Contractor believes the project to be substantially completed, a written notice stating the same shall be submitted to the Engineer and a request made for a Punch List. If the work under the Contract extends beyond the normal construction season for such work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in writing a request that calendar days counted toward the project be suspended until work is resumed the following construction season. This amount is not construed as a penalty. These damages are for the cost to the City of providing the required additional inspection,engineering and contract administration. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Before the work is commenced on this contract,a conference shall be held for the purpose of discussing the contract. -. The conference shall be attended by the prime contractor,subcontractors and City Officials. RESIDENT BIDDER/NON-RESIDENT BIDDER Attention of bidders is called to compliance with the provisions of the Resident Bidder/Non-Resident Bidder requirements. Each bidder submitting a bid shall execute and include with the bid, a Resident Bidder Certification or a Non- Resident Bidder Certification in the form(s)herein provided. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways i rr GA SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certification to purchase building materials or supplies in the performance of construction contracts let by the City of Waterloo. SITE INSPECTION Bidders are expected to visit the locality of the work and to make their own estimate of the facilities needed and the difficulties attending the execution of the proposed Contract,including local conditions. TIME FOR RECEIVING BIDS Bids received prior to the time of opening will be securely kept, unopened. The officer whose duty it is to open 1 them will decide when the specified time has arrived, and no bid received thereafter will be considered. No responsibility will attach to an officer for the premature opening of a bid not properly addressed and identified. Unless specifically authorized, telegraphic bids will not be considered, but modifications by telegraph of bids already submitted will be considered if received prior to the hour set for opening. All proposals must be received at the address indicated herein above prior to the time and date specified for receipt of bids. Bids received after the specified time and date will be returned unopened.The City of Waterloo shall not be held responsible or accountable for delays in the delivery of any proposal by the U.S.Postal Service or other courier service. ma, WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Bids may be withdrawn on written or telegraphic request received from Bidders prior to the time fixed for opening. Negligence on the part of the Bidder in preparing the bid confers no right for the withdrawal of the bid after it has ..ik been opened. ERRORS IN BID s�. Bidders or their authorized agents are expected to examine the Maps, Drawings, Specifications, Circulars, Schedule and all other instructions pertaining to the work, which will be open to their inspection. Failure to do so will be at the Bidder's own risk and he cannot secure relief on the plea of error in the bid. In case of error in the extension of prices,the unit price will govern. MINIMUM WAGE RATES If the wage determination of the Department of Labor incorporated in the advertised specifications does not include rates for classifications deemed appropriate by the bidder, the bidder is responsible for ascertaining the rates payable for such use in accomplishing the work. No inference concerning practice is to be drawn from 0.4 their omission. Further, the omission does not,per se, establish any liability to the Government for increased labor costs resulting from the use of such classifications. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY—EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 AND 41 CFR PART 60 walk The Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth within the supplementary provisions. The successful ••r Bidder shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race,color,religion,sex,or national origin. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways GOALS FOR MINORITY AND FEMALE PARTICIPATION—EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246 AND 41 CFR PART 60 1. The Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth within the supplementary ►� provisions. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area,are as follows: Timetables: Goals for minority participation for each trade 4.7% Goals for female participation in each trade 6.9% These goals are applicable to all of the contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally- assisted)performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its Federally involved and non-federally involved construction. CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES—41 CFR PART 60 ..r A certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally-assisted construction contract exceeding$10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. Contractors receiving federally assisted construction contract awards exceeding$10,000,which are not exempt from provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause, will be required to provide for the forwarding of the notice to prospective lv" subcontractors for supplies and construction contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause. The penalty for making false statements in offers in prescribed is 18 U.S.C. 1001. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE—49 CFR PART 26 The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of this DOT-assisted contracts. In accordance with 49 CFR Part 26.45,the sponsor has established a contract goal of 7.33 percent participation for small business concerns owned and controlled by certified socially and economically disadvantaged enterprise(DBE). The bidder shall make and document good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 26,to meet this established goal. DAVIS-BACON ACT,AS AMENDED—29 CFR PART 5 The Contractor is required to comply with wage and labor provisions and to pay minimum wages in accordance with the current schedule of wage rates established by the United States Department of Labor. DEBARMENT,SUSPENSION,INELIGIBILITY,AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION—49 CFR PART 29 The bidder certifies, by submission of a proposal or acceptance of a contract, that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. Individuals or companies listed in the General Services Administration's"Excluded Parties Listing System"will not be considered for award of contract. FOREIGN TRADE RESTRICTION—49 CFR PART 30 The Bidder and Bidder's subcontractors, by submission of an offer and/or executive of a contract, is required to certify that it: 1. is not owned or controlled by one or more citizens of a foreign country included in the list of countries that discriminate against U.S.firms published by the Office of the United States Trade Representative(USTR); ... FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 NPH-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways The PROPOSAL FORM FOR .•� IMPROVEMENTS TO THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CONSISTING OF RUNWAY 12/30 PAVEMENT JOINT REPAIR PAVEMENT MARKING RUNWAY 12/30,RUNWAY 18/36 AND TAXIWAYS ast BID PACKAGE#2 AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO,IOWA FAA AIP PROJECT NO. 3-19-0094-045 Waterloo Regional Airport 2790 Livingston Lane Waterloo,IA 50703 .r Gentlemen: 1. The undersigned hereby certifies that he has examined the Form of Contract, Plans, and Specifications for the Construction of Improvements to the Waterloo Regional Airport to Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair, Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways,Bid Package#2, at the Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa,FAA AIP Project No.3-19-0094-45,and has examined the site of the work and is familiar with local conditions pertaining to the work. 2. The extent of the work involved is to Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair,Pavement Marking Runway 12/30, Runway 18/36 and Taxiways, Bid Package #2, including pavement repairs Runways 12/30, crack sealing on Runway 12/30 between Taxiway C and the Runway 12 pavement end,pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other incidentals shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. ft! 3. The undersigned,in compliance with your Invitation for Bids dated ,hereby proposes to do the work called for in said Contract and Specifications and shown on said Plans and Addendum Nos. and to furnish all materials,tools,labor and all appliances and appurtenances necessary for the said work at the following rates and prices: ITEMIZED PROPOSAL Aral WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO,IOWA PROJECT: RUNWAY 12/30 PAVEMENT JOINT REPAIR PAVEMENT MARKING RUNWAY 12/30,RUNWAY 18/36 AND TAXIWAYS BID PACKAGE#2 ow, FAA AIP PROJECT NO.3-19-0094-045 ITEM SPEC.NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT TOTAL NO. QUANTITY BID PRICE BID PRICE 1 GP 105 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION LS 1 2 GP 50-06 CONSTRUCTION SURVEY LS 3 PLANS CONSTRUCTION BARRICADES LS 1 4 P-101-5.1 PAVEMENT REMOVAL-RUNWAY 12-30 SY 500 5 P-101-5.2 JOINT AND CRACK REPAIR LF 50,100 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT TOTAL SPEC.NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT NO. QUANTITY BID PRICE BID PRICE 6 P-101-5.5 COLD MILLING,3 INCHES-RUNWAY 12-30 SY 500 7 P-152-4.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION-RUNWAY 12-30 CY 250 8 P-208-5.1 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE CY 250 9 P-401 HOT MIX ASPHALT SURFACE COURSE TON 325 10 P-501-8.1 12.0-INCH PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SY 335 PAVEMENT-RUNWAY 12-30 11 P-620-5.1-4 TEMPORARY RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARKING SF 1,350 -RUNWAY 12-30 12 P-621-5.1 GROOVING SY 870 TOTAL(BASE BID) Add Alternate Bid No.1-Runway 12/30 Joint and Crack Repair 1 P-620-5.1-1 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARKING-RUNWAY SF 35,200 12/30 2 P-620-5.1-2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA(TYPE I,GRADATION A)- LB 2,800 RUNWAY 12-30 3 P 620-5.1-1 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARKING-TAXIWAY A SF 6,833 (NON-AIP) 4 P-620-5.1-2 TAXIWAY REFLECTIVE MEDIA(TYPE I, LB 225 GRADATION A)-TAXIWAY A(NON-AIP) 5 P-620-5.1-5 PAVEMENT MARKING REMOVAL-TAXIWAY A SF 540 (NON-AIP) TOTAL(ADD ALTERNATE NO.1) Add Alternate Bid No.2-Runway 12/30 Joint and Crack Repair 1 P-101-5.2 JOINT AND CRACK REPAIR-STA 24+00 TO STA LF 7,800 31+00 TOTAL(ADD ALTERNATE NO.2) Add Alternate Bid No.3-Runway 18/36,Taxiways and Apron Pavement Marking 1 P-620-5.1-1 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARKING SF 112,183 2 P-620-5.1-2 TAXIWAY REFLECTIVE MEDIA(TYPE I, LB 4,819 GRADATION A) TOTAL(ADD ALTERNATE NO.3) TOTAL INCLUDING ADD ALTERNATES 4. It is the Airport's intention to evaluate bids reviewing both the Base Bid and Add Alternate Bids. The Airport has limited funds available and will award only what funding allows. The Airport reserves the right to award the contract based on the Base Bid only or the Base Bid plus any and all Add Alternate Bid Options. 5. The undersigned understands that the above quantities of work to be done are approximate only and are intended �.► principally to serve as a guide in evaluating the bids. All quantities are subject to increase or decrease and are to be performed at the unit prices stipulated herein. 6. It is understood that the schedule of minimum wage rates,as established by the Secretary of Labor and included in the Specifications,are to govern on this project,and the undersigned certifies that he has examined this schedule of wage rates and that the prices bid are based on such established wage rates. 7. The bidder shall make good faith efforts,as defined in Appendix A of 49 CFR Part 26,Regulations of the Office of the Secretary of Transportation,to subcontract 7.33 percent(7.33%)of the dollar value of the prime contract to FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways rt 1 This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States of America and the making of a false,fictitious,or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18, ,.� United States Code,Section 1001. 15. The bidder/offeror certifies, by submission of this proposal or acceptance of this contract,that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred,suspended,proposed for debarment,declared ineligible,or voluntarily excluded Mat from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. It further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include this clause without modification in all lower tier transactions,solicitations,proposals, contracts,and subcontracts. Where the bidder/offer/contractor or any lower tier participant is unable to certify this .�, statement,it shall attach an explanation to this solicitation/proposal. 16. As an evidence of good faith in submitting this Proposal,the undersigned encloses bid security in the amount of five (5)percent of the bid which,in case he refuses or fails to accept an award and to enter into a Contract and file the required bonds within the prescribed time,shall be forfeited to the Waterloo Regional Airport as liquidated damages. 17. By entering into this contract,the contractor certifies that neither it(nor he or she)nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). ,fr. 18. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). 19. The undersigned hereby declares that the only parties interested in this Proposal are named herein,that this Proposal "a) is made without collusion with any other person, firm or corporation,that no member of the Council, Waterloo Regional Airport or agent of the City of Waterloo,Iowa,is directly or indirectly financially interested in this bid. rat20. In submitting this bid,it is understood that the right to reject any and all bids has been reserved and that this bid may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty(60)days from the opening thereof. 21. Contractor certifies that all employees employed by Contractor or any subcontractor working on behalf of the Contractor are in compliance with the Immigration Reform Control Act of 1986(IRCA)and indemnifies the Owner and holds harmless Owner for any violations of IRCA as a result of the Contractor's employees or his subcontractor's employees working on behalf of the Contractor on the Owner's project. -■s 22. The undersigned certifies,to the best of his or her knowledge and belief,that: a. No Federal appropriated funds shall be paid,by or on behalf of the Contractor,to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency,a Member of Congress,an officer or employee of Congress,or an employee of a member of Congress in Congress in connection with the making of any Federal grant and the amendment or modification of any Federal grant. b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency,a member of Congress,an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal grant,the Contractor shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure of Lobby Activities", in accordance with its 1 instructions. c. The Undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers(including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements)and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. met This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352,Title 31,U.S.Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than$10,000 and not more than$200,000 for each such failure. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 23. BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATE(Title 49 U.S.C. Chapter 501) As a condition of bid responsiveness,the bidder must how it intend to comply with the Buy American preferences established under Title 49 U.S.C.Section 50101.Bidder must complete the attached Buy American certification.If the bidder requests a permissible waiver to the Buy America requirements, the Bidder identified as with the successful bid must submit a formal waiver request and component cost calculation within the prescribed time identified on the Buy America certification. 24. Drug Free Work Place,Act of 1988. _ a. By submission of this offer, the offeror, if other than an individual, who is making an offer that equals or bar exceeds$25,000,certifies and agrees that with respect to all employees of the offeror to be employed under a contract resulting from this solicitation,it will--no later than 30 calendar days after contract award(unless a longer period is agreed to in writing,for contracts of 30 calendar days or more performance duration;)or as soon as possible for contracts of less than 30 calendar days performance duration,but in any case,by a date prior to when performance is expected to be completed-- (1) Publish a statement notifying such employees that the unlawful manufacturer, distribution, dispensing, .•• possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the Contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition; (2) Establish an on going drug-free awareness program to inform such employees about-- (a) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; (b) The Contractor's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace; (c) Any available drug counseling,rehabilitation,and employee assistance programs;and (d) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace; (3) Provide all employees engaged in performance of the contract with a copy of the statement required by subparagraph a.(1)of this provision; (4) Notify such employees in writing in the statement required by subparagraph a.(1)of this provision that,as a condition of continued employment on the contract resulting from this solicitation,the employee will-- (a) Abide by the terms of the statement;and (b) Notify the employer in writing of the employee's conviction under a criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than 5 calendar days after such conviction; (5) Notify the Contracting Officer in writing within 10 calendar days after receiving notice under subdivision a.(4)(b)of this provision,from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction. The notice shall include the position title of the employee;and (6) Within 30 calendar days after receiving notice under subdivision a.(4)(b)of this provision of a conviction, take one of the following actions with respect to any employee who is convicted of a drug abuse violation occurring in the workplace; (a) Take appropriate personnel action against such employee,up to and including termination;or (b) Require such employee to satisfactorily participate in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal,State,or local health,law enforcement,or other appropriate agency. (7) Make a good faith effort to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of subparagraphs a.(1) through a.(6)of this provision. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways oak b. By submission of its offer,the offeror,if an individual who is making an offer of any dollar value,certifies and agrees that other offeror will not engage in the unlawful manufacture,distribution,dispensing,possession,or ...� use of a controlled substance in the performance of the contract resulting from this solicitation. c. Failure of the offeror to provide the certification required by paragraphs a.or b.of this provision,renders the offeror unqualified and ineligible for award. [See FAR 9.104-1(g)and 19.602-1a.(2)(a)]. d. In addition to other remedies available to the Government, the certification in paragraphs a. or b. of this provision concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, Amc fictitious,or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under title 18,United States Code,Section 1001. 25. Attachment to This Bid. The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: a. Bid Guaranty in the form of b. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder. c. Statement of Intent—Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity Statement. d. Buy American Certification Statement. .rq e. Bidder's Information Sheet. f. Synopsis of Experience Record. (IDOT Certification may be substituted.) g. Completed DBE forms"Utilization Statement"and"Letter of Intent." 26. The Bidder shall indicate whether the bid is submitted by a/an: ❑ Individual,Sole Proprietorship 0 Partnership ❑ Corporation ❑ Joint-venture: all parties must join-in and execute all documents ❑ Other Respectfully submitted, Bidder By Signature Title figok Address (Include Zip Code) Telephone No. 'mat FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways BID BOND .� KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we as Principal,and_ as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the Waterloo Regional Airport,2790 Livingston Lane,Waterloo,Iowa,hereinafter call"Owner",in the penal sum of Dollars($ )lawful money of the United States,for the payment of which sum will and truly be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators, and successors,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid,dated ,2017,for Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair,Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways,Bid Package#2,at the Waterloo Regional Airport,Waterloo,Iowa,FAA AIP Project No. 3-19-0094-45. NOW,THEREFORE, (A) If said Bid shall be rejected,or in the alternate, (B) If said bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form specified and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith,and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said bid. se then this obligation shall be void,otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect;it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall,in no event,exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. By virtue of statutory authority,the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in liquidation of damages sustained in the event that the Principal fails to execute the Contract and provide the bond as provided in the Specifications or taw by law. The Surety,for value received,hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such bid or execute such Contract;and ,. said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety,have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are 11.1 corporations,have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers this day of ,A.D.,2017. (Seal) IMINF Witness Principal By (Title) (Seal) Surety �.. By (Attorney-In-Fact) Attach Power-Of-Attorney tom Nwri FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER State of ) )ss County ofoak ) ,being first duly sworn, deposes and says that: (1) He is (Owner,Partner,Officer,Representative,or Agent) of ,the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid: 1 (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such bid; (3) Such bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham bid; (4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers,partners,owners,agents,representatives,employees or parties in interest,including this affiant,has in any way colluded,conspired,connived or agreed,directly or indirectly,with any other Bidder,firm or person to submit a collusive or sham bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract,or has in any manner,directly or indirectly,sought by +w agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder,firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached bid or of any other Bidder,or,to fix any overhead,profit or cost element of the bid price or the bid price of any other Bidder,or to secure through any collusion,conspiracy,connivance,or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of oi► Waterloo,Iowa,or any person interested in the proposed Contract; and (5) The price or prices quoted in the attached bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion,conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents,representatives,owners,employees,or parties in interest,including this affiant. (Signed) Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,2017. -�1 Title My Commission Expires ,2017. Na! 4.11 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-9 Waterloo Regional Airport MOW AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR (To Be Submitted After Bid But Prior to Award) State of ) )ss County of ) ,being first duly sworn,deposes and says that: (1) He is (Owner,Partner,Officer,Representative,or Agent) of ,the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid: (2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such bid; - (3) Such bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham bid; two (4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest,including this affiant,has in any way colluded,conspired,connived or agreed,directly or indirectly,with any other Bidder,firm or person to submit a collusive or sham bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract,or has in any manner,directly or indirectly,sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder,firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached bid or of any other Bidder,or,to fix any overhead,profit or cost element of the bid price or the bid price of any other Bidder,or to secure through any collusion,conspiracy,connivance,or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo,Iowa,or any person interested in the proposed Contract;and (5) The price or prices quoted in the attached bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion,conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents,representatives,owners,employees,or parties in interest,including this affiant. (Signed) Title Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of ,2017. Title My Commission Expires ,2017. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways amio a + STATEMENT OF INTENT 1 � NONDISCRIMINATION AND 1 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY STATEMENT ... The Contractor does hereby certify to the Waterloo Regional Airport, that no person shall, in any way, be favored or discriminated against because of his race,political or religious opinions and affiliations, national origins, sex, age, sexual orientation,gender identity,disability,color,creed,marital status,employee union or association membership or office herein. If selected as the successful bidder,this contractor hereby agrees to file either a nondiscrimination and equal opportunity statement and/or an Affirmative Action Program. Improvements to the Waterloo Regional Airport consisting of Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways I COMPANY EXECUTIVE OFFICER AFFIRMATIVE ACTION OFFICER ADDRESS OF THE AFFIRMATIVE ACTION OFFICER PHONE NUMBER FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 P-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways BIDDER'S INFORMATION SHEET A. BIDDER'S CAPACITY: (Check One) �.. 1. Individual 0 2. Co-Partnership 0 3. Corporation 0 B. (IF ITEM 2 IS CHECKED,COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING) State of Names and Addresses of Partners 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C. (IF ITEM 3 IS CHECKED, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING) State of Incorporation Names and Addresses of Officers: President Secretary Treasurer FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways SYNOPSIS OF EXPERIENCE RECORD (This synopsis must accompany Proposal Form.) Name of Bidder Business Address Individual( ) Partnership( ) Corporation( ) (Check One.) Construction successfully completed within past five years similar in size,scope,and difficulty of construction to the work bid upon. Name of Location of Amount of Name of Owner Project Project Contract --r 1 2 •-s 3 1 4 5 f! Number of Contract Days Actual Number of Days to Allowed for Above Projects Complete above Project 1 2 3 4 5 (Signed) '°' Name of Company (By) (TITLE) Date 11.1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-13 Waterloo Regional Airport wit AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways UTILIZATION STATEMENT Disadvantage Business Enterprise The undersigned bidder/offeror has satisfied the requirements of the bid specification in the following manner. (Please mark the appropriate box) -- ❑ The bidder/offeror is committed to a minimum of % DBE utilization on this contract. ❑ The bidder/offeror,while unable to meet the DBE goal of %,hereby commits to a minimum of %DBE utilization on this contract and also submits documentation,as _ an attachment demonstrating good faith efforts(GFE). The undersigned hereby further assures that the information included herein is true and correct,and that the DBE firm(s)listed herein have agreed to perform a commercially useful function in the work items noted for each firm.The undersigned further understands that no changes to this statement may be made without prior approval from the Civil Right Staff of the Federal Aviation Administration. Bidder's/Offeror's Firm Name Signature Date DBE UTILIZATION SUMMARY Contract Amount DBE Amount Contract Percentage DBE Prime Contractor $ x 1.00= $ DBE Subcontractor $ x 1.00= $ DBE Supplier $ x 0.60= $ DBE Manufacturer $ x 1.00= $ % Total Amount DBE $ DBE Goal $ Note: If the total proposed DBE participation is less than the established DBE goal,Bidder must provide written documentation of the good faith efforts as required by 49 CFR Part 26. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-14 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways LETTER OF INTENT Disadvantage Business Enterprise (This page shall be submitted for each DBE firm) Bidder/Offer Name: Address: City: State: Zip: DBE Firm: DBE Finn: Address: City: State: Zip: DBE Contact Person: Name: Phone: ( ) DBE Certifying Agency: Expiration Date: Each DBE Firm shall submit evidence(such as a photocopy)of their certification status. mak Classification: ❑Prime Contractor ❑Subcontractor El Joint Venture ❑Manufacturer ❑Supplier Work item(s) to be performed by Description of Work Item Quantity Total DBE The bidder/offeror is committed to utilizing the above-named DBE firm for the work described above. The estimated participation is as follows: DBE contract amount:$ Percent of total contract: % ,..� AFFIRMATION: The above-named DBE firm affirms that it will perform the portion of the contract for the estimated dollar value as stated above. By: (Signature) (Title) Note: In the event the bidder/offeror does not receive award of the prime contract, any and all representations in this Letter of Intent and Affirmation shall be null and void. ort FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-15 Waterloo Regional Airport ,r AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION FORM FOR MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS (Non-building projects such as airfield/roadway construction, equipment acquisition, etc.) As a matter of bid responsiveness, the Bidder or Offeror must complete, sign, date, and submit this certification statement with their proposal. The Bidder or Offeror must indicate how they intend to comply with 49 USC§50101 by selecting one on the following certification statements. These statements are mutually exclusive. Bidder must select one or the other(not both)by inserting a checkmark(✓)or the letter"X". ❑The Bidder or Offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with 49 USC § 50101 by: taw a) Only installing steel and manufactured products produced in the United States,or; b) Installing manufactured products for which the FAA has issued a waiver as indicated by inclusion on the current FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued listing,or; c) Installing products listed as an Excepted Article,Material or Supply in Federal Acquisition Regulation Subpart 25.108. By selecting this certification statement,the Bidder or Offeror agrees: 1. To provide to the Owner evidence that documents the source and origin of the steel and manufactured product. 2. To faithfully comply with providing US domestic product. 3. To furnish US domestic product for any waiver request that the FAA rejects. 4. To refrain from seeking a waiver request after establishment of the contract,unless extenuating circumstances emerge that the FAA determines justified. ❑ The Bidder or Offeror hereby certifies it cannot comply with the 100%Buy American Preferences of 49 USC § 50101(a) but may qualify for either a Type 3 or Type 4 waiver under 49 USC § 50101(b). By selecting this certification statement,the apparent Bidder or Offeror with the apparent low bid agrees: 1. To the submit to the Owner within 15 calendar days of the bid opening, a formal waiver request and required -- documentation that support the type of waiver being requested. 2. That failure to submit the required documentation within the specified timeframe is cause for a non-responsive determination may result in rejection of the proposal. 3. To faithfully comply with providing US domestic products at or above the approved US domestic content percentage as approved by the FAA. 4. To refrain from seeking a waiver request after establishment of the contract,unless extenuating circumstances emerge that the FAA determines justified. Required Documentation Type 3 Waiver-The cost of the item components and subcomponents produced in the United States is more that 60% of the cost of all components and subcomponents of the"item". The required documentation for a type 3 waiver is: ••► a) Listing of all product components and subcomponents that are not comprised of 100%US domestic content (Excludes products listed on the FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued listing and products excluded by Federal Acquisition Regulation Subpart 25.108;products of unknown origin must be considered as non- r' domestic products in their entirety). b) Cost of non-domestic components and subcomponents,excluding labor costs associated with final assembly at place of manufacture. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-16 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways "1 c) Percentage of non-domestic component and subcomponent cost as compared to total "item" component and subcomponent costs,excluding labor costs associated with final assembly at place of manufacture. Type 4 Waiver—Total cost of project using US domestic source product exceeds the total project cost using non-domestic product by 25%. The required documentation for a type 4 of waiver is: a) Detailed cost information for total project using US domestic product. b) Detailed cost information for total project using non-domestic product. { False Statements: Per 49 USC §47126,this certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of the Federal Aviation Administration and the making of a false, fictitious or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under Title 18,United States Code. Date Signature "i { Company Name Title q� 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-17 Waterloo Regional Airport ,r} AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Buy America Waiver Request Title 49 U.S.0 Section 50101 (b) For Airfield Development Projects funded under the Airport Improvement Program (Revised 4/19/2010) Instructions for Permissible Waivers Section 50101(b)(1)Waiver: The bidder may not request a waiver based upon the best interests of the public. The FAA Office of Airports publishes such waivers at: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract_provisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls Section 50101(b)(2)Waiver: The bidder may not request a waiver based upon insufficient supply of U.S.manufactured. The FAA Office of Airports publishes such waivers at: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract_provisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xl s Section 50101(b)(3)Waiver: The bidder may request a waiver if 60%or more of the components are produced in the United States and final assembly occurs in the U.S.Bidder is hereby advised that the Owner's approval with the bidder's waiver request is contingent upon FAA approval. 1. "Equipment"in Section 50101 shall mean the following: a) Individual type"L"items(Airfield Lighting Equipment)as listed in FAA Advisory Circular 150/5345-53. _ b) Individual bid items as established within FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10. The bid item application may not be applied for the type"L"items listed in AC 150/5345-53. c) A waiver request may only address one specific equipment item. Submit separate requests for each equipment item for which a waiver. d) Items listed under the Nationwide Waiver do not require further review. Please refer to the following webpage: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contractprovisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls 2. The bidder must base the U.S.percentage upon the value that results from completing a component cost calculation table similar to the attached format.Bidder shall avoid mere pro forma efforts to establish the waiver request percentage.The Bidder must submit the component cost calculation table as an attachment to the waiver request. 3. Components/subcomponents are the material and products composing the"equipment". 4. The final assembly of the AIP-funded"equipment"must be within the USA(Section 50101(b)(3)(B)). Final assembly is the substantial transformation of the components and subcomponents into the end product. 5. All steel used in the"Equipment"must be produced in the United States. 6. The Buy American requirements apply to all tier contractors and subcontractors. All contractors/subcontractors are required to provide appropriate documentation that indicates origin of manufacturer and percentage of domestic made product. 7. The bidder is hereby advised there is no implied or expressed guarantee that a requested waiver will be issued by the Federal Aviation Administration(FAA). Less than 60%USA component/subcomponent proposed for this facility CANNOT be waived.Products made with foreign steel are not eligible for a waiver. 8. North America Free Trade Act(NAFTA):Free Trade Agreements such as NAFTA do not apply to the AIP. Products and material --- made in Canada or Mexico must be considered as foreign made products. 9. Preparation of a Component Cost Calculation Table is not necessary for equipment listed on the FAA national listing: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal_contract_provisions/media/buy_american_waiver.xls. Bidder however shall submit a listing of any equipment it proposes to install on the project that is included on the National Buy American conformance list. Instructions for Section 50101(b)(4)Waiver: 1. The bidder may request a waiver if application of Buy America preferences results in a 25%cost increase in —� the overall project.This waiver is rarely applicable.Consult the Owner before making this request. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 6. ay O ° e a u o ¢ k 0 o a o y of � .� F o C o -� `I.' C: :it tsfi y o c 67 s a �` o c c i o• o >, cu a o Cssl °i Vi Vi Vi u C 01 O .•+ .•+ M O17 .lo d3 O y CC 'C +'en C ^ o "1 R O 0 0. 'C 711 u 7 pe o of = c .— Q F u 0 C 0 t, O u = CC y 0 S. O a O z C ci) u cu .p, 5ts . "L3 et a+ C6 .a'O ..+ A+ y en - O ° i 0. 0. w C 'C P. CA BOs Q , d �+ C) y E-� O .E L a o o C a= C M ° t tk W p '.3 S ti = .O .... Q' d AH �V I ;9j fli a•.• o ca• ' O o aaH ao o 0 RWc RV. = - A" 44 i'} A-I a.) r ,cA 3 �yi 41 O y m o W E E i" E _/ — O p t� - v • V m y y R'B i m y .o . d F ' .? d s w1. ay O O , .Q C 6.7 E� it - - 'I m r =, = a, o+� A , -.S. e o C= • y o C...) ds y • CA V d +I y a a d nCU Z 4 h z c "Q 0 d ++ u 00 O III „M i O. i y a t, y c it 2. =U % od % o =U CovNo a Cl.0 = ° m d CA,,,0 o � L Ea a Q 'a i c m F. U °ci o a ea C > vn t\ ;? Q 1 '0 3 ? .T.- d 4; d r y O O M Z O • d ''=" •E ^ a Vl .7 d C 0 C • O O° o `'. O r , , i `� C C O ..-. O O O O _; Q L S C = L O+ T O O 3k ..... ti O % ° .d a C. V] >a E "+ Cr*, N oyoi �! s ti i0 C. C d v L en O• S C ° �L to •C •E c: a. i.+ a �" u GL-i W Li cr ` L 8 o i Q • • • • • �+ •a u i 1-70 Q O aii ? d t Q W U 01 w .1 co c,n W Q Buy America Conformance Listing — Title 49 U.S.0 Section 50101 (b) For Airfield Development Projects funded under the _ Airport Improvement Program • Preparation of a Component Cost Calculation Table is not necessary for equipment listed on the FAA national listing. -- hap.;ini it,faa.gov.'airports,aipi procurement federal contract provisions,'mediazbuy american waiver.xls • Bidder shall submit a listing of equipment it proposes to install on the project that is included on the current National Buy American conformance list. Equipment Type Name of Manufacturer Product Number Certification Signature: Bidder hereby certifies that the above listed equipment,which we propose for installation on the subject project,are on the current National Buy America Conformance list as established at: http://www.faa.gov/airports/aip/procurement/federal contract provisions/media/buy american waiver.xls I hereby certify the above information is accurate and complete. _.. Bidder's Firm Name Date Signature FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P-20 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways CONTRACT FOR ""t IMPROVEMENTS TO THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CONSISTING OF RUNWAY 12/30 PAVEMENT JOINT REPAIR PAVEMENT MARKING RUNWAY 12/30,RUNWAY 18/36 AND TAXIWAYS BID PACKAGE#2 AT THE WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT .11 WATERLOO,IOWA FAA AIP PROJECT NO. 3-19-0094-045 THIS AGREEMENT,made and entered into this day of ,2017,by and between the Waterloo Regional Airport for the City of Waterloo,Black Hawk County,Iowa,hereinafter referred to as the"Owner"and_ (a corporation organized and existing under the laws of �-+ the State of ),(a partnership consisting of )(an individual trading as ) { ! of ,in the State of ,hereinafter referred to as the"Contractor." WITNESSETH: That the Contractor for and in consideration of($ ),based on the unit bid prices payable as set forth in the Specifications constituting a part of this Contract,hereby agrees to construct in accordance with the Plans,Specifications and Special Provisions therefore,and in the location designated on the Plans,the various items of work awarded said Contractor on the day of ,2017,as follows, being numbered as shown in schedule of prices bid in the attached Proposal which is a part of this Contract. ..� Said Specifications and Plans are hereby made a part of and the basis of this Agreement and a true copy of said Plans and Specifications is now with the Waterloo Regional Airport in the office of the Director of Aviation,Waterloo,Iowa,under date of ,2017. 1. That in consideration of the foregoing,the Owner hereby agrees to pay the Contractor promptly and according to the requirements of the Specifications, the amounts set forth, subject to the conditions as set forth in the Specifications. 2. That it is understood that the parties named herein are the only persons interested in this Contract and principals. 3. That the Contractor has examined the site of the proposed work, Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and Contract Documents in order that he might become familiar with the character,quality and quantity of the work to be performed,the materials to be furnished and the requirements of the Specifications, Special Provisions and Contract Documents. 4. It is hereby further agreed that any reference herein to the"Contract"shall include all"Contract Documents"as the same are listed and described in Paragraph 1.02 of the Special Provisions,Waterloo Regional Airport,FAA Project No.3-19-0094-45 and said"Contract Documents"are hereby made a part of this agreement as fully as if set out at length herein, and that this contract is limited to the items in the proposal as signed by the "Contractor" and included in the"Contract Documents." 5. That in the event any surety upon any bond furnished in connection with this Contract becomes unacceptable to the Owner,or if any such surety shall fail to furnish reports as to his financial condition from time to time as requested by the Owner,the Contractor agrees to furnish promptly such additional security as may be required from time to time to protect the interests of the Owner or of persons supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contract. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 6. That the Contractor shall not commence any work to be performed under this Contract until he has obtained from responsible insurance companies, all insurance required, as set forth in the General Provisions and that the Contractor shall maintain this insurance in full force and effect until the work to be performed under this Contract has been accepted by the Owner. 7. That the Contractor shall not start working on any alterations requiring a supplemental agreement until the agreement setting forth the adjusted price shall be executed by the Owner and the Contractor. 8. That the Contractor,at all times,shall observe and comply with all federal,state,territory or possession and local laws,codes,ordinances and regulations in any manner affecting the conduct of the work,and the Contractor and his surety shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all his officers, Engineer, agents and servants against claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law,ordinance,deregulation,order or decree, whether by himself or his employees. 9. That it is further understood and agreed by the parties to this Contract that the above work shall be commenced within 10 days after "Notice to Proceed" is issued and shall be completed according to the terms of the entire contract within ninety(90)calendar days and that the time of commencing and completion of said work is the essence of this Contract. Work within the Runway 12/30 closure area shall be completed according to the terms of the entire contract within thirty(30)calendar days. 10. The Contractor and Owner understand and agree that time is of essence for completion of the Work and that the Owner will suffer additional expense and financial loss if said work is not completed within the authorized Contract .. Time. Furthermore, the Contractor and Owner recognize and understand the difficulty, delay, and expense in establishing the exact amount of actual financial loss and additional expense. Accordingly,in place of requiring such proof,the Contractor expressly agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the non-penal sum of$500.00 per day for each calendar day required in excess of the authorized Contract Time for the overall contract. Accordingly, in place of requiring such proof, the Contractor expressly agrees to pay the Owner as liquidated damages the non-penal sum of$1,000.00 per day for each calendar day required in excess of the authorized Contract Time for the closure of Runway 12/30. `" Furthermore,the Contractor understands and agrees that: a. the Owner has the right to deduct from any moneys due the Contractor,the amount of said liquidated damages; b. the Owner has the right to recover the amount of said liquidated damages from the Contractor,Surety,or both. 11. The Contractor understands and agrees that all certifications made by the Contractor within the Proposal shall apply under this Agreement as if fully rewritten herein. The Contractor further certifies the following: yaw a. Certification of Eligibility(29 CFR Part 5.5) (1) By Entering into this contract,the Contractor certifies that neither he or she nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1); (2) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1); (3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S.Criminal Code 18 U.S.C. b. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities(41 CFR Part 60-1.8) The federally-assisted construction Contractor,certifies that it does not maintain or provide,for its employees, lam any segregated facilities at any of its establishments and that it does not permit its employees to perform their FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways services at any location,under its control,where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder certifies that it will not maintain or provide,for its employees,segregated facilities at any of its establishments and that it will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause,which is to be incorporated in the contract. As used in this certification,the term"segregated facilities"means any waiting rooms,work areas,restrooms, and washrooms,restaurants and other eating areas,timeclocks,locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated on the basis of race,color,religion,or national origin because of habit, local custom, or any other reason. The Bidder agrees that (except where it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods)it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding$10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause and that it will retain such certifications in its files. 12. It is further understood that any action in court against the Contractor or sureties on his bond because of damage to "1 property or individuals by said Contractor or his workmen,or because of the violation of any provisions of the 1 Specifications, or on account of the failure of said Contractor to fully comply with these provisions, shall be brought in the District Court of the State of Iowa in and for Black Hawk County. 13. Second Party shall maintain all work done hereunder in good order for a period of 12 months from and after the date it is accepted by the Waterloo Regional Airport,City of Waterloo,Iowa,which maintenance shall be without expense to First Party or the abutting property. In the event of the failure or default of Second Party to remedy any wol or all defects appearing in said work within a period of 12 months from the date of its acceptance by said Board 1 and after having been given ten(10)days'notice so to do by registered letter deposited in the United States Post Office in said City, addressed to said Contractor at the address herein given, then First Party may proceed to ,..� remedy such defects and the cost and expenses thereof may be recovered from said Second Party and the sureties on its bond by action brought in any court of competent jurisdiction,but such suit may be brought in the District Court of Black Hawk County,Iowa. i 1 1 4 "4 ..` FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 1 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have set their hands for the purpose herein expressed to this and three other ,w instruments of like tenor,as of the day of ,2017. CITY OF WATERLOO By Mayor ATTEST: Secretary CONTRACTOR Finn Name By Signature r.. Title Business Address Witness Witness tom ganor Imo FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways PERFORMANCE BOND lwac KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, ,as PRINCIPAL,also referred to as CONTRACTOR,and ,as SURETY,are held and firmly bound unto Waterloo Regional Airport,2790 Livingston Lane,Waterloo,Iowa 50703 as OWNER,in the full sum of ($ ) for the payment of which,well and truly to be made,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. WHEREAS,the above-bound Principal has entered into a contract with the OWNER dated the day of_ , 2017, to Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair, Pavement Marking Runway 12/30, Runway 18/36 and Taxiways,Bid Package#2,including pavement repairs Runway 12/30,crack sealing on Runway 12/30 between Taxiway C and the Runway 12 pavement end,pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other incidentals shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. NOW,THEREFORE,the conditions of this obligation are such that if the above-bound PRINCIPAL shall faithfully and fully comply with the terms and conditions of said contract,including,but not limited to,any obligations created by way ^,,y of warranties and/or guarantees for workmanship and materials which warranty and/or guarantee may extend for a period of time beyond completion of said contract,and such alternations or additions as may be made therein or in the plans and specifications,and shall indemnify and save the OWNER harmless against any claims for using any form of material, process,composition or anything which is patented,and likewise indemnify and save the OWNER harmless against all ""' claims for damages by reason or any default or negligence, want of skill or care on the part of said PRINCIPAL or Agents in and about the performance of said contract,and shall comply with all laws pertaining to said work,and shall comply with and perform any and all warranties and/or guarantees provided for in said contact,then this obligation shall ,.� be void;otherwise of full force and effect. PROVIDED,further than upon either the default of the PRINCIPAL,or the failure of the said PRINCIPAL to promptly and efficiently prosecute said Work, in any respect, in accordance with the Contract Documents, the above bound SURETY shall either remedy the default of the PRINCIPAL or shall take charge of said Work and complete the Contract at his own expense,pursuant to its terms,receiving,however,any balance of the funds in the hands of said OWNER due under said contract. It shall be the duty of the SURETY to give an unequivocal notice in writing to the OWNER within ten(10)days after receipt of a declaration of default of the SURETY'S election either to remedy the default or defaults promptly or to perform the contract promptly,time being of the essence. In said notice of election,the SURETY shall indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence,and it shall be the duty of the SURETY to give prompt notice in writing to the OWNER immediately upon completion of(a)the remedy and/or correction of each default,(b)the remedy and/or correction of each item of condemned work, (c) the furnishings of each omitted item of work, and (d) the performance of the contract. The SURETY shall not asset solvency of its PRINCIPAL as justification for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the contract. In the event said PRINCIPAL shall fail or delay the prosecution and completion of said Work and said SURETY shall also fail to act promptly as hereinabove provided,then the OWNER shall cause ten(10)days notice of such failure to be given, both to said PRINCIPAL and SURETY, and at the expiration of said ten (10) days, if said PRINCIPAL or SURETY do not proceed promptly to execute said Contract,the OWNER shall have the authority to cause said Work to --� be done and when the same is completed and the cost thereof estimated,the said PRINCIPAL and SURETY shall and hereby agree to pay any excess in the cost of said Work above the agreed price to be paid under said Contract. Upon completion of said Contract pursuant to its terms,if any funds remain due on said Contract,the same shall be paid to said PRINCIPAL and SURETY. --s FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways L,. The said PRINCIPAL and SURETY further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any respect to perform and complete said Contract including,but not limited to,all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error,architectural and engineering costs and fees, all(but not limited to)consultant fees,all testing and laboratory fees,and all legal fees and litigation costs incurred by the OWNER. ~` The decision of the OWNER,upon any disputed question connected with the execution of said Contract,or any failure or delay in the prosecution of the Work by said PRINCIPAL or SURETY,shall be final and conclusive. The SURETY agrees that,other than as is provided in this bond,it may not demand of the OWNER the OWNER shall (a)perform any thing or act,(b)give any notice,(c)furnish any clerical assistance,(d)render any service,(3)furnish any papers or documents,or(f)take any other action of any nature or description which is not required of the OWNER to be done under the contract documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the SURETY and PRINCIPAL have executed this instrument under their several seals this day of ,2017,the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative,pursuant to authority of its governing body. In the Presence of: PRINCIPAL: Witness By: SURETY: Witness By: NOTE: (a) Where the Performance Bond is executed by an attorney-in-fact,there shall be attached to each copy of the Bond a certified copy of Power of Attorney properly executed and dated. (b) Each copy of the Bond shall be countersigned by an authorized agent of the bonding company licensed to do business in the State of Iowa. The title of the person countersigning the Bond shall appear after his or her signature. �.. (c) The seal of the bonding company shall be attached to each copy of the bond. (d) The Contractor's signature on the bond shall correspond with the signature in the contract. (e) The bond shall be accompanied by a corporate resolution(which may be combined with the corporate resolution granting the signing officer authority to execute contracts)granting the corporate officer who executes the Bond the authority to do so. (f) Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list(Circular 570 as amended)and be authorized to transact business in the State of Iowa. FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 C-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, , as PRINCIPAL,also referred to as CONTRACTOR,and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto Waterloo Regional Airport,2790 Livingston Lane,Waterloo,Iowa 50703 as OWNER,in the full sum of --s ($ ),for the use and protection of said OWNER and all subcontractors and all persons supplying labor,materials,machinery and equipment for the performance of the work provided for in the contract hereinafter referred to, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind .,•� ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. WHEREAS,the above-bound Principal has entered into a contract with the OWNER dated the day of ,2017,to Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair,Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways,Bid Package#2, including pavement repairs Runway 12/30,crack sealing on Runway 12/30 between Taxiway C and the Runway 12 pavement end,pavement marking in the areas shown on the plans and all other incidental work associated with this project. This work and all other incidentals shall be performed as --+ shown on the Drawings and described in the Specifications. NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that if the above-bound PRINCIPAL shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and materials supplied in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise,it shall remain in full force and effect,subject, however,to the following conditions: 1. The said SURETY to this bond, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change or changes, extension of time or extensions of time,alteration of alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder,or the specifications or drawings accompanying same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change or changes,extension of time ,,4 or extensions of time,alteration or alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications or drawings. 2. A claimant is defined as any subcontractor and any person supplying labor,materials,machinery,or equipment in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract. ,a Signed and sealed this day of ,2017. IN THE PRESENCE OF: PRINCIPAL: 1 Witness By: SURETY: '1 Witness By: NOTE: (a) Where the Payment Bond is executed by an attorney-in-fact,there shall be attached to each copy of the Bond a certified copy of Power of Attorney properly executed and dated. 4.1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Imo (b) Each copy of the Bond shall be countersigned by an authorized agent of the bonding company licensed to do business in the State of Iowa. The title of the person countersigning the Bond shall appear after his or her signature. (c) The seal of the bonding company shall be attached to each copy of the bond. ti.. (d) The Contractor's signature on the bond shall correspond with the signature in the contract. (e) The bond shall be accompanied by a corporate resolution(which may be combined with the corporate ... resolution granting the signing officer authority to execute contracts)granting the corporate officer who executes the Bond the authority to do so. r. (f) Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list(Circular 570 as amended)and be authorized to transact business in the State of Iowa. r.. r.. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 C-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 10 Definition of Terms 411, Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, or in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction where these specifications govern,the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. 10-02 Access road.The right-of-way,the roadway and all improvements constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. 10-03 Advertisement.A public announcement,as required by local law,inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. 10-04 Airport Improvement Program (AIP). A grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation Administration(FAA). 10-05 Air operations area(AOA).For the purpose of these specifications,the term air operations area(AOA)shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing,takeoff,or surface maneuvering of aircraft. { An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runway,taxiway,or apron. { 10-06 Airport. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft; an appurtenant area used or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights of way;and airport buildings and facilities located in any of these areas,and includes a heliport. 10-07 ASTM International(ASTM).Formerly known as the American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM). { --� 10-08 Award.The Owner's notice to the successful bidder of the acceptance of the submitted bid. 10-09 Bidder. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative,who submits a proposal for the work contemplated. 10-10 Building area. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located thereon. -� 10-11 Calendar day.Every day shown on the calendar. 10-12 Change order. A written order to the Contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by such 7changes.The work,covered by a change order,must be within the scope of the contract. 10-13 Contract.The written agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include,but is not limited to: Advertisement, Contract Form, Proposal, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, any required insurance certificates,Specifications,Plans,and any addenda issued to bidders. 10-14 Contract item(pay item).A specific unit of work for which a price is provided in the contract. 10-15 Contract time. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or working days,the contract shall be completed by that date. 10-16 Contractor. The individual,partnership, firm, or corporation primarily liable for the acceptable performance of the work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 Contractor's laboratory. The Contractor's quality control organization in accordance with the Contractor Quality Control Program. 10-18 Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). The overall plan for safety and phasing of a construction project developed by the airport operator, or developed by the airport operator's consultant and approved by the airport operator. It is included in the invitation for bids and becomes part of the project specifications. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair "wl Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 10-19 Drainage system. The system of pipes, ditches, and structures by which surface or subsurface waters are collected and conducted from the airport area. 10-20 Engineer. The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation duly authorized by the Owner to be responsible for engineering r� observation of the contract work and acting directly or through an authorized L representative. 10-21 Equipment. All machinery, together with the necessary supplies for upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for the proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. 10-22 Extra work. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which is found by the Engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified. 10-23 FAA.The Federal Aviation Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation.When used to designate a person,FAA shall mean the Administrator or his or her duly authorized representative. 10-24 Federal specifications. The Federal Specifications and Standards, Commercial Item Descriptions, and supplements, amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. 10-25 Force account. Force account work is planning, engineering, or construction work done by the Sponsor's employees. 10-26 Inspector. An authorized representative of the Engineer assigned to make all necessary jincpcctiono observations and/or tests of the work performed or being performed,or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. 10-27 Intention of terms. Whenever, in these specifications or on the plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered," "designated," "prescribed,"or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the two direction,requirement,permission,order,designation, or prescription of the Engineer is intended; and similarly,the words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the Engineer,subject in each case to the final determination of the Owner. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. 10-28 Laboratory.The official testing laboratories of the Owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the Engineer. Also referred to as"Engineer's Laboratory"or"quality assurance laboratory." 10-29 Lighting.A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals,markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. 10-30 Major and minor contract items. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proposal,the total cost of which is equal to or greater than 20%of the total amount of the award contract.All other items shall be considered minor contract items. tam 10-31 Materials.Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 10-32 Notice to Proceed (NTP). A written notice to the Contractor to begin the actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable,the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-33 Owner. The term "Owner" shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract.Where the term"Owner"is capitalized in this document,it shall mean airport Sponsor only. 10-34 Passenger Facility Charge(PFC). Per 14 CFR Part 158 and 49 USC §40117,a PFC is a charge imposed by ... a public agency on passengers enplaned at a commercial service airport it controls." 10-35 Pavement.The combined surface course,base course,and subbase course,if any, considered as a single unit. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-2 Waterloo Regional Airport �.. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 10-36 Payment bond.The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his or her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will pay in full all bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. 10-37 Performance bond. The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor and his or her surety as a guaranty that the Contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 10-38 Plans. The official drawings or exact reproductions which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract,supplementary to the specifications. 10-39 Project.The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-40 Proposal. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and specifications. 10-41 Proposal guaranty. The security furnished with a proposal to guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his or her proposal is accepted by the Owner. i ~ 10-42 Runway.The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft. 10-43 Specifications. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the .•11‘ contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. 10-44 Sponsor.A Sponsor is defined in 49 USC §47102(24)as a public agency that submits to the FAA for an AIP ..� grant; or a private Owner of a public-use airport that submits to the FAA an application for an AIP grant for the airport. 10-45 Structures. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch basins, inlets, retaining walls, cribbing; storm ...� and sanitary sewer lines;water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes,handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. ..� 10-46 Subgrade.The soil that forms the pavement foundation. 10-47 Superintendent. The Contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer,and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-48 Supplemental agreement. A written agreement between the Contractor and the Owner covering (1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item,by more than 25%,such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract; or(2)work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. 10-49 Surety. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the Contractor, executing payment or performance bonds that are furnished to the Owner by the Contractor. 10-50 Taxiway. For the purpose of this document,the term taxiway means the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and from the airport's runways,aircraft parking areas,and terminal areas. 10-51 Work. The furnishing of all labor,materials,tools, equipment,and incidentals necessary or convenient to the Contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract,plans,and specifications. 10-52 Working day. A working day shall be any day other than a legal holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the Contractor may proceed with regular work for at least six(6)hours toward completion of the contract. When work is suspended for causes beyond the Contractor's control, it will not be counted as a working day. Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the Contractor's forces engage in regular work will be 1 considered as working days. END OF SECTION 10 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair owl Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways tor to. tow Intentionally Left Blank IMP INV FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-4 Waterloo Regional Airport �.. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways i '^1 Addendum before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-12 Withdrawal or revision of proposals. A bidder may withdraw or revise(by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the Owner in writing or by{ } email before the time specified for opening bids. Revised proposals must be received at the .-, place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-13 Public opening of proposals. Proposals shall be opened,and read,publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders,their authorized agents,and other interested persons are invited to attend.Proposals that ..� have been withdrawn(by written or telegraphic request)or received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the bidder unopened. 20-14 Disqualification of bidders.A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the following reasons: a. Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm, or corporation under the same or different name. b. Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the Owner until any such participating bidder has been reinstated by the Owner as a qualified bidder. c. If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason specified in the subsection 20-04 titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this section. END OF SECTION 20 1 1 '1 I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways tam Imo *. two Intentionally Left Blank low ftelo FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-8 Waterloo Regional Airport w,. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways } �1 Section 30 Award and Execution of Contract 30-01 Consideration of proposals. After the proposals are publicly opened and read,they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written in numbers,the unit price written in words shall govern. Until the award of a contract is made, the Owner reserves the right to reject a bidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: a. If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection 20-09 titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. b. If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection 20-14 titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made,the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive technicalities, if such waiver is in the best interest of the Owner and is in conformance with applicable state and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed with the work otherwise.All such actions shall promote the Owner's best interests. 30-02 Award of contract. The award of a contract, if it is to be awarded, shall be made within sixty (60) calendar days of the date specified for publicly opening proposals,unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the Owner to the lowest, qualified bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the Owner. 30-03 Cancellation of award. The Owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the Owner in accordance with the subsection 30-07 titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. 30-04 Return of proposal guaranty. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the Owner has made a comparison of bids as specified in the subsection 30-01 titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section.Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the Owner until such time as an award is made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal guaranty will -� be returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the Owner receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection 30-05 titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 Requirements of contract bonds. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner a surety bond or bonds that have been fully executed by the bidder and the surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the Contractor's performance of the work. The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the Owner. Unless --, otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. 30-06 Execution of contract. The successful bidder shall sign (execute)the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return the signed contract to the Owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection 30-05 titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. 30-07 Approval of contract. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the Owner shall complete the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the Contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the Contractor shall constitute the Owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the terms of the contract. 30-08 Failure to execute contract.Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bonds within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection 30-06 titled EXECUTION OF FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair •—1 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways CONTRACT of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty,but as liquidation of damages to the Owner. END OF SECTION 30 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Section 40 Scope of Work 40-01 Intent of contract.The intent of the contract is to provide for construction and completion,in every detail, of the work described. It is further intended that the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications,and terms of the contract. 40-02 Alteration of work and quantities. The Owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner.Unless otherwise specified herein, the Engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25% (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations that do not exceed the 25% limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the Contractor agrees to accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations that are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by"Change Orders"issued by the Engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the Engineer's opinion, such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25% limitation hereinbefore specified, such excess altered work shall be covered by supplemental agreement. If the Owner and the Contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement,the Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. Supplemental agreements shall be approved by the FAA and shall include all applicable Federal contract provisions for procurement and contracting required under AIP. Supplemental agreements shall also require consent of the Contractor's surety and separate performance and payment bonds. 40-03 Omitted items.The Engineer may, in the Owner's best interest,omit from the work any contract item,except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement. Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to be non-performed, the Contractor shall be paid for all work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection 90-04 titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS of Section 90. 40-04 Extra work. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the Contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements,the same shall be called"Extra Work."Extra Work that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such Extra Work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the requirements specified in the order, and shall —, contain any adjustment to the contract time that, in the Engineer's opinion,is necessary for completion of such Extra Work. When determined by the Engineer to be in the Owner's best interest, the Engineer may order the Contractor to proceed with Extra Work as provided in the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of Section 90. Extra Work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project,but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as defined in the subsection 10-48 titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. Any claim for payment of Extra Work that is not covered by written agreement (change order or supplemental agreement)shall be rejected by the Owner. 40-05 Maintenance of traffic. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the Contractor's equipment and personnel,is the most important consideration. a. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas(AOAs)of the airport with respect to his or her own operations and the operations FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways of all subcontractors as specified in the subsection 80-04 titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80.It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, and upon the airport as specified in the subsection 70-15 titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. b. With respect to his or her own operations and the operations of all subcontractors, the Contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifying personnel, equipment, vehicles, storage areas, and any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or .. maintenance vehicles at the airport. c.When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an existing road, street,or highway during the Contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the r.. Contractor shall keep such road,street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to accommodate traffic. The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any damage caused by the Contractor's equipment and personnel. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades,warning signs, 6. flag person, and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD)(http://mutcd.thwa.dot.gov/),unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connections necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the Contractor -r will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. 40-06 Removal of existing structures. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the Contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place,reused in the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in the various ... contract items. Should the Contractor encounter an existing structure(above or below ground)in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, the Engineer shall be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shall be immediately determined by the Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the contract. Except as provided in the subsection 40-07 titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE .. WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be used in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall remain the property of the Owner when so used in the work. 40-07 Rights in and use of materials found in the work. Should the Contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades, or grading sections,the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste,the Contractor may at his or her option either: a. Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the Engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use;or, b.Remove such material from the site,upon written approval of the Engineer;or c.Use such material for the Contractor's own temporary construction on site;or, d.Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the Contractor wish to exercise option a., b., or c., the Contractor shall request the Engineer's approval in advance of such use. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's request to exercise option a.,b.,or c.,the Contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price.The Contractor shall replace,at his or her own expense,such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to �- 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-12 Waterloo Regional Airport I AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways complete the contract work. The Contractor shall not be charged for use of such material used in the work or { removed from the site. Should the Engineer approve the Contractor's exercise of option a., the Contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract item in which the material is used. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall make no claim for delays by reason of his or her exercise of option a.,b.,or c. The Contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract,plans,or specifications. 40-08 Final cleanup. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance and fmal payment will be made, the Contractor shall remove from the site all machinery,equipment, surplus and discarded materials,rubbish,temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. The Contractor shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the Contractor has obtained the written permission of such property Owner. END OF SECTION 40 ommi FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways i Intentionally Left Blank 6. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-14 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Section 50 Control of Work 50-01 Authority of the Engineer.The Engineer shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. The Engineer shall decide all questions that may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work. The Engineer shall determine the amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials furnished which are to be paid for the under contract. U- The Engineer does not have the authority to accept pavements that do not conform to FAA specification requirements. 50-02 Conformity with plans and specifications. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonably close -- conformity with the lines, grades, grading sections, cross-sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified(including specified tolerances)in the contract,plans or specifications. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications but that the portion of the work affected will, in his or her opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety,economy,durability,and workmanship acceptable to the Owner, the Engineer will advise the Owner of his or her determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the Engineer will document the determination and recommend to the Owner a basis of acceptance that will provide for an adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The Engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will be based on sound engineering judgment and such tests or retests of the affected work as are, in the Engineer's opinion, needed. Changes in the —, contract price shall be covered by contract change order or supplemental agreement as applicable. If the Engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and specifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor in accordance with the Engineer's written orders. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the Contractor's responsibility to complete the work in accordance with the contract,plans,and specifications. The term shall not be construed as waiving the Engineer's responsibility to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the Contractor's execution of the work, when, in the Engineer's opinion,such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable fmished portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term"reasonably close conformity" is also intended to provide the Engineer with the authority, after consultation with the FAA,to use sound engineering judgment in his or her determinations as to acceptance of work that is not in strict conformity, but will provide a fmished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract,plans and specifications. The Engineer will not be responsible for the Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions incident thereto. 50-03 Coordination of contract, plans, and specifications. The contract, plans, specifications, and all referenced standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all.They are intended to be complementary and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepancy, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions; contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited advisory circulars (ACs); contract general provisions shall govern over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited ACs; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited ACs. If any paragraphs contained in the Special Provisions conflict with General Provisions or Technical Specifications, the Special Provisions shall govern. From time to time, discrepancies within cited testing standards occur due to the timing of the change, edits, and/or replacement of the standards. If the Contractor discovers any apparent discrepancy within standard test methods,the Contractor shall immediately ask the Engineer for an interpretation and decision,and such decision shall be final. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-15 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways LIST OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS _ • PART 1 - LOCAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS • PART 2 - FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT _ PROJECTS • CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND PHASING PLAN (CSPP) 50-04 Cooperation of Contractor. The Contractor will be supplied with five copies each of the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the Contractor for the cost of reproduction. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and shall cooperate with the Engineer and his or her inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible.The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his or her agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Engineer or his or her authorized representative. 50-05 Cooperation between contractors. The Owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contract. When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project,each Contractor shall conduct the work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability,fmancial or otherwise,in connection with his or her contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced because of the presence and operations of other Contractors working within the limits of the same project. The Contractor shall arrange his or her work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other Contractors within the limits of the same project.The Contractor shall join his or her work with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others. ,.. 50-06 Construction layout and stakes. The Engineer shall establish horizontal and vertical control only. The Contractor must establish all layout required for the construction of the work. Such stakes and markings as the Engineer may set for either their own or the Contractor's guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the Contractor, or their employees,resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequent estimates due the Contractor at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to furnish all lines, grades and measurements from the control points necessary for the proper execution and control of the work contracted for under these specifications. The Contractor must give copies of survey notes to the Engineer for each area of construction and for each placement of material as specified to allow the Engineer to make periodic checks for conformance with plan grades, alignments and grade tolerances required by the applicable material specifications. All surveys must be provided to the Engineer prior to commencing work items that will cover or disturb the survey staking as set by the Contractor's surveyor. Survey(s)and notes shall be provided in the following format(s): Acrobat PDF.In the case of error,on the part of the Contractor,their surveyor, employees or subcontractors,resulting in established grades, alignment or grade tolerances that do not concur with those specified or shown on the plans,the Contractor is solely responsible for correction,removal,replacement and all associated costs at no additional cost to the Owner. No direct payment will be made, unless otherwise specified in contract documents, for this labor, materials, or other expenses. The cost shall be included in the price of the bid for the various items of the Contract. ._ Construction Staking and Layout includes but is not limited to: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-16 Waterloo Regional Airport ,— AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways a.Clearing and Grubbing perimeter staking b.Rough Grade slope stakes at 100-foot(30-m)stations c.Drainage Swales slope stakes and flow line blue tops at 50-foot(15-m)stations Subgrade blue tops at 25-foot (7.5-m) stations and 25-foot (7.5-m) offset distance (maximum) for the following section locations: a.Runway—minimum five(5)per station b.Taxiways—minimum three(3)per station c.Holding apron areas—minimum three(3)per station d.Roadways—minimum three(3)per station Base Course blue tops at 25-foot(7.5-m) stations and 25-foot(7.5-m) offset distance (maximum) for the following section locations: a.Runway—minimum five(5)per station b.Taxiways—minimum three(3)per station c.Holding apron areas—minimum three(3)per station Pavement areas: a.Edge of Pavement hubs and tacks(for stringline by Contractor)at 100-foot(30-m)stations. b.Between Lifts at 25-foot(7.5-m)stations for the following section locations: (1)Runways—each paving lane width (2)Taxiways—each paving lane width (3)Holding areas—each paving lane width c.After finish paving operations at 50-foot(15-m)stations: (1)All paved areas—Edge of each paving lane prior to next paving lot d. Shoulder and safety area blue tops at 50-foot(15-m)stations and at all break points with maximum of 50-foot (15-m)offsets. e.Fence lines at 100-foot(30-m)stations minimum. f. Electrical and Communications System locations, lines and grades including but not limited to duct runs, connections, fixtures, signs, lights, Visual Approach Slope Indicators(VASIs), Precision Approach Path Indicators (PAPIs),Runway End Identifier Lighting(REIL),Wind Cones,Distance Markers(signs),pull boxes and manholes. g.Drain lines,cut stakes and alignment on 25-foot(7.5-m)stations,inlet and manholes. h. Painting and Striping layout(pinned with 1.5 inch PK nails) marked for paint Contractor. (All nails shall be removed after painting). i. Laser, or other automatic control devices, shall be checked with temporary control point or grade hub at a 7 minimum of once per 400 feet(120 m)per pass(that is,paving lane). The establishment of Survey Control and/or reestablishment of survey control shall be by a State Licensed Land Surveyor. Controls and stakes disturbed or suspect of having been disturbed shall be checked and/or reset as directed by the Engineer without additional cost to the Owner. 50-07 Automatically controlled equipment. Whenever batching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, the equipment may be operated manually or by other methods for a period 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction,provided this method of operations will produce results which conform to all other requirements of the --1 contract. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-17 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair .-1 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 50-08 Authority and duties of inspectors. Inspectors employed by the Owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter,or waive any provision of the contract. Project representatives Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the Contractor. Inspectors are authorized to notify the Contractor or his or her representatives of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in question until such issues can be referred to the Engineer for a decision. 50-09 Inspection of the work. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection. The Engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the Contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection. If the Engineer requests it,the Contractor, at any time before acceptance of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed.After examination,the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable,the uncovering, or removing,and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the Contractor's expense. OUR Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the Owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense unless the Owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, or any other modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) Owner, authorized representatives of the Owners of such facilities shall have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract,and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 Removal of unacceptable and unauthorized work. All work that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by the Engineer as provided in the subsection 50-02 titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection 70-14 titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK of Section 70. Imo No removal work made under provision of this subsection shall be done without lines and grades having been established by the Engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the Engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as established by the Engineer, except as herein specified, or any extra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so NNW done may be ordered removed or replaced at the Contractor's expense. Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the Engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work to be remedied or removed and hum replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs incurred by the Owner from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-11 Load restrictions. The Contractor shall comply with all legal load restrictions in the hauling of materials on ima public roads beyond the limits of the work. A special permit will not relieve the Contractor of liability for damage that may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to structures or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his or her hauling equipment and shall correct such damage at his or her own expense. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-18 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 1 50-12 Maintenance during construction. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until the work is accepted. Maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day,with adequate ...� equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed,the Contractor shall maintain the previous course or subgrade during all construction operations. ""1 All costs of maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract items,and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. 50-13 Failure to maintain the work. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work as provided in the I "1 subsection 50-12 titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the Engineer shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Engineer's notification,the Owner may suspend any work necessary for the Owner to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the Owner,shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. 50-14 Partial acceptance.If at any time during the execution of the project the Contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of the work,the occupancy of which will benefit the Owner,the Contractor may request the ,., Engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, the Engineer may accept it as being complete, and the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the Owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 Final acceptance. Upon due notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project,the Engineer and Owner will make a inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract is found to be complete in accordance with the contract,plans, and specifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the Engineer will give the Contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same and the Contractor shall immediately comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which shall constitute the final inspection,provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event,the Engineer will make the .,, final acceptance and notify the Contractor in writing of this acceptance as of the date of fmal inspection. 50-16 Claims for adjustment and disputes. If for any reason the Contractor deems that additional compensation is due for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contract,plans,or specifications or previously authorized as extra work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his or her intention to claim such additional compensation before the Contractor begins the work on which the Contractor bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the Contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the Contractor and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall not in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed,the Contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit a written claim to the Engineer who will present it to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. { Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. .., LlAvCst bidder pursuant to competitive bidding. AIMS } I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-19 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair ,,.41 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways •b , • _ , ,: b t apply unless the proposal proposal. b b • vhan es. e. A statement of the effect adoption of the proposal will have on the time for completion of the contract. b them. , rejected. • b b b net savings the Engineer prices if, in the Engineer's judgment such p e•-s do fiot r cprescnt a tipasure of the value of the work to be performed or deleted. • Contractor shall acknowledge acceptance of it in writing. Such acceptance shall constitute full authority for the the contract. change order that shall specifically state that it is executed pursuant to this subsection. Such change order shall b . • ' T The change order shall also set forth the estimated net savings attributable to the cost reduction proposal. The net sAyings'sha-ll 1e-eletermined tb, A fF r b, t tb, a e-er-i,inal contract costs for the involved work items and the costs occurring as a result of the proposed change. The change order shall also establish the net savings b . the Contractor and the Owner. b rE+durtton 1. d tb. ,.{.` f th t FAA AlP#3-19-0094-045 G-20 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30.Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Aeeeptanee of the"cast reduction proposal and perfor f th a t' shall==t ,:xtend the time of END OF SECTION 50 1 1 FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 G-21 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-22 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Section 60 Control of Materials 60-01 Source of supply and quality requirements. The materials used in the work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are manufactured or processed shall be new(as compared to used or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the Contractor shall furnish complete statements to the Engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but,in all cases,prior to delivery of such materials. At the Engineer's option, materials may be approved at the source of supply before delivery is stated. If it is found after trial that sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products,the Contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The Contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications,the Contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: a. Listed in advisory circular (AC) 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program, and Addendum that is in effect on the date of advertisement;and, b.Produced by the manufacturer as listed in the Addendum cited above for the certified equipment part number. The following airport lighting equipment is required for this contract and is to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of this subsection: .., L-823, Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors FAA AC 150/5345-26D L-824, Underground Cable for Airport Lighting Systems FAA AC 150/5345-7F L-830, Isolation Transformers, 60 Hz FAA AC 150/5345-47C L-858, Signs, Runway and Taxiway FAA AC 150/5345-44K L-861, Lights, Runway and Taxiway Edge, Medium Intensity FAA AC 150/5345-46E L-867, Light Base, Non-Load Bearing FAA AC 150/5345-42H 60-02 Samples,tests,and cited specifications.Unless otherwise designated, all materials used in the work shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested ,..� materials are used without approval or written permission of the Engineer shall be performed at the Contractor's risk.Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the Engineer, shall be removed at the Contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, quality assurance tests in accordance with the cited standard methods of ASTM, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), Federal Specifications, Commercial Item Descriptions, and all other cited methods,which are current on the date of advertisement for bids, will be made by and at the expense of the Engineer. The testing organizations performing on-site quality assurance field tests shall have copies of all referenced standards on the construction site for use by all technicians and other personnel, including the Contractor's representative at his or her request. Unless otherwise designated, samples for quality assurance will be taken by a "1 qualified representative of the Engineer. All materials being used are subject to inspection,test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests will be furnished to the Contractor's representative at their request after review and approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall employ a testing organization to perform all Contractor required Quality Control tests. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer resumes on all testing organizations and individual persons who will be performing the tests. The Engineer will determine if such persons are qualified. All the test data shall be reported to the Engineer after the results are known. A legible, handwritten copy of all test data shall be given to the Engineer daily, along with printed reports, in an approved format, on a weekly basis. After completion of the project, and prior to fmal payment,the Contractor shall submit a fmal report to the Engineer showing all test data reports,plus an analysis of all results showing ranges,averages,and corrective action taken on all failing tests. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-23 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways r. 60-03 Certification of compliance. The Engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling and testing, of certain linno materials or assemblies when accompanied by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. Materials or assemblies used on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to be in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the Engineer. When a material or assembly is specified by"brand name or equal"and the Contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name,"the Contractor shall be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such certificate of compliance shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: a.Conformance to the specified performance,testing,quality or dimensional requirements;and, b. Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the contract work. Should the Contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, the Contractor shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbefore described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However,the Engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the proposed"or equal" is suitable for use in the work. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance. 60-04 Plant inspection. The Engineer or his or her authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for acceptance of the material or assembly. Should the Engineer conduct plant inspections,the following conditions shall exist: a. The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the producer with whom the Engineer has contracted for materials. b. The Engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. c. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for adequate office or working space that may be reasonably needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. It is understood and agreed that the Owner shall have the right to retest any material that has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the site. The Engineer shall have the right to reject only material which,when retested,does not meet the requirements of the contract,plans,or specifications. 60-05 Engineer's field office. of the field Engineers and inspectors, as a field office. This facility shall be an approved weatherproof building meeting the current State Highway Specifications (for example, Class I Field Office or Type C Structure). This building shall be located conveniently near to the construction and shall be separate from any building used by the , heat, air conditioning, and electricity I. The Contractor and the Contractor's superintendent shall all reasonable facilities to enable to the Engineer to inspect the workmanship and materials used into the I An Engineer' s field office is not required. 60-06 Storage of materials. Materials shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. Stored materials shall be located to facilitate their prompt inspection. The Contractor shall coordinate the storage of all materials with the Engineer.Materials to be stored on airport property shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft.Unless otherwise shown FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-24 Waterloo Regional Airport ►� AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 4 on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the Contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall be as directed by the Engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written permission of the Owner or lessee of such property. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a copy of the property Owner's permission. All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his or her entire expense,except as otherwise agreed to(in writing)by the Owner or lessee of the property. 60-07 Unacceptable materials.Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, ..t plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The Contractor shall remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work,unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer. Rejected material or assembly,the defects of which have been corrected by the Contractor, shall not be returned to ..� the site of the work until such time as the Engineer has approved its use in the work. 60-08 Owner furnished materials. The Contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified, if any, to be furnished by the Owner. Owner-furnished materials shall be made available to the Contractor at the location specified. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the site of work, storage, and installing Owner- furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such Owner-furnished ..,t material is used. After any Owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified,the Contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies that may occur during the Contractor's handling, storage, or �rt use of such Owner-furnished material.The Owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the Contractor any cost incurred by the Owner in making good such loss due to the Contractor's handling, storage, or use of Owner-furnished materials. END OF SECTION 60 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-25 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-26 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways �i Section 70 Legal Regulations and Responsibility to Public 70-01 Laws to be observed. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and state laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the Owner and all his or her officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree, whether by the Contractor or the Contractor's employees. 70-02 Permits,licenses,and taxes. The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses,pay all charges, fees, and taxes,and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful execution of the work. ,.� 70-03 Patented devices, materials, and processes. If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letters of patent or copyright, the Contractor shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner. The Contractor and the surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device,material or process,or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the Owner for any costs,expenses,and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement,at any time during the execution or after the completion of the work. "' 70-04 Restoration of surfaces disturbed by others. The Owner reserves the right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration(NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another government agency at any time during the progress ,.� of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the Owner,such authorized work(by others)is indicated as follows: None Except as listed above,the Contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise Jib disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the Engineer. Should the Owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA facility, or a utility service of another .ti government agency be authorized to construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work,the Contractor shall cooperate with such Owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract to facilitate such construction,reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the Engineer, the Contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the `' work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such authorized work. 70-05 Federal aid participation.For Airport Improvement Program(AIP)contracts,the United States Government has agreed to reimburse the Owner for some portion of the contract costs. Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the Owner's request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's(FAA's)agreement ""1 with the Owner, the Owner has included provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of Title 49 of the USC and the Rules and Regulations of the FAA that pertain to the work. As required by the USC, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized .., representatives of the FAA Administrator, and is further subject to those provisions of the rules and regulations that are cited in the contract,plans,or specifications. No requirement of the USC,the rules and regulations implementing the USC, or this contract shall be construed as making the Federal Government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way,with the rights of either party to the contract. 70-06 Sanitary, health, and safety provisions. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary ,..+ condition such accommodations for the use of his or her employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of the state and local Board of Health,or of other bodies or tribunals having jurisdiction. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-27 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Attention is directed to Federal, state,and local laws,rules and regulations concerning construction safety and health .. standards. The Contractor shall not require any worker to work in surroundings or under conditions that are unsanitary,hazardous,or dangerous to his or her health or safety. 70-07 Public convenience and safety. The Contractor shall control his or her operations and those of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all circumstances, safety shall be the most important consideration. The Contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his or her own operations and those of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection 40-05 titled MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as specified in the subsection 80-04 titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 70-08 Barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain all barricades,warning signs,and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work.When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs, and hazard markings shall be suitably illuminated. Unless otherwise specified, barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards that are in the air operations area (AOAs) shall be a maximum of 18 inches(0.5 m)high.Unless otherwise specified,barricades shall be spaced not more than 4 feet(1.2 m)apart.Barricades,warning signs,and markings shall be paid for under subsection 40-05. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. When the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or portion of such area, the Contractor shall furnish,erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of advisory circular(AC) 150/5340-1,Standards for Airport Markings. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles,and the Contractor's parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of . - emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. The Contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of construction equipment in reasonable conformance to AC 150/5370-2. The Contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades,warning signs, and markings for hazards prior to commencing work that requires such erection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their removal is directed by the Engineer. Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted. 70-09 Use of explosives. The use of explosives will not be permitted. When use of explosives. places shall be clearly marked. Where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the Engineer and,in general,not closer than 1,000 feet(300 m)from the work or from any building,road,or other place of human occupancy. The Contractor shall notify each property Owner and public utility company having structtOs or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his or her intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be'oiven sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall fitae permitted on or within 1,000 feet(300 m)of the airport property. 70-10 Protection and restoration of property and landscape. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land F•. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-28 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways s.. monuments and property markers until the Engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character,during the execution of the work,resulting from any act,omission,neglect,or misconduct in manner or method of executing the work,or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said responsibility shall not be released until the project has been ,.� completed and accepted. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof ,mi by the Contractor, the Contractor shall restore, at his or her own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, or otherwise restoring as may be directed,or the Contractor shall make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. ..� 70-11 Responsibility for damage claims. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Engineer and the Owner and their officers,and employees from all suits, actions,or claims, of any character,brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the Contractor; or on account of or in consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of "' unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or because of any act or omission, neglect, or misconduct of said Contractor; or because of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. Money due the Contractor under and by virtue of his or her contract considered necessary by the Owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the Owner or, in case no money is due, his or her surety may be held until such suits, actions, or claims for injuries or damages shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the Owner, except that money due the Contractor will not be ►'� withheld when the Contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he or she is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. 70-12 Third party beneficiary clause. It is specifically agreed between the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create for the public or any member thereof, a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of the contract. 70-13 Opening sections of the work to traffic. Should it be necessary for the Contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial occupancy of the Owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans. When so specified, the Contractor shall Maltcomplete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The Contractor shall make his or her own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging the work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the Owner as described in the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) . Upon completion of any portion of the work listed above, such portion shall be accepted by the Owner in accordance with the subsection 50-14 titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. No portion of the work may be opened by the Contractor for public use until ordered by the Engineer in writing. Should it become necessary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis, such openings shall be made when, in the opinion of the Engineer,such portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intended traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent in the work and shall not constitute either acceptance of the portion of the work so opened or a waiver of any provision of the contract.Any damage to the portion of the work so opened that is not attributable to traffic which is permitted by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor at his or her expense. The Contractor shall make his or her own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not claim any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract work. Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained AC 150/5370-2(see Special Provisions). Contractor shall refer to the approved Construction Safety Phasing Plan (CSPP)to identify barricade requirements and other safety requirements prior to opening up sections of work to traffic. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-29 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 70-14 Contractor's responsibility for work. Until the Engineer's final written acceptance of the entire completed work, excepting only those portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection 50-14 titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50,the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every precaution against injury or damage to any part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause,whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild,repair,restore,and make good all �- injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damage to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor,including but not restricted to acts of God such as earthquake,tidal wave,tornado,hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of government authorities. If the work is suspended for any cause whatever,the Contractor shall be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work. The Contractor shall provide for normal drainage and shall ... erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other facilities at his or her expense. During such period of suspension of work,the Contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing condition all living material in newly established planting, seeding, and sodding furnished under the contract, and shall take .. adequate precautions to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against injury. 70-15 Contractor's responsibility for utility service and facilities of others.As provided in the subsection 70-04 titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the Contractor shall cooperate •� with the Owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or NOAA, or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the Owner to construct, reconstruct or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition,the Contractor shall control their operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility services and facilities. To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work,the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the Owners are indicated as follows: Forte It is understood and agreed that the Owner does not guarantee the accuracy or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the Contractor of the N` responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service. It is further understood and agreed that the Contractor shall,upon execution of the contract,notify the Owners of all utility services or other facilities of his or her plan of operations. Such notification shall be in writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided in this subsection and subsection 70-04 titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section.A copy of each notification shall be given to the Engineer. In addition to the general written notification provided, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep such individual Owners advised of changes in their plan of operations that would affect such Owners. Prior to beginning the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility,the Contractor shall again notify each such Owner of their plan of operation. If, in the Contractor's opinion,the Owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the Owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification. Such notification shall be given by the most expeditious means to reach the utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal business days prior to the Contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The Contractor shall furnish a written summary of the notification to the Engineer. The Contractor's failure to give the two days' notice shall be cause for the Owner to suspend the Contractor's ... operations in the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked on the ground, the Contractor shall be required to use hand excavation methods within 3 feet(1 m)of such outside limits at such points .. as may be required to ensure protection from damage due to the Contractor's operations. Should the Contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accident or otherwise,the Contractor shall immediately notify the proper authority and the Engineer and shall take all reasonable measures to prevent further damage or interruption of service. The Contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-30 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways i r 1 04 service or facility owner and the Engineer continuously until such damage has been repaired and service restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs of damage and restoration of service to any utility service or facility due to their operations whether due to negligence or accident. The Owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor,or his or her surety. 70-15.1 FAA facilities and cable runs. The Contractor is hereby advised that the construction limits of the project include existing facilities and buried cable runs that are owned, operated and maintained by the FAA. The Contractor, during the execution of the project work, shall comply with the following: a. The Contractor shall permit FAA maintenance personnel the right of access to the project work site for purposes of inspecting and maintaining all existing FAA owned facilities. b. The Contractor shall provide notice to the FAA Air Traffic Organization (ATO) /Technical Operations/System Support Center (SSC) Point-of-Contact through the airport [Owner] [operator] [managcr] Airport Director a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to commencement of construction activities in order to permit sufficient time to locate and mark existing buried cables and to schedule any required facility outages. c. If execution of the project work requires a facility outage, the Contractor shall contact the FAA Point-of-Contact a minimum of 72 hours prior -� to the time of the required outage. d. Any damage to FAA cables, access roads, or FAA facilities during construction caused by the Contractor's equipment or personnel whether by negligence or accident will require the Contractor to repair or replace the damaged cables, access road, or FAA facilities to FAA requirements. The Contractor shall not bear the cost to repair damage to underground facilities or utilities improperly located by the FAA. e. If the project work requires the cutting or splicing of FAA owned cables, the FAA Point-of-Contact shall be contacted a minimum of 72 hours prior to the time the cable work commences. The FAA reserves the right to have a FAA representative on site to observe the splicing of the cables as a condition of acceptance. All cable splices are to be accomplished in accordance with FAA specifications and require approval by the FAA Point-of- Contact as a condition of acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor is hereby advised that FAA restricts the location of where splices may be installed. If a cable splice is required in a location that is not permitted by FAA, the Contractor shall furnish and install a sufficient length of new cable that eliminates the need for any splice. 70-16 Furnishing rights-of-way. The Owner will be responsible for furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the Contractor's operations. .r 1 70-17 Personal liability of public officials. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the Engineer, his or her authorized representatives, or any officials of the Owner either personally or as an official of the Owner.It is understood that in "( such matters they act solely as agents and representatives of the Owner. 70-18 No waiver of legal rights.Upon completion of the work,the Owner will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the Contractor of fmal acceptance. Such fmal acceptance,however, shall not preclude or stop the Owner -w from correcting any measurement, estimate,or certificate made before or after completion of the work,nor shall the Owner be precluded or stopped from recovering from the Contractor or his or her surety, or both, such overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill his or her obligations under the contract. A FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-31 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways waiver on the part of the Owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any a other or subsequent breach. The Contractor,without prejudice to the terms of the contract, shall be liable to the Owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to fraud,or as regards the Owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. 70-19 Environmental protection. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, state, and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the environment. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from particulate and gaseous matter. 70-20 Archaeological and historical findings. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the Contractor is advised that the site of the work is not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, Imo structure, or object listed in the current National Register of Historic Places published by the United States Department of Interior. Should the Contractor encounter, during his or her operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object that is incongruous with its surroundings, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that location and OW. notify the Engineer. The Engineer will immediately investigate the Contractor's finding and the Owner will direct the Contractor to either resume operations or to suspend operations as directed. Should the Owner order suspension of the Contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical .,m finding, or order the Contractor to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract change order or supplemental agreement as provided in the subsection 40-04 titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of Section 90.If appropriate,the contract change order or •. supplemental agreement shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection 80-07 titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80. END OF SECTION 70 ... tam tow FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-32 Waterloo Regional Airport �. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Section 80 Execution and Progress Oft 80-01 Subletting of contract.The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times when work is in progress be represented either in person, by a qualified superintendent, or by other designated,qualified representative who is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide copies of all subcontracts to the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform, with his organization,an amount of work equal to at least thirty (30) percent of the total contract cost. Should the Contractor elect to assign his or her contract,said assignment shall be concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and approval of the Owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the Owner. 80-02 Notice to proceed.The notice to proceed shall state the date on which it is expected the Contractor will begin the construction and from which date contract time will be charged. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the Engineer in the written notice to proceed, but in any event, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the time actual construction operations will begin. The Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-03 Execution and progress. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall submit their progress schedule for the Engineer's approval within 10 days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The Contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the Engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The Contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the Contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule,the Contractor shall,upon the Engineer's request, ... submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify their operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessary to meet the revised schedule. Should the execution of the work be discontinued for any reason, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. •� The Contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the Owner. 80-04 Limitation of operations. The Contractor shall control his or her operations and the operations of his or her subcontractors and all suppliers to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the air operations areas(AOA)of the airport. ,4 When the work requires the Contractor to conduct his or her operations within an AOA of the airport,the work shall be coordinated with airport operations (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The Contractor shall not close an AOA until so authorized by the Engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection 70-08 titled BARRICADES, WARNING --� SIGNS,AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the contract work requires the Contractor to work within an AOA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AOA),the Contractor shall maintain constant communications as specified; rr immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AOA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AOA. Failure to maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the Contractor's operations in the AOA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AOA cannot be closed to operating aircraft to permit the Contractor's operations on a continuous basis and shall be as provided in the Safety and Operations and Phasing Plans in the project plans. :it th.eref ��be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as follows: Contractor shall be required to conform to safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction(see Special Provisions). 80-04.1 Operational safety on airport during construction. All Contractors' operations shall be conducted in accordance with the project Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP) and the provisions set forth within the FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 G-33 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways current version of AC 150/5370-2. The CSPP included within the contract documents conveys minimum .. requirements for operational safety on the airport during construction activities. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document that details how it proposes to comply with the requirements presented within the CSPP. The Contractor shall implement all necessary safety plan measures prior to commencement of any work activity. The Contractor shall conduct routine checks to assure compliance with the safety plan measures. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the conduct of all subcontractors it employs on the project. The Contractor shall assure that all subcontractors are made aware of the requirements of the CSPP and that they implement and maintain all necessary measures. No deviation or modifications may be made to the approved CSPP unless approved in writing by the Owner or Engineer. 80-05 Character of workers, methods, and equipment. The Contractor shall, at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. All workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor who violates any operational regulations or operational safety requirements and, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall,at the written request of the Engineer,be removed forthwith by the Contractor or subcontractor employing such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work without approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor fail to remove such persons or person, or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper execution of the work,the Engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. All equipment that is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the Contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the Contractor is free to use any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract,plans,and specifications. W+ When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the Engineer. If the Contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract,the Contractor may request authority from the Engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the condition that the Contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements.If,after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the Engineer determines that the work produced does not meet contract requirements, the Contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The Contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified quality,or take such other corrective action as the Engineer may direct.No change will be made in basis of payment :. for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or equipment under this subsection. 80-06 Temporary suspension of the work. The Owner shall have the authority to suspend the work wholly, or in �. part, for such period or periods as the Owner may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the execution of the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. In the event that the Contractor is ordered by the Owner, in writing,to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the Contractor has no control, the Contractor may be FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-34 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways to.. reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown.No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the Engineer's order to suspend work to the effective date of the Engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the Engineer within the time period stated in the Engineer's order to resume work.The Contractor shall submit with his or her claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The Engineer will forward the Contractor's claim to the Owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances.No provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the Contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the Owner, or for any other delay provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. "' If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. The Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The Contractor shall erect temporary structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. 80-07 Determination and extension of contract time. The number of calendar or working days allowed for ,,• completion of the work shall be stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the Contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: a. CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the Engineer. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a copy of his or her weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working days, if any,that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS covering EXTRA WORK). The Engineer shall base his or her weekly statement of contract time charged on the following considerations: (1)No time shall be charged for days on which the Contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least six (6) hours with the normal work force employed on such principal item. Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours shall apply. Conditions beyond the Contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the Owner for reasons not the fault of the Contractor,shall not be charged against the contract time. ~ (2)The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3) The Engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed. (4) The Engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection 50-15 titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The Contractor will be allowed one (1) week in which to file a written protest setting forth his or her objections to the Engineer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the Contractor. "'` The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection 20-05 titled INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. JIM b. Contract Time based on calendar days shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non- work days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the Owner's orders to suspend and resume all •'+ work,due to causes not the fault of the Contractor,shall be excluded. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-35 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways •. At the time of fmal payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the .. actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either cost of work or the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. ►. c. When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially complete. If the Contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his or her control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, the Contractor may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended,make a written request to the Owner for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which the Contractor believes will justify the granting of his or her request. Requests r. for extension of time on calendar day projects, caused by inclement weather, shall be supported with National Weather Bureau data showing the actual amount of inclement weather exceeded what could normally be expected during the contract period. The Contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a valid reason for extension of time. If the supporting documentation justify the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the Contractor, the Owner may extend the time for completion by a change order that adjusts the contract time or completion date. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect,the same as though it were the original time for completion. ... 80-08 Failure to complete on time. For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection 80-07 titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this Section) the sum �.., specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will be deducted from any money due or to become due the Contractor or his or her surety. Such deducted sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages including but not limited to additional engineering services that will be incurred by the Owner should the Contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in their contract. a. Schedule Liquidated Damages Cost Allowed Construction Time Overall $500.00 90 Calendar Days Runway 12/30 $1, 000.00 30 Calendar Days Closure The maximum construction time allowed for Schedules overall will be the sum of the time allowed for individual schedules but not more than 90 calendar days.Permitting the Contractor to continue and finish the work or any a. part of it after the time fixed for its completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended,will in no way operate as a wavier on the part of the Owner of any of its rights under the contract. 80-09 Default and termination of contract.The Contractor shall be considered in default of his or her contract and such default will be considered as cause for the Owner to terminate the contract for any of the following reasons if the Contractor: a.Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time specified in the Notice to Proceed,or a. b. Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers, equipment and/or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the terms of the contract,or a. c. Performs the work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable and unsuitable,or d.Discontinues the execution of the work,or e.Fails to resume work which has been discontinued within a reasonable time after notice to do so,or f.Becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt,or commits any act of bankruptcy or insolvency,or g.Allows any fmal judgment to stand against the Contractor unsatisfied for a period of 10 days,or FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-36 Waterloo Regional Airport ,.. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways ark h.Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors,or i.For any other cause whatsoever,fails to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the Engineer consider the Contractor in default of the contract for any reason above, the Engineer shall immediately give written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor's surety as to the reasons for considering the Contractor in default and the Owner's intentions to terminate the contract. If the Contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice, does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the Owner will, upon written notification from the Engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or default and the Contractor's failure to comply with such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contract,to "" take the execution of the work out of the hands of the Contractor. The Owner may appropriate or use any or all materials and equipment that have been mobilized for use in the work and are acceptable and may enter into an agreement for the completion of said contract according to the terms and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the Engineer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceptable manner. All costs and charges incurred by the Owner, together with the cost of completing the work under contract, will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor. If such expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the Contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the Owner the amount of such excess. 80-10 Termination for national emergencies. The Owner shall terminate the contract or portion thereof by written notice when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the execution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contract, or any portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an equitable settlement will be made with the Contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the Contractor for the work and that are not incorporated in the work shall,at the option of the Contractor,be purchased from the Contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records at such points of delivery as may be designated by the Engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it relieve his or her surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. 80-11 Work area, storage area and sequence of operations. The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer prior to beginning any work in all areas of the airport.No operating runway,taxiway,or air operations area (AOA) shall be crossed, entered, or obstructed while it is operational. The Contractor shall plan and coordinate his or her work in such a manner as to ensure safety and a minimum of hindrance to flight operations. All Contractor equipment and material stockpiles shall be stored a minimum or 400 feet from the centerline of an active runway. No equipment will be allowed to park within the approach area of an active runway at any time.No equipment shall be within 2 0 0 feet of an active runway at any time. END OF SECTION 80 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-37 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair .67 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-38 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways r.. Section 90 Measurement and Payment 90-01 Measurement of quantities.All work completed under the contract will be measured by the Engineer,or his or her authorized representatives,using United States Customary Units of Measurement or the International System of Units. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering practice. Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures(or leave-outs)having an area of 9 square feet(0.8 square meters)or .� less. Unless otherwise specified,transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. The thickness ofplates andgalvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metalplate pipe g P�P , p�p culverts and arches,and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inch. moorq The term"ton"will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 lb(907 km)avoirdupois.All materials that are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designed by the Engineer. If material is shipped by rail,the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight of material is paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the Engineer directs,and each truck shall bear a plainly legible identification mark. Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable for the materials hauled, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. -■, All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity, and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in writing,material specified to be measured by the .•y cubic yard (cubic meter) may be weighed, and such weights will be converted to cubic yards (cubic meters) for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the Engineer and shall be agreed to by the Contractor before such method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon(liter) or ton(kg). When measured by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60°F(16°C)or will be corrected to the volume at 60°F(16°C)using ASTM D1250 for asphalts or ASTM D633 for tars. oat Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the distributor, wasted,or otherwise not incorporated in the work. "Mg When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport,net certified weights by volume, subj ect to correction for loss or foaming,may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton(kg)or hundredweight(km). Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (MFBM) actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-39 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair .•t Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways The term"lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete payment for the work described in the rmr contract. When a complete structure or structural unit(in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include all necessary fittings and accessories. lum Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of actual working time and necessary traveling time of the equipment within the limits of the work. Special equipment ordered by the Engineer in connection with force account work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection 90-05 titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK of this section. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates, rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by gauge,unit weight,section dimensions,etc., such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances established by the industries involved will be accepted. Scales for weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished,erected,and maintained by the Contractor,or be certified permanently installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate within 1/2%of the correct weight throughout the range of use.The Contractor shall have the scales checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. irmr The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not exceed one-tenth of 1% of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not less than 1 pound(454 grams). The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams,dials,platforms,and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and the inspector can safely ti.. and conveniently view them. Scale installations shall have available ten standard 50-pound(2.3 km)weights for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other approved equipment. ... Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate, and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighting-accuracy test will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of 1%. In the event inspection reveals the scales have been underweighing(indicating less than correct weight), they shall be adjusted, and no additional payment to the Contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house; and for all other items specified in this subsection, for the weighing of materials for proportioning or payment,shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the fmal quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be made, unless the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans are revised by the Engineer.If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the dimensions. 90-02 Scope of payment. The Contractor shall receive and accept compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the execution thereof, subject to the provisions of the subsection 70-18 titled NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS of Section 70. When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item,this same work or material will not also be measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plans, or specifications. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-40 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 90-03 Compensation for altered quantities. When the accepted quantities of work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the Contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually completed and accepted.No allowance, except as provided for in the subsection 40-02 titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the Contractor which results directly from such alterations or indirectly from his or her unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items,or from any other cause. 90-04 Payment for omitted items.As specified in the subsection 40-03 titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40,the Engineer shall have the right to omit from the work(order nonperformance)any contract item,except major contract items,in the best interest of the Owner. Should the Engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the Contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the Engineer's order to omit or non-perform such contract item. Acceptable materials ordered by the Contractor or delivered on the work prior to the date of the Engineer's order will be paid for at the actual cost to the Contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the Owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the Contractor shall be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing the omitted contract item prior to the date of the Engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the Contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the Contractor as to the nature the amount of such costs. 90-05 Payment for extra work. Extra work, performed in accordance with the subsection 40-04 titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work. 90-06 Partial payments. Partial payments will be made to the Contractor at least once each month as the work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates, prepared by the Engineer, of the value of the work performed and materials complete and in place, in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection 90-07 titled PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section.No partial payment will be made when the amount due to the Contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. The Contractor is required to pay all subcontractors for satisfactory performance of their contracts no later than 30 days after the Contractor has received a partial payment. The Owner must ensure prompt and full payment of retainage from the prime Contractor to the subcontractor within 30 days after the subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed. A subcontractor's work is satisfactorily completed when all the tasks called for in the subcontract have been accomplished and documented as required by the Owner. When the Owner has made an incremental acceptance of a portion of a prime contract, the work of a subcontractor covered by that acceptance is deemed to be satisfactorily completed. From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, five (5) percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until the final payment is made, except as may be provided (at the r.. Contractor's option) in the subsection 90-08 titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (ninety-five (95) percent) inocrt b, lancc of the amount payable, less all previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the Contractor exercise his or her option, as provided in the subsection 90-08 titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such percent retainage shall be deducted. When at least 95% of the work has been completed, the Engineer shall, at the Owner's discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare estimates of both the contract value and the cost of the remaining work to be done. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-41 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways The Owner may retain an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified for payment to the Contractor. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the Engineer to be a part of the fmal quantity for the item of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or work in place as to quality or quantity.All partial payments are subject to correction at the time of fmal payment as provided in the subsection 90- 09 titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of this contract before the fmal payment is made. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release in full,the Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any .. potential lien or other such claim. The bond or collateral shall include all costs, expenses, and attorney fees the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging any such lien or claim. 90-07 Payment for materials on hand. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of .� materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the Owner. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met: a.The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at or on an approved site. b. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such ... stored or stockpiled materials. c. The Contractor has furnished the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. d.The Contractor has furnished the Owner legal title(free of liens or encumbrances of any kind)to the material so stored or stockpiled. e. The Contractor has furnished the Owner evidence that the material so stored or stockpiled is insured against '" loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the Owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials in accordance with the requirements of the contract,plans,and specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract item in which the material is intended to be used. No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled materials in low accordance with the provisions of this subsection. 90-08 Payment of withheld funds. At the Contractor's option,if an Owner withholds retainage in accordance with the methods described in subsection 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS, the Contractor may request that the Owner ... deposit the retainage into an escrow account. The Owner's deposit of retainage into an escrow account is subject to the following conditions: a. The Contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the Owner. b. The Contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the Owner and having a value not less than the retainage that would otherwise be �.. withheld from partial payment. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-42 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways c.The Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Owner. d.The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement. 90-09 Acceptance and final payment. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection 50-15 titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the Engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The Contractor shall approve the Engineer's fmal estimate or advise the Engineer of the Contractor's objections to the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change order or supplemental agreement. The Contractor and the Engineer shall resolve all disputes(if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to be paid within 30 calendar days of the Contractor's receipt of the Engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute still exists,the Contractor may approve the Engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute, and such disputed quantities shall be considered by the Owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection 50-16 titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES of Section 50. After the Contractor has approved,or approved under protest,the Engineer's final estimate, and after the Engineer's receipt of the project closeout documentation required in subsection 90-11 Project Closeout, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum,or the undisputed sum in case of approval under protest,determined to be due the Contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the Contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection 50-16 titled •'"1 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the Owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances.Upon fmal adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the Contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental final estimate. Pursuant to Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa, the Owner is required to retain, from all payments to the Contractor, 5 percent of the payment amount to be held for a period of not less than 30 days following final acceptance of the work. The amount so retained will be paid to the Contractor at the end of said 30-day period, provided that no claims or liens have been filed against said Contract. In the event that, at the end of said 30-day period, claims are on file as herein provided, the Owner shall continue to retain from said unpaid funds a sum not less than double the total amount of all claims on file, or the full 5 percent retainage amount, whichever is less. 90-10 Construction warranty. a. In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the Contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect in equipment, material, workmanship, or --� design furnished,or performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor or supplier at any tier. b. This warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. If the Owner takes possession of any part of the work before fmal acceptance,this warranty shall continue for a period of -� one year from the date the Owner takes possession. However,this will not relieve the Contractor from corrective items required by the final acceptance of the project work. c. The Contractor shall remedy at the Contractor's expense any failure to conform, or any defect. In addition, the Contractor shall remedy at the Contractor's expense any damage to Owner real or personal property, when that damage is the result of: (1)The Contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements;or (2)Any defect of equipment,material,workmanship,or design furnished by the Contractor. d. The Contractor shall restore any work damaged in fulfilling the terms and conditions of this clause. The Contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced will run for one year from the date of repair or replacement. e. The Owner will notify the Contractor, in writing,within seven; (7<) days after the discovery of any failure, defect,or damage. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-43 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair ...+ Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways i.. f. If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or damage within 14 days after receipt of notice, the Owner shall have the right to replace,repair, or otherwise remedy the failure, defect, or damage at the Contractor's .� expense. g. With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from subcontractors,manufacturers, or suppliers for work performed and materials furnished under this contract,the Contractor shall: (1) Obtain all warranties that would be given in normal commercial practice; (2) Require all warranties to be executed, in writing, for the benefit of the Owner,as directed by the Owner,and(3)Enforce all warranties for the benefit of the Owner. h.This warranty shall not limit the Owner's rights with respect to latent defects,gross mistakes,or fraud. 90-11 Project closeout.Approval of fmal payment to the Contractor is contingent upon completion and submittal of the items listed below. The final payment will not be approved until the Engineer approves the Contractor's final submittal. The Contractor shall: a.Provide two(2)copies of all manufacturers warranties specified for materials,equipment,and installations. b.Provide weekly payroll records(not previously received)from the general Contractor and all subcontractors. •- c.Complete final cleanup in accordance with subsection 40-08,FINAL CLEANUP. d.Complete all punch list items identified during the Final Inspection. .. e.Provide complete release of all claims for labor and material arising out of the Contract. f. Provide a certified statement signed by the subcontractors, indicating actual amounts paid to the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise(DBE)subcontractors and/or suppliers associated with the project. g.When applicable per state requirements,return copies of sales tax completion forms. h.Manufacturer's certifications for all items incorporated in the work. i.All required record drawings,as-built drawings or as-constructed drawings. j.Project Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Manual. k. Security for Construction Warranty. 1.Equipment commissioning documentation submitted, if required. m. Lien waivers for Prime Contractor and all subcontractors. END OF SECTION 90 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-44 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways I L. Section 100 Contractor Quality Control Program 100-01 General. When the specification requires a Contractor Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall establish, provide, and maintain an effective Quality Control Program that details the methods and procedures that will be taken to assure that all materials and completed construction required by this contract conform to contract plans, technical specifications and other requirements, whether manufactured by the Contractor, or procured from subcontractors or vendors.Although guidelines are established and certain minimum requirements are specified here and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for accomplishing the stated purpose. The intent of this section is to enable the Contractor to establish a necessary level of control that will: --ti a.Adequately provide for the production of acceptable quality materials. b. Provide sufficient information to assure both the Contractor and the Engineer that the specification requirements can be met. -' C.Allow the Contractor as much latitude as possible to develop his or her own standard of control. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss and present,at the preconstruction conference,their understanding of the quality control requirements. The Contractor shall not begin any construction or production of materials to be incorporated into the completed work until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. No partial payment will be made for materials subject to specific quality control requirements until the Quality Control Program has been reviewed. ..r The quality control requirements contained in this section and elsewhere in the contract technical specifications are in addition to and separate from the acceptance testing requirements. Acceptance testing requirements are the responsibility of the Engineer. Paving projects over $500,000 shall have a Quality Control (QC)/Quality Assurance (QA) workshop with the Engineer, Contractor, subcontractors, testing laboratories, and Owner's representative at start of construction. The workshop shall address QC and QA requirements of the project specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Airport and the Engineer on time and location of the QC/QA workshop. 100-02 Description of program. a. General description. The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Program to perform quality control inspection and testing of all items of work required by the technical specifications, including those performed by subcontractors. This Quality Control Program shall ensure conformance to applicable specifications and plans with respect to materials, workmanship, construction, finish, and functional performance. The Quality Control Program --� shall be effective for control of all construction work performed under this Contract and shall specifically include surveillance and tests required by the technical specifications, in addition to other requirements of this section and any other activities deemed necessary by the Contractor to establish an effective level of quality control. —, b.Quality Control Program.The Contractor shall describe the Quality Control Program in a written document that shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to the start of any production, construction, or off-site fabrication. The written Quality Control Program shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval at least five 5 calendar days before the Preconstruction Conference. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan and Quality Control testing laboratory must be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to the Notice to Proceed (NTP). The Quality Control Program shall be organized to address,as a minimum,the following items: a.Quality control organization b.Project progress schedule ( .-r c.Submittals schedule d.Inspection requirements ►-� e.Quality control testing plan FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-45 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair "'I Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways bar f.Documentation of quality control activities g.Requirements for corrective action when quality control and/or acceptance criteria are not met The Contractor is encouraged to add any additional elements to the Quality Control Program that is deemed necessary to adequately control all production and/or construction processes required by this contract. .. 100-03 Quality control organization. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall be implemented by the establishment of a separate quality control organization. An organizational chart shall be developed to show all quality control personnel and how these personnel integrate with other management/production and construction ►- functions and personnel. The organizational chart shall identify all quality control staff by name and function,and shall indicate the total staff required to implement all elements of the Quality Control Program,including inspection and testing for each item of work. If necessary, different technicians can be used for specific inspection and testing functions for different items of work. If an outside organization or independent testing laboratory is used for implementation of all or part of the Quality Control Program,the personnel assigned shall be subject to the qualification requirements of paragraph 100- 03a and 100-03b. The organizational chart shall indicate which personnel are Contractor employees and which are provided by an outside organization. The quality control organization shall,as a minimum,consist of the following personnel: a. Program Administrator. The Program Administrator shall be a full-time on—site employee of the Contractor,or a consultant engaged by the Contractor.The Program Administrator shall have a minimum of five(5) years of experience in airport and/or highway construction and shall have had prior quality control experience on a project of comparable size and scope as the contract. Additional qualifications for the Program Administrator shall include at least one of the following requirements: (1)Professional Engineer with one(1)year of airport paving experience. (2)Engineer-in-training with two(2)years of airport paving experience. (3) An individual with three (3) years of highway and/or airport paving experience, with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Civil Engineering,Civil Engineering Technology or Construction. (4) Construction materials technician certified at Level III by the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies(NICET). (5)Highway materials technician certified at Level III by NICET. (6)Highway construction technician certified at Level III by NICET. r.. (7) A NICET certified engineering technician in Civil Engineering Technology with five (5) years of highway and/or airport paving experience. The Program Administrator shall have full authority to institute any and all actions necessary for the successful implementation of the Quality Control Program to ensure compliance with the contract plans and technical specifications. The Program Administrator shall report directly to a responsible officer of the construction firm. The Program Administrator may supervise the Quality Control Program on more than one project provided that person can be at the job site within two(2)hours after being notified of a problem. b. Quality control technicians. A sufficient number of quality control technicians necessary to adequately implement the Quality Control Program shall be provided. These personnel shall be either Engineers, engineering technicians, or experienced craftsman with qualifications in the appropriate field equivalent to NICET Level II or :. higher construction materials technician or highway construction technician and shall have a minimum of two (2) years of experience in their area of expertise. The quality control technicians shall report directly to the Program Administrator and shall perform the -- following functions: (1) Inspection of all materials, construction, plant, and equipment for conformance to the technical specifications,and as required by subsection 100-06. — FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-46 Waterloo Regional Airport wr AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways (2) Performance of all quality control tests as required by the technical specifications and subsection 100-07. -t (3)Performance of density tests for the Engineer when required by the technical specifications. Certification at an equivalent level,by a state or nationally recognized organization will be acceptable in lieu of NICET certification. c. Staffing levels. The Contractor shall provide sufficient qualified quality control personnel to monitor each work activity at all times. Where material is being produced in a plant for incorporation into the work,separate plant and field technicians shall be provided at each plant and field placement location. The scheduling and coordinating --• of all inspection and testing must match the type and pace of work activity. The Quality Control Program shall state where different technicians will be required for different work elements. 100-04 Project progress schedule. The Contractor shall submit a coordinated construction schedule for all work --t activities.The schedule shall be prepared as a network diagram in Critical Path Method(CPM), Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT), or other format, or as otherwise specified in the contract. As a minimum, it shall provide information on the sequence of work activities,milestone dates,and activity duration. -i The Contractor shall maintain the work schedule and provide an update and analysis of the progress schedule on a twice monthly basis, or as otherwise specified in the contract. Submission of the work schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of overall responsibility for scheduling, sequencing, and coordinating all work to comply with the requirements of the contract. 100-05 Submittals schedule. The Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all submittals (for example, mix designs, material certifications) and shop drawings required by the technical specifications. The listing can be developed in a spreadsheet format and shall include: a. Specification item number b.Item description Co Description of submittal d. Specification paragraph requiring submittal --� e. Scheduled date of submittal 100-06 Inspection requirements. Quality control inspection functions shall be organized to provide inspections for all definable features of work, as detailed below. All inspections shall be documented by the Contractor as specified by subsection 100-07. Inspections shall be performed daily to ensure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of the particular feature of work.These shall include the following minimum requirements: a. During plant operation for material production, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be used to ensure the quality of aggregates and other mix components, and to adjust and control mix proportioning to meet the approved mix design and other requirements of the technical specifications. All equipment used in proportioning and mixing shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition. The Quality Control Program shall detail how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and used. b. During field operations, quality control test results and periodic inspections shall be used to ensure the �-. quality of all materials and workmanship. All equipment used in placing, fmishing, and compacting shall be inspected to ensure its proper operating condition and to ensure that all such operations are in conformance to the technical specifications and are within the plan dimensions, lines, grades, and tolerances specified. The Program shall document how these and other quality control functions will be accomplished and used. 100-07 Quality control testing plan. As a part of the overall Quality Control Program, the Contractor shall implement a quality control testing plan, as required by the technical specifications. The testing plan shall include the minimum tests and test frequencies required by each technical specification Item, as well as any additional quality control tests that the Contractor deems necessary to adequately control production and/or construction processes. The testing plan can be developed in a spreadsheet fashion and shall,as a minimum, include the following: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-47 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair .•? Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways a. Specification item number(for example,P-401) _ b.Item description(for example,Plant Mix Bituminous Pavements) c.Test type(for example,gradation,grade,asphalt content) d. Test standard(for example,ASTM or American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)test number,as applicable) e. Test frequency (for example, as required by technical specifications or minimum frequency when ... requirements are not stated) f.Responsibility(for example,plant technician) g.Control requirements(for example,target,permissible deviations) �• The testing plan shall contain a statistically-based procedure of random sampling for acquiring test samples in accordance with ASTM D3665.The Engineer shall be provided the opportunity to witness quality control sampling and testing. All quality control test results shall be documented by the Contractor as required by subsection 100-08. 100-08 Documentation. The Contractor shall maintain current quality control records of all inspections and tests performed. These records shall include factual evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed, including type and number of inspections or tests involved; results of inspections or tests; nature of defects, deviations,causes for rejection,etc.;proposed remedial action;and corrective actions taken. These records must cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and must include a statement that all supplies and materials incorporated in the work are in full compliance with the terms of the contract. Legible copies of these records shall be furnished to the Engineer daily. The records shall cover all work placed subsequent to the previously furnished records and shall be verified and signed by the Contractor's Program Administrator. taw Specific Contractor quality control records required for the contract shall include,but are not necessarily limited to, the following records: a. Daily inspection reports. Each Contractor quality control technician shall maintain a daily log of all inspections performed for both Contractor and subcontractor operations. These technician's daily reports shall provide factual evidence that continuous quality control inspections have been performed and shall, as a minimum, include the following: �. (1)Technical specification item number and description (2)Compliance with approved submittals (3)Proper storage of materials and equipment a. (4)Proper operation of all equipment (5)Adherence to plans and technical specifications (6)Review of quality control tests (7)Safety inspection. The daily inspection reports shall identify inspections conducted, results of inspections, location and nature of defects found,causes for rejection,and remedial or corrective actions taken or proposed. The daily inspection reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. The Engineer shall be provided at least one copy of each daily inspection report on the work day following the day of record. b. Daily test reports. The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing a system that will record all quality control test results.Daily test reports shall document the following information: (1)Technical specification item number and description - (2)Test designation (3)Location (4)Date of test FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-48 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways "1 (5)Control requirements (6)Test results (7)Causes for rejection (8)Recommended remedial actions (9)Retests Test results from each day's work period shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the next day's work period. When required by the technical specifications,the Contractor shall maintain statistical quality control charts. The daily test reports shall be signed by the responsible quality control technician and the Program Administrator. 100-09 Corrective action requirements. The Quality Control Program shall indicate the appropriate action to be taken when a process is deemed, or believed, to be out of control (out of tolerance) and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. The requirements for corrective action shall include both general requirements for operation of the Quality Control Program as a whole, and for individual items of work contained in the technical specifications. The Quality Control Program shall detail how the results of quality control inspections and tests will be used for determining the need for corrective action and shall contain clear sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and the type of correction to be taken to regain process control. When applicable or required by the technical specifications,the Contractor shall establish and use statistical quality control charts for individual quality control tests. The requirements for corrective action shall be linked to the control charts. 100-10 Surveillance by the Engineer. All items of material and equipment shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the point of production,manufacture or shipment to determine if the Contractor,producer,manufacturer or shipper maintains an adequate quality control system in conformance with the requirements detailed here and the applicable technical specifications and plans. In addition, all items of materials, equipment and work in place shall be subject to surveillance by the Engineer at the site for the same purpose. Surveillance by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of performing quality control inspections of either on- site or off-site Contractor's or subcontractor's work. 100-11 Noncompliance. a. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of any noncompliance with any of the foregoing requirements. The Contractor shall, after receipt of such notice, immediately take corrective action. Any notice,when delivered by the Engineer or his or her authorized representative to the Contractor or his or her authorized representative at the site of the work,shall be considered sufficient notice. b.In cases where quality control activities do not comply with either the Contractor Quality Control Program or the contract provisions, or where the Contractor fails to properly operate and maintain an effective Quality Control Program,as determined by the Engineer,the Engineer may: (1)Order the Contractor to replace ineffective or unqualified quality control personnel or subcontractors. (2)Order the Contractor to stop operations until appropriate corrective actions are taken. END OF SECTION 100 +tea FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-49 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair "1 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-50 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Section 105 Mobilization `M, 105-1 Description. This item shall consist of work and operations, but is not limited to, work and operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, material and supplies to and from the project site for work on the project except as provided in the contract as separate pay items. 105-1.1 Posted notices. Prior to commencement of construction activities the Contractor must post the following documents in a prominent and accessible place where they may be easily viewed by all employees of the prime Contractor and by all employees of subcontractors engaged by the prime Contractor: Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Poster"Equal Employment Opportunity is the Law" in accordance with the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs Executive Order 11246, as amended; Davis Bacon Wage Poster(WH 1321) -DOL "Notice to All Employees" Poster; Applicable Davis-Bacon Wage Rate Determination and listing of 24- _ hour emergency contacts. These notices must remain posted until fmal acceptance of the work by the Owner. 105-2 Basis of measurement and payment. Based upon the contract lump sum price for "Mobilization" partial payments will be allowed as follows: a.With first pay request,25%. b.When 25%or more of the original contract is earned,an additional 25%. C.When 50%or more of the original contract is earned,an additional 40%. d.After Final Inspection, Staging area clean-up and delivery of all Project Closeout materials as required by 90- 11,the fmal 10%. END OF SECTION 105 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-51 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair ..� Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Intentionally Left Blank low FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-52 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 1 Section 110 Method of Estimating Percentage of Material Within Specification Limits (PWL) 110-01 General. When the specifications provide for acceptance of material based on the method of estimating percentage of material within specification limits (PWL), the PWL will be determined in accordance with this ..� section.All test results for a lot will be analyzed statistically to determine the total estimated percent of the lot that is within specification limits. The PWL is computed using the sample average(X) and sample standard deviation(Sr) of the specified number(n)of sublots for the lot and the specification tolerance limits, L for lower and U for upper, for the particular acceptance parameter.From these values,the respective Quality index,QL for Lower Quality Index rag and/or Qu for Upper Quality Index, is computed and the PWL for the lot for the specified n is determined from Table 1. All specification limits specified in the technical sections shall be absolute values. Test results used in the calculations shall be to the significant figure given in the test procedure. There is some degree of uncertainty (risk) in the measurement for acceptance because only a small fraction of production material (the population) is sampled and tested. This uncertainty exists because all portions of the production material have the same probability to be randomly sampled. The Contractor's risk is the probability that material produced at the acceptable quality level is rejected or subjected to a pay adjustment.The Owner's risk is the probability that material produced at the rejectable quality level is accepted. It is the intent of this section to inform the Contractor that, in order to consistently offset the Contractor's risk for ' ..� material evaluated, production quality (using population average and population standard deviation) must be maintained at the acceptable quality specified or higher. In all cases, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to produce at quality levels that will meet the specified acceptance criteria when sampled and tested at the frequencies specified. 110-02 Method for computing PWL.The computational sequence for computing PWL is as follows: a.Divide the lot into n sublots in accordance with the acceptance requirements of the specification. b. Locate the random sampling position within the sublot in accordance with the requirements of the specification. c.Make a measurement at each location, or take a test portion and make the measurement on the test portion in accordance with the testing requirements of the specification. d.Find the sample average(X)for all sublot values within the lot by using the following formula: X=(xi+x2+x3+...xn)/n Where:X=Sample average of all sublot values within a lot xi,x2=Individual sublot values n=Number of sublots e.Find the sample standard deviation(Sr)by use of the following formula: I Sn=I(d12+d22+d32+...dn)/(n4)11/2 Where: Sr=Sample standard deviation of the number of sublot values in the set d1,d2=Deviations of the individual sublot values x1,x2, ... from the average value X that is:d1=(x1-X),d2=(x2-X) ... do=(xn-X) n=Number of sublots f. For single sided specification limits (that is, L only), compute the Lower Quality Index QL by use of the following formula: { QL=(X-L)/Sn Where:L=specification lower tolerance limit FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-53 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair _r Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Estimate the percentage of material within limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 with QL, using the column appropriate to the total number(n)of measurements. If the value of QL falls between values shown on the table,use the next higher value of PWL. g.For double-sided specification limits(that is,L and U),compute the Quality Indexes QL and Qu by use of the �•• following formulas: QL=(X-L)/S„ and Qu=(U-X)/Sn Where:L and U=specification lower and upper tolerance limits Estimate the percentage of material between the lower (L) and upper (U) tolerance limits (PWL) by entering Table 1 separately with QL and Qu,using the column appropriate to the total number(n)of measurements, and determining the percent of material above PL and percent of material below Pu for each tolerance limit. If the values of QL fall between values shown on the table, use the next higher value of PL or Pu. Determine the PWL by use of the following formula: PWL=(Pu+PL)- 100 Where: PL=percent within lower specification limit Pu=percent within upper specification limit EXAMPLE OF PWL CALCULATION Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401,Lot A. A.PWL Determination for Mat Density. 1.Density of four random cores taken from Lot A. A-1 =96.60 A-2=97.55 A-3=99.30 A-4=98.35 n=4 2. Calculate average density for the lot. X=(xi+x2+x3+. . .xn)/n X=(96.60+97.55+99.30+98.35)/4 X=97.95%density 3.Calculate the standard deviation for the lot. Sn=[((96.60-97.95)2+(97.55-97.95)2+(99.30-97.95)2+(98.35-97.95)2))/(4- 1)]112 Sn=[(1.82+0.16+ 1.82+0.16)/3]'/2 +� Sn= 1.15 4.Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot.(L=96.3) k.. QL=(X-L)/Sn QL=(97.95 -96.30)/1.15 QL= 1.4348 5.Determine PWL by entering Table 1 with QL 1.44 and n=4. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-54 Waterloo Regional Airport `. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways PWL=98 ._., B.PWL Determination for Air Voids. 1.Air Voids of four random samples taken from Lot A. A-1 =5.00 A-2=3.74 A-3=2.30 A-4=3.25 2.Calculate the average air voids for the lot. X=(xl+x2+x3 . . .n)/n X=(5.00+3.74+2.30+3.25)/4 X=3.57% 3.Calculate the standard deviation Sn for the lot. Sn=[((3.57-5.00)2+(3.57-3.74)2+(3.57-2.30)2+(3.57-3.25)2)/(4- 1)11/2 Sn=1(2.04+0.03 + 1.62+0.10)/311/2 Sn= 1.12 4.Calculate the Lower Quality Index QL for the lot. (L=2.0) QL=(X-L)/Sn QL=(3.57-2.00)/ 1.12 QL= 1.3992 5.Determine PL by entering Table 1 with QL= 1.41 and n=4. PL=97 6.Calculate the Upper Quality Index Qu for the lot.(U=5.0) Qu=(U-X)/Sn Qu=(5.00-3.57)/ 1.12 Qu= 1.2702 7.Determine Pu by entering Table 1 with Qu= 1.29 and n=4. Pu=93 8.Calculate Air Voids PWL PWL=(PL+Pu)- 100 PWL=(97+93)- 100=90 EXAMPLE OF OUTLIER CALCULATION(REFERENCE ASTM E178) Project: Example Project Test Item: Item P-401,Lot A. A.Outlier Determination for Mat Density. 1.Density of four random cores taken from Lot A arranged in descending order. A-3=99.30 A-4=98.35 ...� A-2=97.55 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-55 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways A-1 =96.60 2.Use n=4 and upper 5%significance level of to find the critical value for test criterion= 1.463. 3.Use average density, standard deviation,and test criterion value to evaluate density measurements. a.For measurements greater than the average: If(measurement-average)/(standard deviation)is less than test criterion, then the measurement is not considered an outlier For A-3,check if(99.30-97.95)/ 1.15 is greater than 1.463. Since 1.174 is less than 1.463,the value is not an outlier. b.For measurements less than the average: If(average -measurement)/(standard deviation)is less than test criterion, then the measurement is not considered an outlier. For A-1,check if(97.95 -96.60)/ 1.15 is greater than 1.463. Since 1.435 is less than 1.463,the value is not an outlier. Note: In this example,a measurement would be considered an outlier if the density were: Greater than(97.95 + 1.463 x 1.15)=99.63% OR less than(97.95 - 1.463 x 1.15)=96.27%. Table 1.Table for Estimating Percent of Lot Within Limits(PWL) Percent Within Positive Values of Q(QL and Qu) Limits (PLand Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 99 1.1541 1.4700 1.6714 1.8008 1.8888 1.9520 1.9994 2.0362 98 1.1524 1.4400 1.6016 1.6982 1.7612 1.8053 1.8379 1.8630 97 1.1496 1.4100 1.5427 1.6181 1.6661 1.6993 1.7235 1.7420 96 1.1456 1.3800 1.4897 1.5497 1.5871 1.6127 1.6313 1.6454 95 1.1405 1.3500 1.4407 1.4887 1.5181 1.5381 1.5525 1.5635 94 1.1342 1.3200 1.3946 1.4329 1.4561 1.4717 1.4829 1.4914 93 1.1269 1.2900 1.3508 1.3810 1.3991 1.4112 1.4199 1.4265 92 1.1184 1.2600 1.3088 1.3323 1.3461 1.3554 1.3620 1.3670 91 1.1089 1.2300 1.2683 1.2860 1.2964 1.3032 1.3081 1.3118 -' 90 1.0982 1.2000 1.2290 1.2419 1.2492 1.2541 1.2576 1.2602 89 1.0864 1.1700 1.1909 1.1995 1.2043 1.2075 1.2098 1.2115 88 1.0736 1.1400 1.1537 1.1587 1.1613 1.1630 1.1643 1.1653 87 1.0597 1.1100 1.1173 1.1192 1.1199 1.1204 1.1208 1.1212 86 1.0448 1.0800 1.0817 1.0808 1.0800 1.0794 1.0791 1.0789 85 1.0288 1.0500 1.0467 1.0435 1.0413 1.0399 1.0389 1.0382 84 1.0119 1.0200 1.0124 1.0071 1.0037 1.0015 1.0000 0.9990 83 0.9939 0.9900 0.9785 0.9715 0.9671 0.9643 0.9624 0.9610 82 0.9749 0.9600 0.9452 0.9367 0.9315 0.9281 0.9258 0.9241 81 0.9550 0.9300 0.9123 0.9025 0.8966 0.8928 0.8901 0.8882 80 0.9342 0.9000 0.8799 0.8690 0.8625 0.8583 0.8554 0.8533 79 0.9124 0.8700 0.8478 0.8360 0.8291 0.8245 0.8214 0.8192 78 0.8897 0.8400 0.8160 0.8036 0.7962 0.7915 0.7882 0.7858 77 0.8662 0.8100 0.7846 0.7716 0.7640 0.7590 0.7556 0.7531 76 0.8417 0.7800 0.7535 0.7401 0.7322 0.7271 0.7236 0.7211 75 0.8165 0.7500 0.7226 0.7089 0.7009 0.6958 0.6922 0.6896 74 0.7904 0.7200 0.6921 0.6781 0.6701 0.6649 0.6613 0.6587 73 0.7636 0.6900 0.6617 0.6477 0.6396 0.6344 0.6308 0.6282 72 0.7360 0.6600 0.6316 0.6176 0.6095 0.6044 0.6008 0.5982 71 0.7077 0.6300 0.6016 0.5878 0.5798 0.5747 0.5712 0.5686 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-56 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Percent Within Positive Values of Q(QL and Qu) Limits - (PL and PO n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 70 0.6787 0.6000 0.5719 0.5582 0.5504 0.5454 0.5419 0.5394 69 0.6490 0.5700 0.5423 0.5290 0.5213 0.5164 0.5130 0.5105 - 68 0.6187 0.5400 0.5129 0.4999 0.4924 0.4877 0.4844 0.4820 67 0.5878 0.5100 0.4836 0.4710 0.4638 0.4592 0.4560 0.4537 66 0.5563 0.4800 0.4545 0.4424 0.4355 0.4310 0.4280 0.4257 65 0.5242 0.4500 0.4255 0.4139 0.4073 0.4030 0.4001 0.3980 64 0.4916 0.4200 0.3967 0.3856 0.3793 0.3753 0.3725 0.3705 63 0.4586 0.3900 0.3679 0.3575 0.3515 0.3477 0.3451 0.3432 62 0.4251 0.3600 0.3392 0.3295 0.3239 0.3203 0.3179 0.3161 61 0.3911 0.3300 0.3107 0.3016 0.2964 0.2931 0.2908 0.2892 - 60 0.3568 0.3000 0.2822 0.2738 0.2691 0.2660 0.2639 0.2624 59 0.3222 0.2700 0.2537 0.2461 0.2418 0.2391 0.2372 0.2358 58 0.2872 0.2400 0.2254 0.2186 0.2147 0.2122 0.2105 0.2093 - 57 0.2519 0.2100 0.1971 0.1911 0.1877 0.1855 0.1840 0.1829 56 0.2164 0.1800 0.1688 0.1636 0.1607 0.1588 0.1575 0.1566 55 0.1806 0.1500 0.1406 0.1363 0.1338 0.1322 0.1312 0.1304 54 0.1447 0.1200 0.1125 0.1090 0.1070 0.1057 0.1049 0.1042 - 53 0.1087 0.0900 0.0843 0.0817 0.0802 0.0793 0.0786 0.0781 52 0.0725 0.0600 0.0562 0.0544 0.0534 0.0528 0.0524 0.0521 51 0.0363 0.0300 0.0281 0.0272 0.0267 0.0264 0.0262 0.0260 50 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 - Percent Within Negative Values of Q(QL and Qu) Limits n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 (PL and Pu) 49 -0.0363 -0.0300 -0.0281 -0.0272 -0.0267 -0.0264 -0.0262 -0.0260 48 -0.0725 -0.0600 -0.0562 -0.0544 -0.0534 -0.0528 -0.0524 -0.0521 - 47 -0.1087 -0.0900 -0.0843 -0.0817 -0.0802 -0.0793 -0.0786 -0.0781 46 -0.1447 -0.1200 -0.1125 -0.1090 -0.1070 -0.1057 -0.1049 -0.1042 45 -0.1806 -0.1500 -0.1406 -0.1363 -0.1338 -0.1322 -0.1312 -0.1304 _ 44 -0.2164 -0.1800 -0.1688 -0.1636 -0.1607 -0.1588 -0.1575 -0.1566 43 -0.2519 -0.2100 -0.1971 -0.1911 -0.1877 -0.1855 -0.1840 -0.1829 42 -0.2872 -0.2400 -0.2254 -0.2186 -0.2147 -0.2122 -0.2105 -0.2093 41 -0.3222 -0.2700 -0.2537 -0.2461 -0.2418 -0.2391 -0.2372 -0.2358 - 40 -0.3568 -0.3000 -0.2822 -0.2738 -0.2691 -0.2660 -0.2639 -0.2624 39 -0.3911 -0.3300 -0.3107 -0.3016 -0.2964 -0.2931 -0.2908 -0.2892 38 -0.4251 -0.3600 -0.3392 -0.3295 -0.3239 -0.3203 -0.3179 -0.3161 - 37 -0.4586 -0.3900 -0.3679 -0.3575 -0.3515 -0.3477 -0.3451 -0.3432 36 -0.4916 -0.4200 -0.3967 -0.3856 -0.3793 -0.3753 -0.3725 -0.3705 35 -0.5242 -0.4500 -0.4255 -0.4139 -0.4073 -0.4030 -0.4001 -0.3980 34 -0.5563 -0.4800 -0.4545 -0.4424 -0.4355 -0.4310 -0.4280 -0.4257 33 -0.5878 -0.5100 -0.4836 -0.4710 -0.4638 -0.4592 -0.4560 -0.4537 32 -0.6187 -0.5400 -0.5129 -0.4999 -0.4924 -0.4877 -0.4844 -0.4820 31 -0.6490 -0.5700 -0.5423 -0.5290 -0.5213 -0.5164 -0.5130 -0.5105 30 -0.6787 -0.6000 -0.5719 -0.5582 -0.5504 -0.5454 -0.5419 -0.5394 - 29 -0.7077 -0.6300 -0.6016 -0.5878 -0.5798 -0.5747 -0.5712 -0.5686 28 -0.7360 -0.6600 -0.6316 -0.6176 -0.6095 -0.6044 -0.6008 -0.5982 27 -0.7636 -0.6900 -0.6617 -0.6477 -0.6396 -0.6344 -0.6308 -0.6282 26 -0.7904 -0.7200 -0.6921 -0.6781 -0.6701 -0.6649 -0.6613 -0.6587 25 -0.8165 -0.7500 -0.7226 -0.7089 -0.7009 -0.6958 -0.6922 -0.6896 24 -0.8417 -0.7800 -0.7535 -0.7401 -0.7322 -0.7271 -0.7236 -0.7211 23 -0.8662 -0.8100 -0.7846 -0.7716 -0.7640 -0.7590 -0.7556 -0.7531 - 22 -0.8897 -0.8400 -0.8160 -0.8036 -0.7962 -0.7915 -0.7882 -0.7858 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-57 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair -- Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Percent Within Positive Values of Q(QL and QU) Limits (PL and Pu) n=3 n=4 n=5 n=6 n=7 n=8 n=9 n=10 21 -0.9124 -0.8700 -0.8478 -0.8360 -0.8291 -0.8245 -0.8214 -0.8192 20 -0.9342 -0.9000 -0.8799 -0.8690 -0.8625 -0.8583 -0.8554 -0.8533 19 -0.9550 -0.9300 -0.9123 -0.9025 -0.8966 -0.8928 -0.8901 -0.8882 18 -0.9749 -0.9600 -0.9452 -0.9367 -0.9315 -0.9281 -0.9258 -0.9241 17 -0.9939 -0.9900 -0.9785 -0.9715 -0.9671 -0.9643 -0.9624 -0.9610 16 -1.0119 -1.0200 -1.0124 -1.0071 -1.0037 -1.0015 -1.0000 -0.9990 15 -1.0288 -1.0500 -1.0467 -1.0435 -1.0413 -1.0399 -1.0389 -1.0382 14 -1.0448 -1.0800 -1.0817 -1.0808 -1.0800 -1.0794 -1.0791 -1.0789 13 -1.0597 -1.1100 -1.1173 -1.1192 -1.1199 -1.1204 -1.1208 -1.1212 12 -1.0736 -1.1400 -1.1537 -1.1587 -1.1613 -1.1630 -1.1643 -1.1653 11 -1.0864 -1.1700 -1.1909 -1.1995 -1.2043 -1.2075 -1.2098 -1.2115 10 -1.0982 -1.2000 -1.2290 -1.2419 -1.2492 -1.2541 -1.2576 -1.2602 9 -1.1089 -1.2300 -1.2683 -1.2860 -1.2964 -1.3032 -1.3081 -1.3118 8 -1.1184 -1.2600 -1.3088 -1.3323 -1.3461 -1.3554 -1.3620 -1.3670 7 -1.1269 -1.2900 -1.3508 -1.3810 -1.3991 -1.4112 -1.4199 -1.4265 6 -1.1342 -1.3200 -1.3946 -1.4329 -1.4561 -1.4717 -1.4829 -1.4914 5 -1.1405 -1.3500 -1.4407 -1.4887 -1.5181 -1.5381 -1.5525 -1.5635 4 -1.1456 -1.3800 -1.4897 -1.5497 -1.5871 -1.6127 -1.6313 -1.6454 3 -1.1496 -1.4100 -1.5427 -1.6181 -1.6661 -1.6993 -1.7235 -1.7420 2 -1.1524 -1.4400 -1.6016 -1.6982 -1.7612 -1.8053 -1.8379 -1.8630 1 -1.1541 -1.4700 -1.6714 -1.8008 -1.8888 -1.9520 -1.9994 -2.0362 END OF SECTION 110 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 G-58 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways PART 1 LOCAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART I GENERAL 1.01 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS. Contractor's supervisory employees shall obtain Security Clearance prior to having access to any area on the Airport within the limits of the perimeter fence(the 8'and 10'chain link fence). Other contractor employees who have a need for access to a work area on the Airport must be escorted by an employee with current Security Clearance. The Security-Cleared employee shall have no more than 10 employees under his/her direct supervision. This employee shall be in direct contact and control of and be responsible for all employees under his/her supervision at all times. The procedure for a Contractor's employee to obtain Security Clearance is as follows. a. Obtain fingerprint form from the Airport Administration. Provide data on the fingerprint form and take it to the Waterloo Police Department office in City Hall. Fingerprinting will be conducted bythe Waterloo Police Department. Return the completed fingerprint form to the Airport Administration. The cost of fmgerprinting at the Waterloo Police Department is$10.00 per person,to be paid at time of fingerprinting. b. The completed fingerprint form that has been returned to the Airport Administration will be forwarded for a criminal background check. c. After the background check is completed,which takes approximately 7-10 days,Airport Administration will issue approval notice of unescorted access to the airfield. d. Prior to access to the airfield,the person(s)are required to attend a Driver Training Program at the airport. This program takes approximately two(2)hours to complete. e. In addition to the cost of fingerprinting,a non-refundable payment in the amount of$100 is required for each Airport Security Clearance Request. This payment is due to the Waterloo Regional Airport when the completed fingerprint - form is returned to Airport Administration. Each company or agency must provide the Airport Administration with a list of individuals who have or are requesting Airport Security Clearance. 1.02 INSURANCE. -- 1. GENERAL. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance to protect the Contractor and the Waterloo Regional Airport against all hazards enumerated herein throughout the duration of the Contract. All policies shall be in the amounts,form and companies satisfactory to the Waterloo Regional Airport. Insurance coverage will be considered acceptable when certificates of insurance required herein state that thirty(30) days'written notice will be given to the Waterloo Regional Airport before the policy is cancelled or changed. All certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the Waterloo Regional Airport prior to the time that any operations under the Contract are awarded. All of said Contractor's certificates of insurance shall be written in an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Iowa or,if written in an insurance company not authorized to do business in the State of Iowa,by an insurance company approved by the Waterloo Regional Airport. "Insurance," "insurance policy" or"insurance contract,"when used in this code, shall have the same meaning as "insurance policy"and"insurance contract"under Section 507B.2 of the Code of Iowa provided,however,that when "insurance"as demonstrated by an"insurance policy"or"insurance contract"is required to be posted,presented or demonstrated to exist by any person or other entity by this code or by virtue of any Contract, bid request, specification,rule or other action or request of the Waterloo Regional Airport said"insurance policy"or"contract of insurance"shall provide coverage on an occurrence basis and not on a claims-made basis and the person or other FAA ALP#3-19-0094-45 SP-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways a. To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Waterloo Regional Airport, the City of Waterloo and AECOM, and their agents, officers and employees from and against all claims,damages,losses and expenses,including,but not limited to attorney's fees,arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work,provided that any such claim,damage,loss or expense: (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the work itself)including the loss of use resulting therefrom,and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. • Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this Section 4. b. In any and all claims against the Waterloo Regional Airport,the City of Waterloo and AECOM,or any of their agents, officers or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,the indemnification obligation under this Section 4, shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts,disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts. c. The obligations of the Contractor under this Section 4,shall not extend to the liability ofAECOM,their agents or employees,arising out of: • (1) The preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions,reports, surveys,change orders, designs or Specifications,or (2) The giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by AECOM, their agents or employees providing such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 5. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE FOR OTHER LOSSES. For the consideration in this agreement heretofore stated, in addition to Contractor's other obligations,the Contractor assumes full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools owned by the mechanics, any tool machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor,the Contractor's agents,Subcontractor's material men or the Contractor's or their employees,as well as to shed or other temporary structures,scaffolding and stagings,protective fences,bridges and sidewalk hooks. The Contractor shall also assume responsibility for all loss or damage caused by, arising out of or incident to larceny,theft or any cause whatsoever(except as hereinbefore provided)to the structure on which the work of this Contract,and any modifications alterations,enlargement thereto,is to be done,and to items and labor connected or to be used as a part of the permanent materials,and supplies necessary to the work. 6. NOTIFICATION IN EVENT OF LIABILITY OR DAMAGE. Upon the occurrence of any event,the liability for which is herein assumed,the Contractor agrees to forthwith notify the Waterloo Regional Airport in writing,such happening,which notice shall forthwith give the details as to the happening,the cause as far as can be ascertained, the estimate of loss or damage done,the names of witnesses,if any,and stating the amount of any claim. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES. The construction progress schedule shall be prepared in accordance with the following: a) Contractor shall indicate hours of daily operations. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-45 SP-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways PART 2 FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT PROJECTS SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS PART A - FEDERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT CONTRACTS APPLICATION OF REFERENCES ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "CONTRACTOR", "BIDDER", AND "OFFEROR" SHALL PERTAIN TO THE PRIME CONTRACTOR. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SUBCONTRACTOR" SHALL PERTAIN TO ANY AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE PRIME CONTRACTOR OR A SUBCONTRACTOR. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "CONSULTANT" SHALL PERTAIN TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER (A/E) UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE SPONSOR. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SUBCONSULTANT" SHALL PERTAIN TO ANY AND ALL SUBCONSULTANTS UNDER CONTRACT WITH THE A/E. ALL REFERENCES MADE HEREIN TO "SPONSOR" AND "OWNER" SHALL PERTAIN TO THE STATE, CITY, AIRPORT AUTHORITY OR OTHER PUBLIC ENTITY EXECUTING CONTRACTS WITH THE PRIME CONTRACTOR AND/OR THE A/E. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS 3 BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCE 3 CIVIL RIGHTS—GENERAL 3 CIVIL RIGHTS—TITLE VI ASSURANCES 3 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE 6 ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS 7 FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT(FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGE) 7 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970 7 RIGHT TO INVENTIONS 7 SEISMIC SAFETY 8 TRADE RESTRICTION CERTIFICATION 8 VETERAN'S PREFERENCE 9 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING $2,000 COPELAND "ANTI-KICKBACK' ACT 10 DAVIS-BACON REQUIREMENTS 10 Page 1 of 30 Revised April 18,2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200.333, 2 CFR § 200.336, and FAA Order 5100.38 The Contractor must maintain an acceptable cost accounting system.The Contractor agrees to provide the Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration, and the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their duly authorized representatives, access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to the specific contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts and transcriptions.The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records and reports required under this contract for a period of not less than three years after final payment is made and all pending matters are closed. BUY AMERICAN PREFERENCE Reference: 49 USC § 50101 The contractor agrees to comply with 49 USC § 50101, which provides that Federal funds may not be obligated unless all steel and manufactured goods used in AIP funded projects are produced in the United States, unless the FAA has issued a waiver for the product; the product is listed as an Excepted Article, Material Or Supply in Federal Acquisition Regulation subpart 25.108; or is included in the FAA Nationwide Buy American Waivers Issued list. A Bidder or Offeror must complete and submit the Buy America certification included herein with their bid or offer. The Owner will reject as nonresponsive any bid or offer that does not include a completed Certificate of Buy American Compliance. CIVIL RIGHTS—GENERAL Reference: 49 USC § 47123 The Contractor agrees that it will comply with pertinent statutes, Executive Orders and such rules as are promulgated to ensure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from Federal assistance. This provision binds the Contractor and subtier contractors from the bid solicitation period through the completion of the contract.This provision is in addition to that required of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. CIVIL RIGHTS—TITLE VI ASSURANCES Title VI Solicitation Notice The Sponsor, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in Page 3 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation by a subcontractor, or supplier because of such direction, the Contractor may request the Sponsor to enter into any litigation to protect the interests of the Sponsor. In addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Authorities During the performance of this contract,the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor") agrees to comply with the following non-discrimination statutes and authorities; including but not limited to: • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964(42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq., 78 stat. 252), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin); • 49 CFR Part 21 (Non-discrimination In Federally-Assisted Programs of The Department of Transportation—Effectuation of Title VI of The Civil Rights Act of 1964); • The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (42 U.S.C. § 4601), (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property has been acquired because of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects); • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.), as amended, (prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CFR part 27; • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, (42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of age); • Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, (49 USC § 471, Section 47123), as amended, (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex); • The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987, (PL 100-209), (Broadened the scope, coverage and applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964,The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of the terms "programs or activities" to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid recipients, sub-recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not); • Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation systems, places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 U.S.C. §§ 12131— 12189) as implemented by Department of Transportation regulations at 49 CFR parts 37 and 38; • The Federal Aviation Administration's Non-discrimination statute (49 U.S.C. §47123) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex); • Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, which ensures non-discrimination against minority populations by discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority and low-income populations; Page 5 of 30 Revised April 18,2016 referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the Owner. This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontractors. Race/Gender Neutral The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 apply to this contract. It is the policy of the Owner to practice nondiscrimination based on race, color, sex or national origin in the award or performance of this contract. The Owner encourages participation by all firms qualifying under this solicitation regardless of business size or ownership. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(H) The Contractor and subcontractor(s) agree to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency as contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6201et seq). FEDERAL FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT(FEDERAL MINIMUM WAGE) Reference: 29 USC § 201, et seq. All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the provisions of 29 CFR Part 201, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA), with the same force and effect as if given in full text. The FLSA sets minimum wage, overtime pay, recordkeeping, and child labor standards for full and part time workers. The Contractor/Consultant has full responsibility to monitor compliance to the referenced statute or regulation. The Contractor/Consultant] must address any claims or disputes that arise from this requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor—Wage and Hour Division. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT OF 1970 Reference: 20 CFR Part 1910 All contracts and subcontracts that result from this solicitation incorporate by reference the requirements of 29 CFR Part 1910 with the same force and effect as if given in full text. Contractor must provide a work environment that is free from recognized hazards that may cause death or serious physical harm to the employee.The Contractor retains full responsibility to monitor its compliance and their subcontractor's compliance with the applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (20 CFR Part 1910). Contractor must address any claims or disputes that pertain to a referenced requirement directly with the U.S. Department of Labor— Occupational Safety and Health Administration. RIGHT TO INVENTIONS Reference: 2 CFR § 200 Appendix II(F) and 37 CFR §401 Contracts or agreements that include the performance of experimental, developmental, or research work must provide for the rights of the Federal Government and the Owner in any resulting Page 7 of 30 Revised April 18,2016 (2) whose subcontractors are owned or controlled by one or more citizens or nationals of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list or (3) who incorporates in the public works project any product of a foreign country on such U.S.T.R. list; Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by this provision. The knowledge and information of a Contractor is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. The Offeror agrees that, if awarded a contract resulting from this solicitation, it will incorporate this provision for certification without modification in in all lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor may rely on the certification of a prospective subcontractor that it is not a firm from a foreign country included on the list of countries that discriminate against U.S. firms as published by U.S.T.R, unless the Offeror has knowledge that the certification is erroneous. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making an award. If it is later determined that the Contractor or subcontractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, the Federal Aviation Administration may direct through the Owner cancellation of the contract or subcontract for default at no cost to the Owner or the FAA. VETERAN'S PREFERENCE Reference:49 USC§ 47112(c) In the employment of labor(excluding executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), the Contractor and all sub-tier contractors must give preference to covered veterans as defined within Title 49 United States Code Section 47112. Covered veterans include Vietnam-era veterans, Persian Gulf veterans, Afghanistan-Iraq war veterans, disabled veterans, and small business concerns (as defined by 15 U.S.C. 632) owned and controlled by disabled veterans. This preference only applies when there are covered veterans readily available and qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. Page 9 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination.The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination.The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D)The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(ii) (B) or(C) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program,provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor,that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met.The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. 2. Withholding The Federal Aviation Administration or the Sponsor shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be Page 11 of 30 Revised April18, 2016 address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the Federal Aviation Administration if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the Contractor will submit them to the applicant, Sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the Federal Aviation Administration, the Contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or n with It is not a violation of this section foraudita Primeofcomplia Contractorce to require nag subcontractorwagerequirements.to provide addresses and social security numbers to the Prime Contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the sponsoring government agency(or the applicant, Sponsor, or owner). (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under 29 CFR § 5.5(a)(3)(ii), the appropriate information is being maintained under 29 CFR § 5.5 (a)(3)(i) and that such information is correct and complete; (2) That each laborer and mechanic (including each helper, apprentice and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations 29 CFR Part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C)The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D)The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (iii) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying or transcription by authorized representatives of the Sponsor, the Federal Aviation Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the Contractor, Sponsor, applicant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. 4. Apprentices and Trainees. (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment Page 13 of 30 Revised Apri118, 2016 actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act Requirements. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. 6. Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Aviation Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. 7. Contract Termination:Debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in paragraph 1 through 10 of this section may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. 8. Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. 9. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6 and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the Contractor(or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. Certification of Eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii)The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. Page 15 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$10,000 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENT Reference: 41 CFR Part 60-4 and Executive Order 11246 1. The Bidder's or Offeror's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth herein. 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Timetables Goals for minority participation for each trade: 14.7% I Goals for female participation in each trade: 6.9% These goals are applicable to all of the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally-assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and non-federally involved construction. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals.The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects.The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of$10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this notice and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is 101 Waterloo, IA: SMSA Counties: 8920 Waterloo-Cedar Falls, IA IA Black Hawk Page 17 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), U.S. Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal social security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941; d. "Minority" includes: (1) Black (all) persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (2) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish culture or origin regardless of race); (3) Asian and Pacific Islander(all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (4) American Indian or Alaskan native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of$10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors shall be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7.a through 7.p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each Page 19 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination, or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as superintendents, general foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female, and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students; and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations, such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer, and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's workforce. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel, for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices,job classifications, work assignments, and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. Page 21 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government, and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee, the name, address, telephone number, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). PROCUREMENT OF RECOVERED MATERIALS Reference: 2 CFR § 200.322 and 40 CFR Part 247 Contractor and subcontractor agree to comply with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR Part 247. In the performance of this contract and to the extent practicable, the Contractor and subcontractors are to use of products containing the highest percentage of recovered materials for items designated by the Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) under 40 CFR Part 247 whenever: a) The contract requires procurement of$10,000 or more of a designated item during the fiscal year; or, b) The Contractor has procured $10,000 or more of a designated item using Federal funding during the previous fiscal year. The list of EPA-designated items is available at https://www3.epa.gov/epawaste/conserve/tools/cpg/products/. Section 6002(c) establishes exceptions to the preference for recovery of EPA-designated products if the Contractor can demonstrate the item is: a) Not reasonably available within a timeframe providing for compliance with the contract performance schedule; b) Fails to meet reasonable contract performance requirements; or c) Is only available at an unreasonable price. Page 23 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 b) documented expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing work and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the contract documents in connection with uncompleted work; c) reasonable and substantiated claims, costs and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors and Suppliers; and d) reasonable and substantiated expenses to the Contractor directly attributable to Owner's termination action Owner will not pay Contractor for loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from the Owner's termination action. The rights and remedies this clause provides are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this contract. Termination for Default(Construction) Section 80-09 of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-10 establishes conditions, rights and remedies associated with Owner termination of this contract due default of the Contractor. Termination for Default(Equipment) The Owner may, by written notice of default to the Contractor, terminate all or part of this Contract if the Contractor: 1. Fails to commence the Work under the Contract within the time specified in the Notice-to- Proceed; 2. Fails to make adequate progress as to endanger performance of this Contract in accordance with its terms; 3. Fails to make delivery of the equipment within the time specified in the Contract, including any Owner approved extensions; 4. Fails to comply with material provisions of the Contract; 5. Submits certifications made under the Contract and as part of their proposal that include false or fraudulent statements; 6. Becomes insolvent or declares bankruptcy; If one or more of the stated events occur, the Owner will give notice in writing to the Contractor and Surety of its intent to terminate the contract for cause.At the Owner's discretion, the notice may allow the Contractor and Surety an opportunity to cure the breach or default. If within [10] days of the receipt of notice, the Contractor or Surety fails to remedy the breach or default to the satisfaction of the Owner, the Owner has authority to acquire equipment by other procurement action. The Contractor will be liable to the Owner for any excess costs the Owner incurs for acquiring such similar equipment. Payment for completed equipment delivered to and accepted by the Owner shall be at the Contract price.The Owner may withhold from amounts otherwise due the Contractor for such completed equipment, such sum as the Owner determines to be necessary to protect the Owner against loss because of Contractor default. Page 25 of 30 Revised April18, 2016 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING$25,000 DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION Reference: 2 CFR Part 180 (Subpart C), 2 CFR Part 1200, DOT Order 4200.5 CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER OR OFFEROR REGARDING DEBARMENT By submitting a bid/proposal under this solicitation,the Bidder or Offeror certifies that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred or suspended by any Federal department or agency from participation in this transaction. CERTIFICATION OF LOWER TIER CONTRACTORS REGARDING DEBARMENT • The successful Bidder, by administering each lower tier subcontract that exceeds$25,000 as a "covered transaction", must verify each lower tier participant of a "covered transaction" under the project is not presently debarred or otherwise disqualified from participation in this federally assisted project. The successful Bidder will accomplish this by: 1. Checking the System for Award Management at website: https://www.sam.gov. 2. Collecting a certification statement similar to the Certificate Regarding Debarment and Suspension (Bidder or Offeror), above. 3. Inserting a clause or condition in the covered transaction with the lower tier contract If the FAA later determines that a lower tier participant failed to disclose to a higher tier participant that it was excluded or disqualified at the time it entered the covered transaction, the FAA may pursue any available remedies, including suspension and debarment of the non-compliant participant. Page 27 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 LOBBYING AND INFLUENCING FEDERAL EMPLOYEES Reference: 31 U.S.C. § 1352—Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, 2 CFR part 200, Appendix II(J), and 49 CFR part 20, Appendix A CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING The Bidder or Offeror certifies by signing and submitting this bid or proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the Bidder or Offeror, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. 3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub-grants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all sub-recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352,Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. Page 29 of 30 Revised April 18, 2016 PART 3 FAA ADVISORY CIRCULAR 150/5370-2F OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORTS DURING CONSTRUCTION (0:21, Advisory U.S.De artment of Transportation Federal Aviation Circular Administration Subject: Operational Safety on Date: 9/29/11 AC No: 150/5370-2F Airports During Construction Initiated by: AAS-100 1. Purpose. This AC sets forth guidelines for operational safety on airports during construction. 2. What this AC Cancels. This AC cancels AC 150/5370-2E, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction, dated January 17, 2003. 3. Whom This AC Affects. This AC assists airport operators in complying with Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations(CFR)Part 139, Certification of Airports (Part 139). For those certificated airports, this AC provides one way, but not the only way, of meeting those requirements. The use of this AC is mandatory for those airport construction projects receiving funds under the Airport Improvement Program (AIP) or the Passenger Facility Charge (PFC)Program. See Grant Assurance No. 34, "Policies, Standards, and Specifications," and PFC Assurance No. 9, "Standard and Specifications." While we do not require non-certificated airports without grant agreements to adhere to these guidelines,we recommend that they do so to help these airports maintain operational safety during construction. 4. Principal Changes. a. Construction activities are prohibited in safety areas while the associated runway or taxiway is open to aircraft. b. Guidance is provided in incorporating Safety Risk Management. c. Recommended checklists are provided for writing Construction Safety and Phasing Plans and for daily inspections. 5. Reading Material Related to this AC.Numerous ACs are referenced in the text of this AC. These references do not include a revision letter, as they are to be read as referring to the latest version. Appendix 1 contains a list of reading material on airport construction, design, and potential safety hazards during construction, as well as instructions for obtaining these documents. 11011V Michael J. l I onnell Director of Airport Safety and Standards September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Table of Contents Chapter 1. Planning an Airfield Construction Project 1 101. Overview. 1 102. Plan for Safety. 1 103. Develop a Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP). 2 104. Who Is Responsible for Safety During Construction? 3 Chapter 2. Construction Safety and Phasing Plans 7 201. Overview. 7 202. Assume Responsibility. 7 203. Submit the CSPP. 7 204. Meet CSPP Requirements. 7 205. Coordination. 11 206. Phasing. 11 207. Areas aid Operations Affected by Construction Activity. 12 208. Navigation Aid(NAVAID)Protection. 13 209. Contractor Access. 13 210. Wildlife Management. 15 211. Foreign Object Debris(FOD)Management. 16 212. Hazardous Materials(HAZMAT)Management. 16 213. Notification of Construction Activities. 16 214. Inspection Requirements. 17 215. Underground Utilities. 17 216. Penalties. 17 217. Special Conditions. 17 218. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids. 18 219. Marking and Signs for Access Routes. 24 220. Hazard Marking,Lighting and Signing. 24 221. Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. 26 222. Other Limitations on Construction. 28 Chapter 3. Guidelines for Writing a CSPP 31 301. General Requirements. 31 302. Applicability of Subjects. 31 303. Graphical Representations. 31 304. Reference Documents. 31 305. Restrictions. 31 306. Coordination. 31 307. Phasing. 32 308. Areas and Operations Affected By Construction. 32 309. Navigation Aid(NAVAID)Protection. 33 310. Contractor Access. 33 311. Wildlife Management. 34 L 312. Foreign Object Debris(FOD)Management. 34 313. Hazardous Materials(HAZMAT)Management. 34 314. Notification of Construction Activities. 35 315. Inspection Requirements. 35 316. Underground Utilities. 35 317. Penalties. 35 318. Special Conditions. 35 319. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids. 35 320. Marking and Signs for Access Routes. 36 321. Hazard Marking and Lighting. 36 322. Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas. 36 323. Other Limitations on Construction. 36 Appendix 1. Related Reading Material 37 iii September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F Chapter 1. Planning an Airfield Construction Project 101. Overview.Airports are complex environments,and procedures and conditions associated with construction activities often affect aircraft operations and can jeopardize operational safety. Safety considerations are paramount and may make operational impacts unavoidable.However,careful planning, scheduling, and coordination of construction activities can minimize disruption of normal aircraft operations and avoid situations that compromise the airport's operational safety. The airport operator must understand how construction activities and aircraft operations affect one another to be able to develop an effective plan to complete the project. While the guidance in this AC is primarily used for construction operations, some of the concepts,methods and procedures described may also enhance the day-to-day airport maintenance operations, such as lighting maintenance and snow removal operations. 102. Plan for Safety. Safety, maintaining aircraft operations, and construction costs are all interrelated. Since safety must not be compromised,the airport operator must strike a balance between maintaining aircraft operations and construction costs. This balance will vary widely depending on the operational needs and resources of the airport and will require early coordination with airport users and the FAA.As the project design progresses,the necessary construction locations,activities, and associated costs will be identified.As they are identified,their impact to airport operations must be assessed. Adjustments are made to the proposed construction activities,often by phasing the project, and/or to airport operations in order to maintain operational safety. This planning effort will ultimately result in a project Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP). The development of the CSPP takes place through the following five steps: a. Identify Affected Areas. The airport operator must determine the geographic areas on the airport affected by the construction project. Some, such as a runway extension,will be defined by the project. Others may be variable, such as the location of haul routes and material stockpiles. b. Describe Current Operations.Identify the normal airport operations in each affected area for each phase of the project. This becomes the baseline from which the impact on operations by construction activities can be measured. This should include a narrative of the typical users and aircraft operating within the affected areas. It should also include information related to airport operations: the Aircraft Reference Code(ACRC)for each runway;Airplane Design Group(ADG) and Taxiway Design Group (TDG)1 for each affected taxiway; designated approach visibility minimums; available approach and departure procedures; most demanding aircraft; declared distances; available air traffic control services; airport Surface Movement Guidance and Control System plan; and others. The applicable seasons,days and times for certain operations should also be identified as applicable. c. Allow for Temporary Changes to Operations.To the extent practical, current airport operations should be maintained during the construction.In consultation with airport users,Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting(ARFF)personnel,and FAA Air Traffic Organization(ATO)personnel,the airport operator should identify and prioritize the airport's most important operations. The construction activities should be planned,through project phasing if necessary,to safely accommodate these operations.When the construction activities cannot be adjusted to safely maintain current operations, regardless of their importance,then the operations must be revised accordingly.Allowable changes include temporary revisions to approach procedures,restricting certain aircraft to specific runways and taxiways, suspension of certain operations, decreased weights for some aircraft due to shortened runways, 1 Taxiway Design Group will be introduced in AC 150/5300-13A. 1 Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F c. Assume Responsibility for the CSPP.The airport operator is responsible for establishing and enforcing the CSPP. The airport operator may use the services of an engineering consultant to help develop the CSPP. However,writing the CSPP cannot be delegated to the construction contractor. Only those details the airport operator determines cannot be addressed before contract award are developed by the contractor and submitted for approval as the SPCD. The SPCD does not restate nor propose differences to provisions already addressed in the CSPP. 104. Who Is Responsible for Safety During Construction? a. Establish a Safety Culture.Everyone has a role in operational safety on airports during construction:the airport operator,the airport's consultants,the construction contractor and subcontractors, airport users, airport tenants,ARFF personnel,Air Traffic personnel, including Technical Operations personnel,FAA Airports Division personnel, and others. Close communication and coordination between all affected parties is the key to maintaining safe operations. Such communication and coordination should start at the project scoping meeting and continue through the completion of the project. The airport operator and contractor should conduct onsite safety inspections throughout the project and immediately remedy any deficiencies, whether caused by negligence, oversight, or project scope change. b. Assess Airport Operator's Responsibilities.An airport operator has overall responsibility for all activities on an airport, including construction. This includes the predesign, design, preconstruction, construction, and inspection phases. Additional information on the responsibilities listed below can be found throughout this AC. The airport operator must: (1) Develop a CSPP that complies with the safety guidelines of Chapter 2, Construction Safety and Phasing Plans, and Chapter 3, Guidelines for Writing a CSPP. The airport operator may develop the CSPP internally or have a consultant develop the CSPP for approval by the airport operator. For tenant sponsored projects, approve a CSPP developed by the tenant or its consultant. (2) Require, review and approve the SPCD by the contractor that indicates how it will comply with the CSPP and provides details that cannot be determined before contract award. (3) Convene a preconstruction meeting with the construction contractor, consultant, airport employees and, if appropriate,tenant sponsor and other tenants to review and discuss project safety before beginning construction activity. The appropriate FAA representatives should be invited to attend the meeting. See AC 150/5300-9,Predesign, Prebid, and Preconstruction Conferences for Airport Grant Projects. (Note"FAA"refers to the Airports Regional or District Office,the Air Traffic Organization, Flight Standards Service, and other offices that support airport operations, flight regulations, and construction/environmental policies.) (4) Ensure contact information is accurate for each representative/point of contact identified in the CSPP and SPCD. (5) Hold weekly or,if necessary,daily safety meetings with all affected parties to coordinate activities. (6) Notify users,ARFF personnel,and FAA ATO personnel of construction and conditions that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport via Notices to Airmen(NOTAM) and other methods, as appropriate. Convene a meeting for review and discussion if necessary. (7) Ensure construction personnel know of any applicable airport procedures and of changes to those procedures that may affect their work. (8) Ensure construction contractors and subcontractors undergo training required by the CSPP and SPCD. 3 Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F (6) Restrict movement of construction vehicles and personnel to permitted construction areas by flagging, barricading, erecting temporary fencing, or providing escorts, as appropriate and as specified in the CSPP and SPCD. (7) Ensure that no contractor employees,employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or other persons enter any part of the air operations area(AOA)from the construction site unless authorized. (8) Ensure prompt submittal through the airport operator of Form 7460-1 for the purpose of conducting an aeronautical study of contractor equipment such as tall equipment(cranes, concrete pumps, other equipment), stock piles, and haul routes when different from cases previously filed by the airport operator. The FAA encourages online submittal of forms for expediency. d. Define Tenant's Responsibilities if planning construction activities on leased property. Airport tenants, such as airline operators, fixed base operators, and FAA ATO/Technical Operations sponsoring construction must: (1) Develop,or have a consultant develop, a project specific CSPP and submit it to the airport operator for certification and subsequent approval by the FAA. The approved CSPP must be made part of any contract awarded by the tenant for construction work. (2) In coordination with its contractor,develop an SPCD and submit it to the airport operator for approval to be issued prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed. (3) Ensure that construction personnel are familiar with safety procedures and regulations on the airport. (4) Provide a point of contact of who will coordinate an immediate response to correct any construction-related activity that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport. (5) Identify in the SPCD the contractor's on-site employees responsible for monitoring compliance with the CSPP and SPCD during construction. At least one of these employees must be on- site whenever active construction is taking place. (6) Ensure that no tenant or contractor employees,employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or any other persons enter any part of the AOA from the construction site unless authorized. (7) Restrict movement of construction vehicles to construction areas by flagging and barricading, erecting temporary fencing, or providing escorts, as appropriate, and as specified in the CSPP and SPCD. (8) Ensure prompt submittal through the airport operator of Form 7460-1 for the purpose of conducting an aeronautical study of contractor equipment such as tall equipment(cranes, concrete pumps, other.), stock piles, and haul routes. The FAA encourages online submittal of forms for expediency. 5 Chapter 1 Planning an Airfield Construction Project September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Chapter 2. Construction Safety and Phasing Plans Section 1. Basic Considerations 201. Overview.Aviation safety is the primary consideration at airports, especially during construction. The airport operator's Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP) and the contractor's Safety Plan Compli Dcmt Ce e ry ls fety opli wen onating constructionance activitiesouen with(SP aiD)rpoarrt operations.thprima Thesetoo documents to ensure sa identifcym all aspectsance h of the:or rdi ion project that pose a potential safety hazard to airport operations and outline respective mitigation procedures for each hazard. They must provide all information necessary for the Airport Operations department to conduct airfield inspections and expeditiously identify and correct unsafe conditions during construction. All aviation safety provisions included within the project drawings, contract specifications, and other related documents must also be reflected in the CSPP and SPCD. 202. Assume Responsibility. Operational safety on the airport remains the airport operator's responsibility at all times. The airport operator must develop, certify, and submit for FAA approval each CSPP. It is the airport operator's responsibility to apply the requirements of the FAA approved CSPP. The airport operator must revise the CSPP when conditions warrant changes and must submit the revised CSPP to the FAA for approval. The airport operator must also require and approve a SPCD from the project contractor. 203. Submit the CSPP. Construction Safety and Phasing Plans should be developed concurrently with the project design. Milestone versions of the CSPP should be submitted for review and approval as follows. While these milestones are not mandatory, early submission will help to avoid delays. Submittals are preferred in 8.5 x 11 in or 11 x 17 in format for compatibility with the FAA's Obstruction Evaluation/ Airport Airspace Analysis(OE/AAA)process. a. Submit an Outline/Draft.By the time approximately 25%to 30%of the project design is completed,the principal elements of the CSPP should be established.Airport operators are encouraged to submit an outline or draft, detailing all CSPP provisions developed to date,to the FAA for review at this stage of the project design. b. Submit a Construction Safety and Phasing Plan(CSPP). The CSPP should be formally submitted for FAA approval when the project design is 80%to 90% complete. Since provisions in the CSPP will influence contract costs, it is important to obtain FAA approval in time to include all such provisions in the procurement contract. c. Submit a Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD). The contractor should submit the SPCD to the airport operator for approval to be issued prior to the Notice to Proceed. d. Submit CSPP Revisions.All revisions to the CSPP or SPCD should be submitted to the FAA for approval as soon as required changes are identified. 204. Meet CSPP Requirements. a. To the extent possible,the CSPP should address the following as outlined in Section 2, Plan Requirements and Chapter 3, Guidelines for Writing a CSPP, as appropriate.Details that cannot be determined at this stage are to be included in the SPCD. (1) Coordination. 7 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F (a) General. (b) Markings. (c) Lighting and visual NAVAIDs. (d) Signs. (15) Marking and signs for access routes. (16) Hazard marking and lighting. (a) Purpose. (b) Equipment. (17) Protection. Of runway and taxiway safety areas, object free areas, obstacle free zones, and approach/departure surfaces (a) Runway Safety Area(RSA). (b) Runway Object Free Area(ROFA). (c) Taxiway Safety Area(TSA). (d) Taxiway Object Free Area(TOFA). (e) Obstacle Free Zone(OFZ). (f) Runway approach/departure surfaces. (18) Other limitations on construction. (a) Prohibitions. (b) Restrictions. b. The Safety Plan Compliance Document(SPCD) should include a general statement by the construction contractor that he/she has read and will abide by the CSPP. In addition,the SPCD must include all supplemental information that could not be included in the CSPP prior to the contract award. The contractor statement should include the name of the contractor,the title of the project CSPP,the approval date of the CSPP, and a reference to any supplemental information(that is, "I,Name of Contractor, have read the Title of Project CSPP, approved on Date , and will abide by it as written and with the following additions as noted:"). The supplemental information in the SPCD should be written to match the format of the CSPP indicating each subject by corresponding CSPP subject number and title. If no supplemental information is necessary for any specific subject,the statement, "No supplemental information," should be written after the corresponding subject title. The SPCD should not duplicate information in the CSPP: (1) Coordination.Discuss details of proposed safety meetings with the airport operator and with contractor employees and subcontractors. (2) Phasing.Discuss proposed construction schedule elements, including: (a) Duration of each phase. (b) Daily start and fmish of construction, including"night only"construction. (c) Duration of construction activities during: (i) Normal runway operations. (ii) Closed runway operations. 9 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F (a) Equipment and methods for covering signage and airfield lights. (b) Equipment and methods for temporary closure markings (paint, fabric, other). (c) Types of temporary Visual Guidance Slope Indicators (VGSI). (15) Marking and signs for access routes.Discuss proposed methods of demarcating access routes for vehicle drivers. (16) Hazard marking and lighting.Discuss proposed equipment and methods for identifying excavation areas. (17) Protection of runway and taxiway safety areas.including object free areas, obstacle free zones, and approach/departure surfaces. Discuss proposed methods of identifying, demarcating, and protecting airport surfaces including: (a) Equipment and methods for maintaining Taxiway Safety Area standards. (b) Equipment and methods for separation of construction operations from aircraft operations, including details of barricades. (18) Other limitations on construction should be identified in the CSPP and should not require an entry in the SPCD. Section 2. Plan Requirements 205. Coordination.Airport operators, or tenants conducting construction on their leased properties, should use predesign,prebid, and preconstruction conferences to introduce the subject of airport operational safety during construction(see AC 150/5300-9). In addition,the following should be coordinated as required: a. Contractor Progress Meetings. Operational safety should be a standing agenda item for discussion during progress meetings throughout the project. b. Scope or Schedule Changes. Changes in the scope or duration of the project may necessitate revisions to the CSPP and review and approval by the airport operator and the FAA. c. FAA ATO Coordination.Early coordination with FAA ATO is required to schedule airway facility shutdowns and restarts. Relocation or adjustments to NAVAIDs, or changes to final grades in critical areas, may require an FAA flight inspection prior to restarting the facility. Flight inspections must be coordinated and scheduled well in advance of the intended facility restart. Flight inspections may require a reimbursable agreement between the airport operator and FAA ATO. Reimbursable agreements should be coordinated a minimum of 12 months prior to the start of construction. (See 213.e(3)(b)for required FAA notification regarding FAA owned NAVAIDs.) 206. Phasing. Once it has been determined what types and levels of airport operations will be maintained,the most efficient sequence of construction may not be feasible.In such a case,the sequence of construction may be phased to gain maximum efficiency while allowing for the required operations. The development of the resulting construction phases should be coordinated with local Air Traffic personnel and airport users. The sequenced construction phases established in the CSPP must be incorporated into the project design and must be reflected in the contract drawings and specifications. a. Phase Elements. For each phase the CSPP should detail: • Areas closed to aircraft operations 11 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F (3) Maintenance of essential utilities. (4) Temporary changes to air traffic control procedures. Such changes must be coordinated with the ATO. 208. Navigation Aid (NAVAID)Protection.Before commencing construction activity,parking vehicles, or storing construction equipment and materials near a NAVAID, coordinate with the appropriate FAA ATO/Technical Operations office to evaluate the effect of construction activity and the required distance and direction from the NAVAID. (See paragraph 213.e(3)below.)Construction activities,materials/equipment storage, and vehicle parking near electronic NAVAIDs require special consideration since they may interfere with signals essential to air navigation.If any NAVAID may be affected,the CSPP and SPCD must show an understanding of the"critical area"associated with each NAVAID and describe how it will be protected. Where applicable,the operational critical areas of NAVAIDs should be graphically delineated on the project drawings. Pay particular attention to stockpiling material,as well as to movement and parking of equipment that may interfere with line of sight from the ATCT or with electronic emissions.Interference from construction equipment and activities may require NAVAID shutdown or adjustment of instrument approach minimums for low visibility operations.This condition requires that a NOTAM be filed(see paragraph 213.b below). Construction activities and materials/equipment storage near a NAVAID must not obstruct access to the equipment and instruments for maintenance. Submittal of a 7460-1 form is required for construction vehicles operating near FAA NAVAIDs. (See paragraph 213.e(1)below.) 209. Contractor Access.The CSPP must detail the areas to which the contractor must have access, and explain how contractor personnel will access those areas. Specifically address: a. Location of Stockpiled Construction Materials. Stockpiled materials and equipment storage are not permitted within the RSA and OFZ, and if possible should not be permitted within the Object Free Area(OFA)of an operational runway. Stockpiling material in the OFA requires submittal of a 7460-1 • form and justification provided to the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office for approval. The airport operator must ensure that stockpiled materials and equipment adjacent to these areas are prominently marked and lighted during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. (See paragraph 218.b below.)This includes determining and verifying that materials are stabilized and stored at an approved location so as not to be a hazard to aircraft operations and to prevent attraction of wildlife and foreign object damage. See paragraphs 210 and 211 below. b. Vehicle and Pedestrian Operations.The CSPP should include specific vehicle and pedestrian requirements.Vehicle and pedestrian access routes for airport construction projects must be controlled to prevent inadvertent or unauthorized entry of persons,vehicles, or animals onto the ADA. The airport operator should coordinate requirements for vehicle operations with airport tenants, contractors, and the FAA air traffic manager.In regard to vehicle and pedestrian operations,the CSPP should include the following, and detail associated training requirements: (1) Construction site parking.Designate in advance vehicle parking areas for contractor employees to prevent any unauthorized entry of persons or vehicles onto the AOA. These areas should provide reasonable contractor employee access to the job site. (2) Construction equipment parking.Contractor employees must park and service all construction vehicles in an area designated by the airport operator outside the OFZ and never in the safety area of an active runway or taxiway.Unless a complex setup procedure makes movement of specialized equipment infeasible, inactive equipment must not be parked on a closed taxiway or runway.If it is necessary to leave specialized equipment on a closed taxiway or runway at night,the equipment must be well lighted. Employees should also park construction vehicles outside the OFA when not in use by 13 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F (c) Frequencies to be used.The airport operator will specify the frequencies to be used by the contractor,which may include the CTAF for monitoring of aircraft operations.Frequencies may also be assigned by the airport operator for other communications,including any radio frequency in compliance with Federal Communications Commission requirements. At airports with an ATCT,the airport operator will specify the frequency assigned by the ATCT to be used between contractor vehicles and the ATCT. (d) Proper radio usage, including read back requirements. (e) Proper phraseology, including the International Phonetic Alphabet. (f) Light gun signals.Even though radio communication is maintained, escort vehicle drivers must also familiarize themselves with ATCT light gun signals in the event of radio failure. See the FAA safety placard"Ground Vehicle Guide to Airport Signs and Markings."This safety placard may be downloaded through the Runway Safety Program Web site at http://www.faa.gov/airports/ runway safety/publications/(See"Signs&Markings Vehicle Dashboard Sticker")or obtained from the FAA Airports Regional Office. v (10) Maintenance of the secured area of the airport,including: (a) Fencing and gates.Airport operators and contractors must take care to maintain security during construction when access points are created in the security fencing to permit the passage of construction vehicles or personnel. Temporary gates should be equipped so they can be securely closed and locked to prevent access by animals and unauthorized people.Procedures should be in place to ensure that only authorized persons and vehicles have access to the AOA and to prohibit"piggybacking"behind another person or vehicle. The Department of Transportation(DOT)document DOT/FAA/AR-00/52, Recommended Security Guidelines for Airport Planning and Construction,provides more specific information on fencing.A copy of this document can be obtained from the Airport Consultants Council, Airports Council International, or American Association of Airport Executives. (b) Badging requirements. (c) Airports subject to 49 CFR Part 1542,Airport Security,must meet standards for access control,movement of ground vehicles, and identification of construction contractor and tenant personnel. 210. Wildlife Management.The CSPP and SPCD must be in accordance with the airport operator's wildlife hazard management plan, if applicable. See also AC 150/5200-33,Hazardous Wildlife Attractants On or Near Airports, and Certalert 98-05, Grasses Attractive to Hazardous Wildlife. Construction contractors must carefully control and continuously remove waste or loose materials that might attract wildlife. Contractor personnel must be aware of and avoid construction activities that can create wildlife hazards on airports, such as: a. Trash.Food scraps must be collected from construction personnel activity. b. Standing Water. c. Tall Grass and Seeds.Requirements for turf establishment can be at odds with requirements for wildlife control. Grass seed is attractive to birds.Lower quality seed mixtures can contain seeds of plants (such as clover)that attract larger wildlife. Seeding should comply with the guidance in AC 150/5370-10, Standards for Specifying Construction of Airports, Item T-901, Seeding. Contact the local office of the United Sates Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service or the State University Agricultural Extension Service (County Agent or equivalent)for assistance and recommendations. These agencies can also provide liming and fertilizer recommendations. 15 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F l--� parking areas for this equipment(i.e. cranes, graders, other equipment)on airports.FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration,can be used for this purpose and submitted to the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office. See Appendix 1,Related Reading Material,to download the form. Further guidance is available on the FAA web site at oeaaa.faa.gov. (2) Part 157.With some exceptions,Title 14 CFR Part 157,Notice of Construction, Alteration,Activation, and Deactivation of Airports,requires that the airport operator notify the FAA in !M writing whenever a non-Federally funded project involves the construction of a new airport;the construction,realigning, altering, activating, or abandoning of a runway, landing strip,or associated taxiway; or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire airport.Notification involves submitting FAA Form 7480-1,Notice of Landing Area Proposal,to the nearest FAA Airports Regional or District Office. See Appendix 1,Related Reading Material to download the form. (3) NAVAIDS.For emergency(short-notice)notification about impacts to both airport owned and FAA owned NAVAIDs, contact: 866-432-2622. (a) Airport owned/FAA maintained.If construction operations require a shutdown of more than 24 hours, or more than 4 hours daily on consecutive days, of a NAVAID owned by the airport but maintained by the FAA,provide a 45-day minimum notice to FAA ATO/Technical Operations prior to facility shutdown. (b) FAA owned. (i) General. The airport operator must notify the appropriate FAA ATO Service Area Planning and Requirements(P&R)Group a minimum of 45 days prior to implementing an event that causes impacts to NAVAIDs. (Impacts to FAA equipment covered by a Reimbursable Agreement (RA)do not have to be reported by the airport operator.) (ii) Coordinate work for an FAA owned NAVAID shutdown with the local FAA ATO/Technical Operations office, including any necessary reimbursable agreements and flight checks. Detail procedures that address unanticipated utility outages and cable cuts that could impact FAA NAVAIDs. In addition,provide seven days notice to schedule the actual shutdown. 214. Inspection Requirements. a. Daily Inspections.Inspections should be conducted at least daily,but more frequently if necessary to ensure conformance with the CSPP.A sample checklist is provided in Appendix 3, Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist. See also AC 150/5200-18,Airport Safety Self-Inspection. b. Final Inspections.New runways and extended runway closures may require safety inspections at certificated airports prior to allowing air carrier service. Coordinate with the FAA Airport Certification Safety Inspector(ACSI)to determine if a final inspection will be necessary. 215. Underground Utilities.The CSPP and/or SPCD must include procedures for locating and protecting existing underground utilities, cables,wires,pipelines, and other underground facilities in excavation areas. This may involve coordinating with public utilities and FAA ATO/Technical Operations.Note that"One Call"or"Miss Utility"services do not include FAA ATO/Technical Operations 216. Penalties. The CSPP should detail penalty provisions for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations and the safety plans(for example, if a vehicle is involved in a runway incursion). Such penalties typically include rescission of driving privileges or access to the AOA. 217. Special Conditions.The CSPP must detail any special conditions that affect the operation of the Ir . 17 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F (b) Temporarily Closed Runways. For runways that have been temporarily closed, place an X at the each end of the runway directly on or as near as practicable to the runway designation numbers. Figure 2-1 illustrates. • •.,. ,x.. s,�. �4�z''�ro.'?r�' ro"�.+'"'#�' a'^�c N ,:. �' «z .. ; .+-�rou�:*"=r =�:a w�+,*`'+�wafl�°'c.»�s��" ^5�,9P, ^�if��c.'r.: � w Figure 2-1 Markings for a Temporarily Closed Runway (c) Partially Closed Runways and Displaced Thresholds. When threshold markings are needed to identify the temporary beginning of the runway that is available for landing,the markings must comply with AC 150/5340-1. An X is not used on a partially closed runway or a runway with a displaced threshold. See paragraph 207.a(1)above for the difference between partially closed runways and runways with displaced thresholds. (i) Partially Closed Runways. Pavement markings for temporary closed portions of the runway consist of a runway threshold bar and yellow chevrons to identify pavement areas that are unsuitable for takeoff or landing(see AC 150/5340-1). (ii) Displaced Thresholds. Pavement markings for a displaced threshold consist of a runway threshold bar and white arrowheads with and without arrow shafts. These markings are required to identify the portion of the runway before the displaced threshold to provide centerline guidance for pilots during approaches,takeoffs, and landing rollouts from the opposite direction. See AC 150/5340-1. 19 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F (2) If unable to paint temporary markings on the pavement,construct them from any of the following materials: fabric, colored plastic,painted sheets of plywood, or similar materials. They must be properly configured and appropriately secured to prevent movement by prop wash,jet blast, or other wind currents. (3) It may be necessary to remove or cover runway markings, including but not limited to, runway designation markings,threshold markings, centerline markings,edge stripes,touchdown zone markings and aiming point markings, depending on the length of construction and type of activity at the airport. When removing runway markings,apply the same treatment to areas between stripes or numbers, as the cleaned area will appear to pilots as a marking in the shape of the treated area. (4) If it is not possible to install threshold bars, chevrons,and arrows on the pavement, temporary outboard markings may be used. Locate them outside of the runway pavement surface on both sides of the runway. The dimension along the runway direction must be the same as if installed on the pavement.The lateral dimension must be at least one-half that of on-pavement markings. If the markings are not discernible on grass or snow, apply a black background with appropriate material over the ground to ensure they are clearly visible. (5) The application rate of paint to mark a short-term temporary runway and taxiway markings may deviate from the standard(see Item P-620, "Runway and Taxiway Painting," in AC 150/5370-10),but the dimensions must meet the existing standards. c. Lighting and Visual NAVAIDs.This paragraph refers to standard runway and taxiway lighting systems. See below for hazard lighting. Lighting must be in conformance with AC 150/5340-30,Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids,and AC 150/5345-50, Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights. When disconnecting runway and taxiway lighting fixtures, disconnect the associated isolation transformers.Alternately, cover the light fixture in such a way as to prevent light leakage. Avoid removing the lamp from energized fixtures because an excessive number of isolation transformers with open secondaries may damage the regulators and/or increase the current above its normal value. Secure, identify, and place any above ground temporary wiring in conduit to prevent electrocution and fire ignition sources. (1) Permanently Closed Runways and Taxiways.For runways and taxiways that have been permanently closed, disconnect the lighting circuits. 21 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F taking off in either direction.A displaced threshold,by contrast, is put in place to ensure obstacle clearance by landing aircraft. The pavement prior to the displaced threshold is available for takeoff in the direction of the displacement,and for landing and takeoff in the opposite direction. Misunderstanding this difference and issuance of a subsequently inaccurate NOTAM can result in a hazardous situation.For both partially closed runways and displaced thresholds, approach lighting systems at the affected end must be placed out of service (a) Partially Closed Runways. Disconnect edge and threshold lights on that part of the runway at and behind the threshold(that is,the portion of the runway that is closed). Alternately, cover the light fixture in such a way as to prevent light leakage. (b) Displaced Thresholds.Edge lighting in the area of the displacement emits red light in the direction of approach and yellow light in the opposite direction. Centerline lights are blanked out in the direction of approach if the displacement is 700 ft or less. If the displacement is over 700 ft, place the centerline lights out of service. See AC 150/5340-30 for details on lighting displaced thresholds. (c) Temporary runway thresholds and runway ends must be lighted if the runway is ' lighted and it is the intended threshold for night landings or instrument meteorological conditions. (d) A temporary threshold on an unlighted runway may be marked by retroreflective, elevated markers in addition to markings noted in paragraph 218.b(1)(c)above.Markers seen by aircraft on approach are green.Markers at the rollout end of the runway are red.At certificated airports, temporary elevated threshold markers must be mounted with a frangible fitting(see 14 CFR Part 139.309).At non-certificated airports,the temporary elevated threshold markings may either be mounted with a frangible fitting or be flexible. See AC 150/5345-39, Specification for L-853,Runway and Taxiway Retroreflective Markers. (e) Temporary threshold lights and end lights and related visual NAVAIDs are installed outboard of the edges of the full-strength pavement only when they cannot be installed on the pavement. They are installed with bases at grade level or as low as possible,but not more than 3 in(7.6 cm)above ground. When any portion of a base is above grade,place properly compacted fill around the base to minimize the rate of gradient change so aircraft can, in an emergency, cross at normal landing or takeoff speeds without incurring significant damage. See AC 150/5370-10. (f) Maintain threshold and edge lighting color and spacing standards as described in AC 150/5340-30.Battery powered, solar, or portable lights that meet the criteria in AC 150/5345-50 may be used.These systems are intended primarily for visual flight rules(VFR)aircraft operations but may be used for instrument flight rules(IFR)aircraft operations,upon individual approval from the Flight Standards Division of the applicable FAA Regional Office. (g) Reconfigure yellow lenses(caution zone),as necessary. If the runway has centerline lights,reconfigure the red lenses, as necessary, or place the centerline lights out of service. (h) Relocate the visual glide slope indicator(VGSI), such as VASI and PAPI; other airport lights, such as Runway End Identifier Lights(REIL); and approach lights to identify the temporary threshold.Another option is to disable the VGSI or any equipment that would give misleading indications to pilots as to the new threshold location. Installation of temporary visual aids may be necessary to provide adequate guidance to pilots on approach to the affected runway.If the FAA owns and operates the VGSI, coordinate its installation or disabling with the local ATO/Technical Operations Office. Relocation of such visual aids will depend on the duration of the project and the benefits gained from the relocation, as this can result in great expense. (i) Issue a NOTAM to inform pilots of temporary lighting conditions. (4) Temporarily Closed Taxiways.If possible,deactivate the taxiway lighting circuits. When deactivation is not possible(for example other taxiways on the same circuit are to remain open), 23 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F white stripes; and/or signs to separate all construction/maintenance areas from the movement area. Barricades may be supplemented with alternating orange and white flags at least 20 by 20 in(50 by 50 cm) square and securely fastened to eliminate FOD.All barricades adjacent to any open runway or taxiway/taxilane safety area, or apron must be as low as possible to the ground, and no more than 18 in high, exclusive of supplementary lights and flags.Barricades must be of low mass; easily collapsible upon contact with an aircraft or any of its components; and weighted or sturdily attached to the surface to prevent displacement from prop wash,jet blast,wing vortex,or other surface wind currents.If affixed to the surface,they must be frangible at grade level or as low as possible,but not to exceed 3 in(7.6 cm) above the ground.Figure 2-5 and Figure 2-6 show sample barricades with proper coloring and flags. -u E. va a s> _ Figure 2-5 Interlocking Barricades - Figure 2-6 Low Profile Barricades (5) Air Operations Area—Runway/Taxiway Intersections.Use highly reflective barricades with lights to close taxiways leading to closed runways. Evaluate all operating factors when determining how to mark temporary closures that can last from 10 to 15 minutes to a much longer period of time.However, even for closures of relatively short duration, close all taxiway/runway intersections with barricades. The use of traffic cones is appropriate for short duration closures. (6) Air Operations Area—Other.Beyond runway and taxiway object free areas and 25 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F b. Runway Object Free Area(ROFA).Construction, including excavations,may be permitted in the ROFA.However, equipment must be removed from the ROFA when not in use, and material should not be stockpiled in the ROFA if not necessary. Stockpiling material in the OFA requires submittal of a 7460-1 form and justification provided to the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office for approval. c. Taxiway Safety Area(TSA).A taxiway safety area is a defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway. (See AC 150/5300-13.)Construction activities within the TSA are subject to the following conditions: (1) No construction may occur within the TSA while the taxiway is open for aircraft operations. The TSA dimensions may be temporarily adjusted if the taxiway is restricted to aircraft operations requiring a TSA that is equal to the TSA width available during construction(see AC 150/5300-13, Table 4-1). (2) The airport operator must coordinate the adjustment of the TSA width as permitted above with the appropriate FAA Airports Regional or District Office and the FAA air traffic manager and issue a NOTAM. (3) The CSPP and SPCD must provide procedures for ensuring adequate distance for protection from blasting operations. (4) Excavations. (a) Open trenches or excavations are not permitted within the TSA while the taxiway is open.If possible, backfill trenches before the taxiway is opened. If the taxiway must be opened before excavations are backfilled, cover the excavations appropriately. Covering for open trenches must be designed to allow the safe operation of the heaviest aircraft operating on the taxiway across the trench without damage to the aircraft. (b) Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site with red or orange flags,as approved by the airport operator, and light them with red lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. • (5) Erosion Control. Soil erosion must be controlled to maintain TSA standards,that is,the TSA must be cleared and graded and have no potentially hazardous ruts,humps, depressions, or other surface variations, and capable,under dry conditions, of supporting snow removal equipment,aircraft rescue and fire fighting equipment, and the occasional passage of aircraft without causing structural damage to the aircraft. d. Taxiway Object Free Area(TOFA).Unlike the Runway Object Free Area, aircraft wings regularly penetrate the taxiway object free area during normal operations.Thus the restrictions are more stringent.Except as provided below,no construction may occur within the taxiway object free area while the taxiway is open for aircraft operations. (1) The taxiway object free area dimensions may be temporarily adjusted if the taxiway is restricted to aircraft operations requiring a taxiway object free area that is equal to the taxiway object free area width available. (2) Offset taxiway pavement markings may be used as a temporary measure to provide the required taxiway object free area. Where offset taxiway pavement markings are provided, centerline lighting or reflectors are required. (3) Construction activity may be accomplished without adjusting the width of the taxiway object free area, subject to the following restrictions: 27 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F See AC 150/5370-10. (4) No use of flare pots within the AOA. b. Restrictions. (1) Construction suspension required during specific airport operations. (2) Areas that cannot be worked on simultaneously. (3) Day or night construction restrictions. (4) Seasonal construction restrictions. 29 Chapter 2 Construction Safety and Phasing Plans September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Chapter 3. Guidelines for Writing a CSPP 301. General Requirements.The CSPP is a standalone document written to correspond with the subjects outlined in Chapter 2, Section 1,paragraph 204. The CSPP is organized by numbered sections corresponding to each subject listed in Chapter 2, Section 1,paragraph 204, and described in detail in Chapter 2, Section 2.Each section number and title in the CSPP matches the corresponding subject outlined in Chapter 2,paragraph 204(for example, 1. Coordination,2.Phasing, 3.Areas and Operations Affected by the Construction Activity, and so on.). With the exception of the project scope of work outlined in Section 2.Phasing, only subjects specific to operational safety during construction should be addressed. 302. Applicability of Subjects.Each section should,to the extent practical, focus on the specific subject.Where an overlapping requirement spans several sections,the requirement should be explained in detail in the most applicable section.A reference to that section should be included in all other sections where the requirement may apply.For example,the requirement to protect existing underground FAA Instrument Landing System(ILS)cables during trenching operations could be considered FAA ATO coordination(Section 1. Coordination,paragraph 205.c),an area and operation affected by the construction activity(Section 3.Areas and Operations Affected by the Construction Activity,paragraph 207.a(4)), a protection of a NAVAID(Section 4. Protection of Navigational Aids(NAVAIDs),paragraph 208), or a notification to the FAA of construction activities(Section 9.Notification of Construction Activities,paragraph 210.e(3)(b)). However, it is more specifically an underground utility requirement (Section 11.Underground Utilities,paragraph 215).The procedure for protecting underground ILS cables during trenching operations should therefore be described in Section 11: "The contractor must coordinate with the local FAA System Support Center(SSC) to mark existing ILS cable routes along Runway 17-35. The ILS cables will be located by hand digging whenever the trenching operation moves within 10 feet of the cable markings."All other applicable sections should include a reference to Section 11: "ILS cables shall be identified and protected as described in Section 11"or"See Section 11 for ILS cable identification and protection requirements."Thus,the CSPP should be considered as a whole,with no need to duplicate responses to related issues. 303. Graphical Representations.Construction safety drawings should be included in the CSPP as attachments. When other graphical representations will aid in supporting written statements,the drawings, diagrams, and/or photographs should also be attached to the CSPP.References should be made in the CSPP to each graphical attachment and may be made in multiple sections. 304. Reference Documents.The CSPP must not incorporate a document by reference unless reproduction of the material in that document is prohibited.In that case, either copies of or a source for the referenced document must be provided to the contractor. 305. Restrictions.The CSPP should not be considered as a project design review document. The CSPP should also avoid mention of permanent("as-built")features such as pavements,markings, signs, and lighting, except when such features are intended to aid in maintaining operational safety during the construction. 306. Coordination.Include in this section a detailed description of conferences and meetings both before and during the project.Include appropriate information from AC 150/5300-9.Discuss coordination procedures and schedules for each required FAA ATO airway facility shutdown and restart and all required flight inspections. 31 Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Runway 33 NAVAIDs MALSF, MALSF,PAPI, MALSF,PAPI,RVR RVR Taxiway G ADG IV IV(N/A between T/W H and R/W 15 end) Taxiway E ADG IV IV ATCT(hours open) 06:00—24:00 local 06:00—24:00 local ARFF Index D D Air National Guard(ANG) Military operations relocated to Special Conditions military operations alternate ANG Base Airline XYZ requires VLSI Airline XYZ requires VGSI Complete the following chart for each phase to determine the area that must be protected along the runway edges: Aircraft Approach Runway Category* Airplane Design Group* RSA Width in Feet A,B,C,orD I,II,III,or IV Divided by 2* *See AC 150/5300-13 to complete the chart for a specific runway. Complete the following chart for each phase to determine the area that must be protected before the runway threshold: Airplane Aircraft Minimum RunwayEnd SafetyArea Minimum Distance to Threshold Number Design Group* Category*rach Based on Required Approach I,II,III,or IV Prior to the * A,B,C,or D Threshold* Slope ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 ft ft : 1 *See AC 150/5300-13 to complete the chart for a specific runway. 309. Navigation Aid (NAVAID)Protection.List in this section all NAVAID facilities that will be affected by the construction.Identify NAVAID facilities that will be placed out of service at any time prior to or during construction activities.Identify individuals responsible for coordinating each shutdown and when each facility will be out of service.Include a reference to paragraph 306 above for FAA ATO NAVAID shutdown,restart, and flight inspection coordination. Outline in detail procedures to protect each NAVAID facility remaining in service from interference by construction activities.Include a reference to paragraph 314 for the issuance of NOTAMs as required.Include a reference to paragraph 316 for the protection of underground cables and piping serving NAVAIDs. If temporary visual aids are proposed to replace or supplement existing facilities, include a reference to paragraph 319.Attach drawings to graphically indicate the affected NAVAIDS and the corresponding critical areas. 310. Contractor Access.This will necessarily be the most extensive section of the CSPP.Provide 33 Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F identified.Include a reference to paragraph 310 for HAZMAT vehicle identification requirements. Quote from,rather than incorporate by reference,AC 150/5320-15. 314. Notification of Construction Activities.List in this section the names and telephone numbers of points of contact for all parties affected by the construction project. We recommend a single list that includes all telephone numbers required under this section.Include emergency notification procedures for all representatives of all parties potentially impacted by the construction.Identify individual representatives—and at least one alternate—for each party.List both on-duty and off-duty contact information for each individual, including individuals responsible for emergency maintenance of airport construction hazard lighting and barricades.Describe procedures to coordinate immediate response to events that might adversely affect the operational safety of the airport(such as interrupted NAVAID service).Explain requirements for and the procedures for the issuance of Notices to Airmen(NOTAMs), notification to FAA required by 14 CFR Part 77 and Part 157 and in the event of affected NAVAIDs.For NOTAMs, identify an individual,and at least one alternate,responsible for issuing and cancelling each specific type of Notice to Airmen(NOTAM)required.Detail notification methods for police, fire fighting,and medical emergencies. This may include 911, but should also include direct phone numbers of local police departments and nearby hospitals. The local Poison Control number should be listed. Procedures regarding notification of Airport Operations and/or the ARFF Department of such emergencies should be identified, as applicable.If airport radio communications are identified as a means of emergency notification, include a reference to paragraph 310.Differentiate between emergency and nonemergency notification of ARFF personnel,the latter including activities that affect ARFF water supplies and access roads.Identify the primary ARFF contact person and at least one alternate.If notification is to be made through Airport Operations,then detail this procedure.Include a method of confirmation from the ARFF department. 315. Inspection Requirements.Describe in this section inspection requirements to ensure airfield safety compliance. Include a requirement for routine inspections by the resident engineer(RE)and the construction contractors. If the engineering consultants and/or contractors have a Safety Officer who will conduct such inspections, identify this individual.Describe procedures for special inspections, such as those required to reopen areas for aircraft operations.Part 139 requires daily airfield inspections at certificated airports, but these may need to be more frequent when construction is in progress.Discuss the role of such inspections on areas under construction.Include a requirement to immediately remedy any deficiencies,whether caused by negligence, oversight,or project scope change. 316. Underground Utilities.Explain how existing underground utilities will be located and protected. Identify each utility owner and include contact information for each company/agency in the master list. { Address emergency response procedures for damaged or disrupted utilities. Include a reference to paragraph 314 above for notification of utility owners of accidental utility disruption as required. 317. Penalties.Describe in this section specific penalties imposed for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations, including the CSPP: SIDA violations,Vehicle/Pedestrian Deviations(VPD),and others. 318. Special Conditions.Identify any special conditions that may trigger specific safety mitigation actions outlined in this CSPP: low visibility operations, snow removal, aircraft in distress,aircraft accident, security breach,VPD, and other activities requiring construction suspension/resumption.Include a reference to paragraph 310 above for compliance with airport safety and security measures and for radio communications as required.Include a reference to paragraph 319 below for emergency notification of all involved parties, including police/security,ARFF,and medical services. 319. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids.Include marking, lighting, signs, and visual NAVAIDS. 35 Chapter 3 Guidelines for Writing a CSPP A •� September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F .• Appendix 1. Related Reading Material Obtain the latest version of the following free publications from the FAA on its Web site at http://www.faa.gov/airports/. AC Title and Description Notices to Airmen(NOTAMs)for Airport Operators AC 150/5200-28 Guidance for using the NOTAM System in airport reporting. Airport Winter Safety and Operations AC 150/5200-30 Guidance for airport owners/operators on the development of an acceptable airport snow and ice control program and on appropriate field condition reporting procedures. Hazardous Wildlife Attractants On or Near Airports AC 150/5200-33 Guidance on locating certain land uses that might attract hazardous wildlife to public- use airports. Painting,Marking,and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport. AC 150/5210-5 Guidance,specifications,and standards for painting,marking,and lighting vehicles operating in the airport air operations areas. Ground Vehicle Operations on Airports AC 150/5210-20 Guidance to airport operators on developing ground vehicle operation training programs. Airport Design AC 150/5300-13 FAA standards and recommendations for airport design,establishes approach visibility minimums as an airport design parameter,and contains the Object Free area and the obstacle free-zone criteria. Airport Foreign Object Debris Management AC 150/5310-24 Guidance for developing and managing an airport foreign object debris(FOD)program Water Supply Systems for Aircraft Fire and Rescue Protection. AC 150/5220-4 Guidance on selecting a water source and meeting standards for a distribution system to support aircraft rescue and fire fighting service operations on airports. Management of Airport Industrial Waste Basic information on the characteristics,management,and regulations of industrial AC 150/5320-15 wastes generated at airports. Guidance for developing a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP)that applies best management practices to eliminate,prevent, or reduce pollutants in storm water runoff with particular airport industrial activities. Standards for Airport Markings AC 150/5340-1 FAA standards for markings used on airport runways,taxiways,and aprons. Standards for Airport Sign Systems AC 150/5340-18 FAA standards for the siting and installation of signs on airport runways and taxiways. Precision Approach Path Indicator(PAPI)Systems AC 150/5345-28 FAA standards for PAPI systems,which provide pilots with visual glide slope guidance during approach for landing. 37 Appendix 1 Related Reading Material AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 AC Title and Description Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids AC 150/5340-30 Guidance and recommendations on the installation of airport visual aids. AC 150/5345-39 Specification for L-853,Runway and Taxiway Retroreflective Markers Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs AC 150/5345-44 FAA specifications for unlighted and lighted signs for taxiways and runways. Airport Lighting Certification Program AC 150/5345-53 Details on the Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program(ALECP). Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights AC 150/5345-50 FAA standards for portable runway and taxiway lights and runway end identifier lights for temporary use to permit continued aircraft operations while all or part of a runway lighting system is inoperative. AC 150/5345-55 Specification for L-893,Lighted Visual Aid to Indicate Temporary Runway Closure — Standards for Specifying Construction of Airports AC 150/5370-10 Standards for construction of airports,including earthwork,drainage,paving,turfmg, lighting,and incidental construction. FAA Airports(ARP)Safety Management System(SMS) FAA Order 5200.11 Basics for implementing SMS within ARP.Includes roles and responsibilities of ARP — management and staff as well as other FAA lines of business that contribute to the ARP SMS. Grasses Attractive to Hazardous Wildlife FAA Certalert 98-05 Guidance on grass management and seed selection. FAA Form 7460-1 Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration FAA Form 7480-1 Notice of Landing Area Proposal Obtain the latest version of the following free publications from the Electronic Code of Federal Regulations at http://ecfr.gpoaccess.gov/. Title 14 CFR Part 139 Certification of Airports Title 49 CFR Part 1542 Airport Security Obtain the latest version of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices from the Federal Highway Administration at http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/. Appendix 1 Related Reading Material 38 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Appendix 2. Definition of Terms Term Definition Notice Of Proposed Construction Or Alteration.For on-airport projects,the form submitted to the FAA regional or airports division office as formal written notification of any kind of construction or alteration of objects that affect navigable 7460-1 airspace,as defined in 14 CFR Part 77,safe,efficient use,and preservation of the navigable airspace.(See guidance available on the FAA web site at oeaaa.faa.gov.) The form may be downloaded at http://www.faa.gov/airports/resources/forms/,or filed electronically at: https://oeaaa.faa.gov. Notice Of Landing Area Proposal.Form submitted to the FAA Airports Regional Division Office or Airports District Office as formal written notification whenever a project without an airport layout plan on file with the FAA involves the construction 7480-1 of a new airport;the construction,realigning,altering,activating,or abandoning of a runway,landing strip,or associated taxiway;or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire airport The form may be downloaded at http://www.faa.gov/airports/resources/forms/. AC Advisory Circular ACRC Aircraft Reference Code 4114 ACSI Airport Certification Safety Inspector ADG Airplane Design Group ,.. AIP Airport Improvement Program ALECP Airport Lighting Equipment Certification Program ANG Air National Guard Air Operations Area.Any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the AOA landing,takeoff,or surface maneuvering of aircraft.An air operations area includes such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runways,taxiways,or aprons. ARFF Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting ARP FAA Office of Airports ASDA Accelerate-Stop Distance Available ATCT Airport Traffic Control Tower ATIS Automatic Terminal Information Service ATO Air Traffic Organization Certificated Airport An airport that has been issued an Airport Operating Certificate by the FAA under the authority of 14 CFR Part 139,Certification of Airports. ,.� CFR Code of Federal Regulations Construction The presence and movement of construction-related personnel,equipment,and materials in any location that could infringe upon the movement of aircraft. Construction Safety And Phasing Plan.The overall plan for safety and phasing of a CSPP construction project developed by the airport operator,or developed by the airport operator's consultant and approved by the airport operator.It is included in the invitation for bids and becomes part of the project specifications. 39 Appendix 2 Definition of Terms AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Term Definition +. CTAF Common Traffic Advisory Frequency A threshold that is located at a point on the runway other than the designated Displaced Threshold beginning of the runway.The portion of pavement behind a displaced threshold is available for takeoffs in either direction or landing from the opposite direction. DOT Department of Transportation EPA Environmental Protection Agency FOD Foreign Object Debris HAZMAT Hazardous Materials IFR Instrument Flight Rules ILS Instrument Landing System !` LDA Landing Distance Available LOC Localizer antenna array +. The runways,taxiways,and other areas of an airport that are used for taxiing or hover Movement Area taxiing,air taxiing,takeoff,and landing of aircraft,exclusive of loading aprons and aircraft parking areas(reference 14 CFR Part 139). MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices NAVAID Navigation Aid NAVAID Critical Area An area of defined shape and size associated with a NAVAID that must remain clear and graded to avoid interference with the electronic signal. �► The area inside the airport security fence exclusive of the Movement Area.It is Non-Movement Area important to note that the non-movement area includes pavement traversed by aircraft. NOTAM Notices to Airmen Obstruction Any object/obstacle exceeding the obstruction standards specified by 14 CFR Part 77, subpart C. OE/AAA Obstruction Evaluation/Airport Airspace Analysis Object Free Area.An area on the ground centered on the runway,taxiway,or taxi lane centerline provided to enhance safety of aircraft operations by having the area OFA free of objects except for those objects that need to be located in the OFA for air navigation or aircraft ground maneuvering purposes.(See AC 150/5300-13,for �. additional guidance on OFA standards and wingtip clearance criteria.) Obstacle Free Zone.The airspace below 150 ft(45 m)above the established airport elevation and along the runway and extended runway centerline that is required to be clear of all objects,except for frangible visual NAVAIDs that need to be located in OFZ the OFZ because of their function,in order to provide clearance protection for aircraft landing or taking off from the runway and for missed approaches. The OFZ is subdivided as follows:Runway OFZ,Inner Approach OFZ,Inner Transitional OFZ, and Precision OFZ.Refer to AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on OFZ. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration P&R Planning and Requirements Group Appendix 2 Definition of Terms 40 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Term Definition PAPI Precision Approach Path Indicators PFC Passenger Facility Charge PLASI Pulse Light Approach Slope Indicators Project Proposal Summary A clear and concise description of the proposed project or change that is the object of Safety Risk Management. RE Resident Engineer REIL Runway End Identifier Lights RNAV Area Navigation ROFA Runway Object Free Area Runway Safety Area.A defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable RSA for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot,overshoot, or excursion from the runway, in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. SIDA Security Identification Display Area SMS Safety Management System Safety Plan Compliance Document.Details developed and submitted by a contractor .,-' SPCD to the airport operator for approval providing details on how the performance of a construction project will comply with the CSPP. SRM Safety Risk Management A defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of Taxiway Safety Area damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway,in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. TDG Taxiway Design Group Temporary Any condition that is not intended to be permanent. The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing and taking off in Temporary Runway End one direction,and for landing in the other direction.Note the difference from a displaced threshold. Threshold The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing. In some instances, the landing threshold may be displaced. TODA Takeoff Distance Available TOFA Taxiway Object Free Area Takeoff Run Available.The length of the runway less any length of runway TORA unavailable and/or unsuitable for takeoff run computations. See AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on declared distances. TSA Taxiway Safety Area Transportation Security Administration UNICOM A radio communications system of a type used at small airports. VASI Visual Approach Slope Indicators 0.44 1 41 Appendix 2 Definition of Terms AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Term Definition Visual Glide Slope Indicator.A device that provides a visual glide slope indicator to VLSI landing pilots. These systems include precision approach path indicators (PAPI), visual approach slope indicators(VASI),and pulse light approach slope indicators (PLASI). VFR Visual Flight Rules VOR VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range VPD Vehicle/Pedestrian Deviation Appendix 2 Definition of Terms 42 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F Appendix 3. Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist This appendix is keyed to Section 2. Plan Requirements. In the electronic version of this AC, clicking on the paragraph designation in the Reference column will access the applicable paragraph. There may be instances where the CSPP requires provisions that are not covered by the list in this appendix. This checklist is intended as an aid, not as a required submittal. Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks General Considerations Requirements for predesign,prebid, and preconstruction conferences to introduce the 205 ❑ ❑ ❑ subject of airport operational safety during construction are specified. Yes No NA Operational safety is a standing agenda item for 205 ❑ ❑ ❑ construction progress meetings. Yes No NA Scheduling of the construction phases is properly 206 El El addressed. Yes No NA Areas and Operations Affected by Construction Activity _ Drawings showing affected areas are included. 207.a ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA Closed or partially closed runways,taxiways, 207.a(1) ❑ ❑ El and aprons are depicted on drawings. Yes No NA Access routes used by ARFF vehicles affected 207.a(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ by the project are addressed. Yes No NA Access routes used by airport and airline support 207.a(3) ❑ ❑ ❑ vehicles affected by the project are addressed. Yes No NA Underground utilities, including water supplies 207.a(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ for fire fighting and drainage. Yes No NA Approach/departure surfaces affected by heights 207.a(5) ❑ ❑ El of temporary objects are addressed. Yes No NA Construction areas, storage areas, and access ❑ El 0 routes near runways,taxiways, aprons,or 207.a helipads are properly depicted on drawings. Yes No NA Temporary changes to taxi operations are 207.b(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ addressed. Yes No NA 43 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Detours for ARFF and other airport vehicles are 207.b(2) El El El identified. Yes No NA Maintenance of essential utilities and 207.b(3) El ❑ El infrastructure is addressed. Yes No NA Temporary changes to air traffic control 207.b(4) El El ❑ procedures are addressed. —� Yes No NA NAVAIDS Critical areas for NAVAIDs are depicted on 208 ❑ ❑ ❑ drawings. Yes No NA Effects of construction activity on the performance of NAVAIDS,including 208 El El El unanticipated power outages, are addressed. Yes No NA Protection of NAVAID facilities is addressed. 208 El El El Yes No NA The required distance and direction from each NAVAID to any construction activity is depicted 208 El ❑ El on drawings. Yes No NA Procedures for coordination with FAA 208,213.a, El El ElATO/Teclmical Operations,including 213.e(3)(a), identification of points of contact,are included. 218.a Yes No NA -- Contractor Access The CSPP addresses areas to which contractor will have access and how the areas will be 209 El El El accessed. Yes No NA The application of 49 CFR Part 1542 Airport 209 El El El Security,where appropriate, is addressed. Yes No NA The location of stockpiled construction materials 209.a El ❑ El is depicted on drawings. Yes No NA The requirement for stockpiles in the ROFA to 209.a El El El be approved by FAA is included. Yes No NA Requirements for proper stockpiling of materials 209.a El El ❑ are included. Yes No NA Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist 44 ,., September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Term Definition PAPI Precision Approach Path Indicators PFC Passenger Facility Charge PLASI Pulse Light Approach Slope Indicators Project Proposal Summary A clear and concise description of the proposed project or change that is the object of Safety Risk Management. RE Resident Engineer REIL Runway End Identifier Lights RNAV Area Navigation ROFA Runway Object Free Area Runway Safety Area.A defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable RSA for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot,overshoot, or excursion from the runway, in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. SIDA Security Identification Display Area SMS Safety Management System Safety Plan Compliance Document.Details developed and submitted by a contractor SPCD to the airport operator for approval providing details on how the performance of a construction project will comply with the CSPP. SRM Safety Risk Management 4111, A defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of { Taxiway Safety Area damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway,in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. TDG Taxiway Design Group Temporary Any condition that is not intended to be permanent. oak The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing and taking off in Temporary Runway End one direction,and for landing in the other direction.Note the difference from a displaced threshold. { .•{ The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing.In some instances, Threshold the landing threshold may be displaced. TODA Takeoff Distance Available ABA TOFA Taxiway Object Free Area Takeoff Run Available. The length of the runway less any length of runway 0.4.4 TORA unavailable and/or unsuitable for takeoff run computations. See AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on declared distances. Taxiway Safety Area TSA .1 Transportation Security Administration UNICOM A radio communications system of a type used at small airports. VASI Visual Approach Slope Indicators 41 Appendix 2 Definition of Terms AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Term Definition .. Visual Glide Slope Indicator.A device that provides a visual glide slope indicator to VGSI landing pilots. These systems include precision approach path indicators (PAPI), visual approach slope indicators(VASI),and pulse light approach slope indicators (PLASI). VFR Visual Flight Rules VOR VHF Omnidirectional Radio Range VPD Vehicle/Pedestrian Deviation i.. low two tam Appendix 2 Definition of Terms 42 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Appendix 3. Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist This appendix is keyed to Section 2. Plan Requirements. In the electronic version of this AC, clicking on the paragraph designation in the Reference column will access the applicable paragraph. There may be instances where the CSPP requires provisions that are not covered by the list in this appendix. This checklist is intended as an aid, not as a required submittal. .. Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks General Considerations Requirements for predesign,prebid,and preconstruction conferences to introduce the 205 ❑ ❑ ❑ subject of airport operational safety during Yes No NA construction are specified. Operational safety is a standing agenda item for 205 ❑ ❑ ❑ construction progress meetings. Yes No NA Scheduling of the construction phases is properly 206 ❑ ❑ ❑ addressed. Yes No NA Areas and Operations Affected by Construction Activity Drawings showing affected areas are included. 207.a ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA Closed or partially closed runways,taxiways, 207.a(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ and aprons are depicted on drawings. Yes No NA Access routes used by ARFF vehicles affected 207.a(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ by the project are addressed. Yes No NA Access routes used by airport and airline support 207.a(3) ❑ ❑ ❑ vehicles affected by the project are addressed. Yes No NA Underground utilities, including water supplies 207.a(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ for fire fighting and drainage. Yes No NA Approach/departure surfaces affected by heights 207.a(5) ❑ ❑ ❑ of temporary objects are addressed. Yes No NA Construction areas, storage areas,and access ❑ ❑ ❑ routes near runways,taxiways, aprons,or 207.a helipads are properly depicted on drawings. Yes No NA Temporary changes to taxi operations are 207.b(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ addressed. Yes No NA 43 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Detours for ARFF and other airport vehicles are 207.b(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ identified. Yes No NA -. Maintenance of essential utilities and 207.b(3) ❑ ❑ 0 underground infrastructure is addressed. Yes No NA Temporary changes to air traffic control 207.b(4) 0 0 0 procedures are addressed. Yes No NA !' NAVAIDS Critical areas for NAVAIDs are depicted on 208 0 0 0 drawings. Yes No NA Effects of construction activity on the -- performance of NAVAIDS, including 208 0 0 0 unanticipated power outages, are addressed. Yes No NA Protection of NAVAID facilities is addressed. 208 0 0 0 Yes No NA The required distance and direction from each NAVAID to any construction activity is depicted 208 0 0 0 on drawings. Yes No NA Procedures for coordination with FAA 208,213.a, ATO/Technical Operations,including 213.e(3)(a), 0 0 0 identification of points of contact,are included. 218.a Yes No NA Contractor Access The CSPP addresses areas to which contractor will have access and how the areas will be 209 0 0 0 accessed. Yes No NA The application of 49 CFR Part 1542 Airport 209 0 0 0 Security,where appropriate, is addressed. Yes No NA The location of stockpiled construction materials 209.a 0 0 0 is depicted on drawings. Yes No NA The requirement for stockpiles in the ROFA to ❑ 0 ❑ be approved by FAA is included. 209.a Yes No NA Requirements for proper stockpiling of materials 209.a 0 0 0 are included. Yes No NA Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist 44 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks ❑ ❑ CI site parking is addressed. 209.b(1) Yes No NA 0 0 0 Construction equipment parking is addressed. 209.b(2) Yes No NA 3 Access and haul roads are addressed. 209.b(3) 0 0 CI Yes No NA — A requirement for marking and lighting of ❑ 0 0 vehicles to comply with AC 150/5210-5, 209.b(4) Painting,Marking and Lighting of Vehicles Yes No NA Used on an Airport,is included. Proper vehicle operations,including 209.b 5 ,6 0 0 0 209.bO requirements for escorts, are described. Yes No NA Training requirements for vehicle drivers are 209.b(7) ❑ 0 0 addressed. Yes No NA Two-way radio communications procedures are 209.b(9) 0 0 0 described. Yes No NA Maintenance of the secured area of the airport is 209.b(10) ❑ ❑ ❑ — addressed. Yes No NA Wildlife Management The airport operator's wildlife management 210 ❑ ❑ ❑ procedures are addressed. Yes No NA — Foreign Object Debris Management The airport operator's FOD management 211 ❑ ❑ ❑ — procedures are addressed. Yes No NA Hazardous Materials Management The airport operator's hazardous materials 212 ❑ ❑ ❑ management procedures are addressed. Yes No NA — Notification of Construction Activities Procedures for the immediate notification of airport user and local FAA of any conditions 213 ❑ ❑ ❑ adversely affecting the operational safety of the Yes No NA airport are detailed. 45 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 Coordination Reference Addressed Maintenance of a list by the airport operator of Remarks — the responsible representatives/points of contact for all involved parties and procedures for 213.a 0 0 ❑ contacting them 24 hours a day,seven days a week is specified. Yes No NA A list of local ATO/Technical Operations personnel is included. 213.a 0 0 El Yes No NA A list of ATCT managers on duty is included. 213.a 0 ❑ 0 Yes No NA A list of authorized representatives to the OCC is --- included. 213.b El El Yes No NA Procedures for coordinating, issuing,maintaining and cancelling by the airport operator of 208,213.b, NOTAMS about airport conditions resulting 218.b(4)(i) ❑ ❑ 0 from construction are included. Yes No NA Provision of information on closed or hazardous conditions on airport movement areas by the 213.b 0 ❑ 0 airport operator to the OCC is specified. Yes No NA Emergency notification procedures for medical, 213.c 0 0 0 fire fighting,and police response are addressed. Yes No NA Coordination with ARFF personnel for non- emergency issues is addressed. 213.d 0 0 0 Yes No NA — Notification to the FAA under 14 CFR parts 77 0 0 0 213.e and 157 is addressed. Yes No NA Reimbursable agreements for flight checks and/or design and construction for FAA owned 213.e(3)(b) 0 0 0 NAVAIDs are addressed. Yes No NA Inspection Requirements Daily inspections by both the airport operator 0 0 0 and contractor are specified. 214.a Yes No NA Final inspections at certificated airports are specified when required. 214.b El 0 0 Yes No NA — Underground Utilities Procedures for protecting existing underground — facilities in excavation areas are described. 215 0 0 0 Yes No NA Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist 46 September 29, 2011 AC 150/5370-2F Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Penalties Penalty provisions for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations and the safety plans 216 ❑ ❑ ❑ are detailed. Yes No NA Special Conditions Any special conditions that affect the operation of the airport or require the activation of any 217 ❑ ❑ ❑ special procedures are addressed. Yes No NA Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids-Marking,Lighting,Signs,and Visual NAVAIDs The proper securing of temporary airport ❑ ❑ CImarkings, lighting, signs,and visual NAVAIDs 218.a is addressed. Yes No NA Frangibility of airport markings,lighting, signs, 218.a,218.c, ❑ ❑ ❑ and visual NAVAIDs is specified. 219,220.b(4) Yes No NA The requirement for markings to be in compliance with AC 150/5340-1,Standards for 218.b ❑ ❑ ❑ Airport Markings is specified. Yes No NA The requirement for lighting to conform to AC 150/5340-30,Design and Installation Details for -- Airport Visual Aids,AC 150/5345-50, 218.b(1)(f) ❑ ❑ El Specification for Portable Runway and Taxiway Lights,and AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Yes No NA Certification Program, is specified. The use of a lighted X is specified where 218.b(1)(b), ❑ ❑ ❑ appropriate. 218.b(3) Yes No NA The requirement for signs to conform to AC 150/5345-44, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs,AC 50/5340-18, Standards for ❑ ❑ ❑ Airport Sign Systems,and AC 150/5345-53, 218.c Airport Lighting Certification Program, is Yes No NA specified. Marking and Signs For Access Routes The CSPP specifies that pavement markings and signs intended for construction personnel should conform to AC 150/5340-18 and,to the extent 219 ❑ ❑ ❑ practicable,with the MUTCD and/or State Yes No NA highway specifications. Hazard Marking and Lighting Prominent, comprehensible warning indicators for any area affected by construction that is 220.a ❑ ❑ ❑ -� normally accessible to aircraft,personnel,or vehicles are specified. Yes No NA 47 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks — Hazard marking and lighting are specified to CI CI CI open manholes, small areas under repair, 220.a stockpiled material, and waste areas. Yes No NA The CSPP considers less obvious construction- 220.a ❑ ❑ Elrelated hazards. Yes No NA Equipment that poses the least danger to aircraft but is sturdy enough to remain in place when 220.b(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ subjected to typical winds,prop wash and jet blast is specified. Yes No NA The spacing of barricades is specified such that a breach is physically prevented barring a 220.b(1) ❑ ❑ ❑ "" deliberate act. Yes No NA Red lights meeting the luminance requirements 220.b(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ — of the State Highway Department are specified. Yes No NA Barricades,temporary markers,and other objects placed and left in areas adjacent to any open runway,taxiway,taxi lane,or apron are specified 220.b(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ to be as low as possible to the ground, and no Yes No NA more than 18 in high. — Barricades marked with diagonal, alternating orange and white stripes are specified to indicate 220.b(4) CI CI CIconstruction locations in which no part of an aircraft may enter. Yes No NA Highly reflective barriers with lights are specified to barricade taxiways leading to closed 220.b(5) ❑ ❑ ❑ runways. Yes No NA Markings for temporary closures are specified. 220.b(5) ❑ ❑ ❑ Yes No NA The provision of a contractor's representative on — call 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance 220.b(7) ❑ ❑ ❑ of airport hazard lighting and barricades is specified. Yes No NA Protection of Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas — The CSPP clearly states that no construction may occur within a safety area while the associated 221.a(1), ❑ ❑ ❑ runway or taxiway is open for aircraft 221.c(1) operations. Yes No NA The CSPP specifies that the airport operator coordinates the adjustment of RSA or TSA — dimensions with the ATCT and the appropriate 221.a(2), CI CI CI FAA Airports Regional or District Office and 221.c(2) Yes No NA issues a local NOTAM. Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist 48 7 September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Coordination Reference Addressed Remarks Procedures for ensuring adequate distance for protection from blasting operations,if required 221.c(3) ❑ ❑ ❑ by operational considerations,are detailed. Yes No NA The CSPP specifies that open trenches or excavations are not permitted within a safety 221.a(4) ❑ ❑ El area while the associated runway or taxiway is open. Yes No NA Appropriate covering of excavations in the RSA or TSA that cannot be backfilled before the 221.a(4) 0 0 ❑ . 4 associated runway or taxiway is open is detailed. Yes No NA The CSPP includes provisions for prominent marking of open trenches and excavations at the 221.a(4) ❑ 0 ❑ ...A construction site. Yes No NA Grading and soil erosion control to maintain 221.c(5) ❑ 0 0 RSA/TSA standards are addressed. War Yes No NA The CSPP specifies that equipment is to be 221 b ❑ 0 0 ,, removed from the ROFA when not in use. Yes No NA The CSPP clearly states that no construction may 0 0 0 occur within a taxiway safety area while the 221.c - taxiway is open for aircraft operations. Yes No NA Appropriate details are specified for any 01 construction work to be accomplished in a 221.d ❑ ❑ 0 taxiway object free area. Yes No NA Measures to ensure that personnel,material, .i and/or equipment do not penetrate the OFZ or 221.e ❑ ❑ ❑ threshold siting surfaces while the runway is open for aircraft operations are included. Yes No NA 1 Provisions for protection of runway approach/departure areas and clearways are 221.f ❑ 0 0 included. Yes No NA 1 Other Limitations on Construction The CSPP prohibits the use of open flame welding or torches unless adequate fire safety 222.a(2) ❑ ❑ ❑ ......1 precautions are provided and the airport operator 1 has approved their use. Yes No NA The CSPP prohibits the use of flare pots within 222.a(4) ❑ ❑ ❑ the AOA at any time. t Yes No NA The CSPP prohibits the use of electrical blasting 7 caps on or within 1,000 ft(300 m)of the airport 222.a(3) ❑ ❑ ❑ l property. Yes No NA "1 1 49 Appendix 3 Safety and Phasing Plan Checklist Pwil %an September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Appendix 4. Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist The situations identified below are potentially hazardous conditions that may occur during airport construction projects. Safety area encroachments,unauthorized and improper ground vehicle operations, and unmarked or uncovered holes and trenches near aircraft operating surfaces pose the most prevalent threats to airport operational safety during airport construction projects. The list below is one tool that the airport operator or contractor may use to aid in identifying and correcting potentially hazardous ... conditions. It should be customized as appropriate for each project. Potentially Hazardous Conditions Item Action Required or None Excavation adjacent to runways,taxiways,and aprons ow; improperly backfilled. ❑ Mounds of earth,construction materials,temporary structures,and other obstacles near any open runway, ❑ taxiway,or taxi lane; in the related Object Free area and aircraft approach or departure areas/zones;or obstructing any sign or marking. Runway resurfacing projects resulting in lips exceeding 3 in(7.6 cm)from pavement edges and ends. ❑ Heavy equipment(stationary or mobile)operating or idle near AOA,in runway approaches and departures ❑ areas,or in OFZ. Equipment or material near NAVAIDs that may degrade or impair radiated signals and/or the ❑ monitoring of navigation and visual aids.Unauthorized or improper vehicle operations in localizer or glide slope critical areas,resulting in electronic interference and/or facility shutdown. Tall and especially relatively low visibility units(that is,equipment with slim profiles)—cranes,drills,and ❑ similar objects—located in critical areas,such as OFZ and approach zones. Improperly positioned or malfunctioning lights or unlighted airport hazards,such as holes or excavations, ❑ on any apron,open taxiway,or open taxi lane or in a --� related safety,approach,or departure area. Obstacles,loose pavement,trash,and other debris on or near AOA.Construction debris(gravel,sand,mud, ❑ paving materials)on airport pavements may result in aircraft propeller,turbine engine,or tire damage.Also, loose materials may blow about,potentially causing personal injury or equipment damage. 51 Appendix 4 Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist AC 150/5370-2F September 29, 2011 Item Action Required or None Inappropriate or poorly maintained fencing during construction intended to deter human and animal intrusions into the AOA.Fencing and other markings ❑ that are inadequate to separate construction areas from open AOA create aviation hazards. Improper or inadequate marking or lighting of runways (especially thresholds that have been displaced or runways that have been closed)and taxiways that could cause pilot confusion and provide a potential for a ❑ runway incursion.Inadequate or improper methods of marking,barricading,and lighting of temporarily closed portions of AOA create aviation hazards. Wildlife attractants—such as trash(food scraps not collected from construction personnel activity),grass ❑ seeds,tall grass,or standing water—on or near airports. Obliterated or faded temporary markings on active operational areas. ❑ Misleading or malfunctioning obstruction lights. Unlighted or unmarked obstructions in the approach to ❑ any open runway pose aviation hazards. Failure to issue,update,or cancel NOTAMs about airport or runway closures or other construction related ❑ airport conditions. Failure to mark and identify utilities or power cables. Damage to utilities and power cables during construction activity can result in the loss of runway/ taxiway lighting;loss of navigation,visual,or approach ❑ aids;disruption of weather reporting services;and/or loss of communications. Restrictions on ARFF access from fire stations to the El runway/taxiway system or airport buildings. Lack of radio communications with construction ❑ vehicles in airport movement areas. Objects,regardless of whether they are marked or flagged,or activities anywhere on or near an airport that could be distracting,confusing,or alarming to ❑ pilots during aircraft operations. Water,snow,dirt,debris,or other contaminants that temporarily obscure or derogate the visibility of runway/taxiway marking,lighting,and pavement ❑ edges.Any condition or factor that obscures or diminishes the visibility of areas under construction. Spillage from vehicles(gasoline,diesel fuel,oil)on active pavement areas,such as runways,taxiways, ❑ aprons,and airport roadways. Appendix 4 Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist 52 .•� September 29,2011 AC 150/5370-2F Item Action Required or None Failure to maintain drainage system integrity during construction(for example,no temporary drainage provided when working on a drainage system). El Failure to provide for proper electrical lockout and tagging procedures.At larger airports with multiple maintenance shifts/workers,construction contractors should make provisions for coordinating work on ❑ circuits. Failure to control dust. Consider limiting the amount of area from which the contractor is allowed to strip turf. ❑ -mot Exposed wiring that creates an electrocution or fire ignition hazard.Identify and secure wiring,and place it in conduit or bury it. ❑ Site burning,which can cause possible obscuration. I -► Construction work taking place outside of designated work areas and out of phase. El 9 1 I ' `-`1; 1 1 r { 3I I ' 53 .,� Appendix 4 Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist L AC 150/5370-2F September 29,2011 1 Intentionally Left Blank Appendix 4 Construction Project Daily Safety Inspection Checklist 54 PART 4 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE DETERMINATION — General Decision Number:IA170097 01/06/2017 IA97 Superseded General Decision Number: IA20160097 State: Iowa r` Construction Types: Heavy and Highway Counties: Iowa Statewide. STATEWIDE EXCEPT SCOTT COUNTY HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (Does not include work on or pertaining to the Mississippi or Missouri Rivers or on Water and Sewage Treatment Plants), AND HIGHWAY PROJECTS (does not include building structures in rest areas) Note: Under Executive Order(EO) 13658,an hourly minimum wage of$10.20 for calendar year 2017 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded(and any "" solicitation was issued)on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least$10.20 per hour(or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher)for all hours spent performing .-t on the contract in calendar year 2017. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/06/2017 —9 SUTA2016-00106/07/2016 Rates Fringes ..rt CARPENTER&PILEDRIVERMEN ` ZONE 1 $26.42 11.13 orZONE 2 $24.33 11.13 ZONE 3 $24.33 11.13 ZONE 4 $23.65 8.95 ZONE 5 $22.75 7.55 CONCRETE FINISHER ZONE 1 $24.50 7.10 ZONE 2 $24.50 7.10 ( ZONE 3 $24.50 7.10 ZONE 4 $22.05 5.55 { ZONE 5 $20.45 6.10 ELECTRICIAN(STREET AND HIGHWAY LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS) ZONE 1,2,AND 3 $22.80 5.70 ZONE 4 $21.50 5.70 ""! ZONE 5 $ 19.30 5.70 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 WS-1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Waterloo Regional Airport "'-% Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 1 IRONWORKER(SETTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL) ZONE 1 $29.00 8.55 ZONE 2 $26.91 8.55 ZONE 3 $26.61 8.85 ZONE 4 $24.75 7.85 ZONE 5 $22.90 7.40 LABORER ZONE 1,2,AND 3 GROUP A $21.33 8.50 GROUP AA $23.71 8.50 GROUP B $ 19.48 8.50 GROUP C $ 16.40 8.50 ZONE 4 GROUP A $ 19.00 7.95 GROUP B $ 17.68 7.95 GROUP C $ 14.80 7.95 ZONE 5 GROUP A $ 19.50 6.50 GROUP B $ 17.00 6.50 GROUP C $ 16.15 6.50 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR ZONE 1 GROUP A $29.40 13.30 GROUP B $27.85 13.30 GROUP C $25.35 13.30 GROUP D $25.35 13.30 ZONE 2 GROUP A $28.70 13.30 GROUP B $27.10 13.30 GROUP C $24.55 13.30 t.- GROUP D $24.55 13.30 ZONE 3 GROUP A $27.50 19.55 .. GROUP B $25.70 19.55 GROUP C $24.70 19.55 GROUP D $24.70 19.55 `, ZONE 4 GROUPA $28.35 9.35 GROUP B $27.21 9.35 L. GROUP C $25.13 9.35 GROUP D $25.13 9.35 ZONE 5 GROUP A $24.67 7.60 L. GROUP B $23.63 7.60 GROUP C $21.90 7.60 GROUP D $20.90 7.60 •- i WS-2 Waterloo Regional Airport ►.. FAA AMP#o Project#60537 5 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM #60537973 BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways , f { TRUCK DRIVER ZONE 1 $21.50 10.30 -, ZONE 2 $21.50 10.30 1 ZONE3 $21.50 10.30 ZONE 4 $21.60 6.00 .. ZONE 5 $ 19.65 6.00 ZONE DEFINITIONS ZONE 1 - The Counties of Polk, Warren and Dallas for all Crafts, and Linn County Carpenters Only. ZONE 2 -The Counties of Dubuque for all crafts and Linn County for all Crafts except Carpenters. ZONE 3 - The Cities of Burlington, Clinton, Fort Madison Keokuk, and Muscatine(and abutting municipalities of any such cities). ZONE 4 - Story,Black Hawk, Cedar,Jasper,Jones,Jackson, Louisa, Madison and Marion Counties; Clinton County(except the City of Clinton),Johnson County, Muscatine County(except the City of Muscatine), the City of Council Bluffs, Lee County and Des Moines County. ZONE 5 -All areas of the state not listed above. .., LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS -ALL ZONES GROUP AA-Asbestos abatement worker(Zones 1,2, and 3) Skilled pipelayer(sewer,water and conduits)and tunnel laborers(zones 1,2 and 3) --, GROUP A -Asbestos abatement worker(Zones 4 and 5): Carpenter tender on bridges and box culverts; curb machine(without a seat); deck hand; diamond and core drills; drill operator on air tracs, wagon drills and similar drills; form setter/stringman on paving work; gunnite nozzleman;joint sealer kettleman; laser operator;pipelayer(sewer water and conduits)Zone 4& 5;powderman tender; powerman/blaster; saw operator;tunnel laborer(zones 4 and 5). GROUP B -Air,gas, electric tool operator; barco hammer; carpenter tender; caulker; chain sawman; compressor(under 400cfm); concrete finisher tender; concrete processing materials and monitors; cutting torch on demolition; drill tender; dumpmen; electric drills; fence erectors; form line expansion 'I joint assembler; form tamper; general laborer; grade checker;handling and placing metal mesh, dowel bars,reinforcing bars and chairs; hot asphalt laborer; installing temporary traffic control devices;jackhammerman; mechanical grouter;painter(all except stripers);paving breaker; planting trees, shrubs and flowers;power broom(not self/propelled);power buggyman; rakers; rodman(tying reinforcing steel); sandblaster; seeding and mulching; sewer utility topman/bottom man; spaders; stressor or stretcherman on pre or post tensioned concrete; stringman on re/surfacing/no -� control; swinging stage,tagline or block and tackle;tampers; timberman; tool room men and ade I checkers;tree climber;tree groundman; underpinning and shoring caissons over twelve feet deep; vibrators; walk behind trencher; walk behind paint stripers; walk behind vibrating compactor; water ..., pumps(under three inch);work from bosun chair. I GROUP C - Scale weigh person;traffic control/flagger, surveillance or monitor, water carrier. "'* POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS -ALL ZONES GROUP A-All terrain(off road)forklift;Asphalt Breakdown Roller(vibratory),Asphalt laydown ."": ,. machine; asphalt plant;Asphalt Screed, bulldozer finish); central mix plant; concrete pump; crane; FAA A1P#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 WS-3 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair j Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 4. crawler tractor pulling scraper; directional drill(60,000(lbs)pullback and above);dragline and power `, shovel;dredge engineer; excavator(over 1/2 cu.yd.)front end loader(4 cy and over);horizontal boring machine;master mechanic; milling machine(over 350 hp); motor grader(finish);push cat; rubber tired backhoe(over 1/2 cu.yd.)scraper(12 cu.yd. and over or finish); Self-propelled rotary mixer/road reclaimer; sidebroom tractor; slipform portland concrete paver;tow or push boat; trenching machine(Cleveland 80 or similar). GROUP B -Articulated off road hauler,asphalt heater/planer; asphalt material transfer vehicle; Asphalt Roller;belt loader or similar loader;bulldozer(rough); churn or rotarydrill; concrete curb machine, crawler tractor pulling ripper,disk or roller;deck hand/oiler directional drill(less than `_ 60,000(lbs)pullback); distributor;excavator 1/2 cu.yd. and under);form riding concrete paver;front hp. end loader(2 to less than 4 cu.yd.); group dryment plant;rubbertired bacanic; khoeng machine/2 cu.yd.and and less);paving breaker;portland concretery or stationary); under); scraper(under 12 cy), screening,washing and crushing plant(mobile,portable shoulder machine; skid loader(1 cu.yd and over); subgrader or trimmer;trenching machine;water wagon on compaction. farm GROUP C-Boom&winch truck, concreteforklift;frontlt placer, deep wells for end loader(under 2 cu.yd.);motor;graderype — tractor(over 75 hp.)pulling disc or roller;(rough);pile hammer power unit;pump(greater than three inch diameter);pumpson well points; safty boat; self-propelled roller(other than asphalt); self-propelled sand blaster or shot blaster,water VIII blaster or striping grinder/remover; skid loader(under 1 cu.yd.);truck mounted post driver. e or utilitytractor �.,. GROUP D-Boiler,compressor, cure and texture machine; ow Baserfarm atender;mpe or plants;mechanic (under 75 hp.)pulling disk,roller or other attachments; group greaser tender;mechanical broom;mechanical heaters; oiler;pumps(under three inch diameter);tree chipping machine;truck cranedriver/oiler. CARPENTERS AND PILEDRIVERMEN,OR IRONWORKERS (ZONE 5) , Setting of structural steel; any welding incidental to bridge or culvert construction; setting concrete .... beams. WELDERS -Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ntractors lies to Note: Executive Order(EO) 13706,Establishi hich the contract is awarded(and Paid Sick Leave for Federal oany solicitapon wasall contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for w issued)on or after January 1,2017. If this contract is covered by the EO,the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work,up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to °are to paid assi t leave family member(or illness, person who is like family to health-related needs,including preventive the employee)who is ill,injured,or has memberother h-related(or person who ns like family to the employee)who is needs, icluding preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family a victim of,domestic violence, sexual assault,or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses(29CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(ii)). WS-4 Waterloo Regional Airport .- FAA AMP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s)of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of"identifiers"that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate(current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate(weighted average rate)or a union average rate(weighted union average rate). UNION RATE IDENTIFIERS A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other ..., than "SU"or"UAVG"denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014.PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification,which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e.,Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate,which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA)governing this classification and rate. --� SURVEY RATE IDENTIFIERS Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates.Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana.2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications p g wage identifier. ns and rates under that Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. UNION AVERAGE RATE IDENTIFIERS Classification(s)listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications;however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the ►-� wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year,to reflect a weighted averaOm/ e of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. g is WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS ( 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?This can be: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 WS-5 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance(additional classification and rate)ruling On survey related matters, initial contact,including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program.If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory,then the process described in 2.)and 3.)should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division ... U.S.Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington,DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.)is yes,then an interested party(those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7).Write to: '"' Wage and Hour Administrator U.S.Department of Labor `. 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington,DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information(wage payment data,project description,area practice material, etc.)that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable,an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board(formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S.Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue,N.W. Washington,DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION WS-6 Waterloo Regional Airport �.► FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways k . TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item P-101 Surface Preparation DESCRIPTION 101-1.1 This item shall consist of preparation of existing pavement surfaces for overlay, surface treatments,removal of existing pavement, and other miscellaneous items. The work shall be accomplished in accordance with these specifications and the applicable drawings. EQUIPMENT 101-2.1 All equipment shall be specified here and in the following paragraphs or approved by the Engineer. The equipment shall not cause damage to the pavement to remain in place. CONSTRUCTION 101-3.1 Removal of existing pavement. a a , b. Asphalt concrete pavement. Asphalt concrete pavement to be removed shall be cut to the full depth of the bituminous material around the perimeter of the area to be removed. The pavement shall be removed so the joint for each layer of pavement replacement is offset 1 foot (30 cm) from the joint in the preceding layer. This does not apply if the removed pavement is to be replaced with concrete or soil. If the material is to be wasted on the airport site,it shall be broken to a maximum size of 3 inches(mm). 101-3.2 Preparation of joints and cracks. Remove all vegetation and debris from cracks to a minimum depth of inch (25 mm). If extensive vegetation exists treat the specific area with a concentrated solution of a water-based herbicide approved by the Engineer. Fill all cracks, ignoring hairline cracks (< 1/4 inch (6 mm) wide) with a crack sealant per ASTM D6690. Wider cracks (over 1-1/2 inch wide (38 mm)), along with soft or sunken spots, indicate that the pavement or the pavement base should be repaired or replaced as stated below. Any excess joint or crack sealer on the surface of the pavement shall also be removed from the pavement surface. Cracks and joints may be filled with a mixture of emulsified asphalt and aggregate. The aggregate shall consist of limestone, volcanic ash, sand, or other material that will cure to form a hard substance. gradation shall be as shown in the following table The combined . Gradation Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 8 90-100 No. 16 65-90 No. 30 40-60 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P101-1 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway Runway30 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30, Pavement36 and Taxiways Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 50 25-42 No. 100 15-30 — No. 200 10-20 Up to 3% cement can be added to accelerate the set rotiltime. The ixtufeoshall not contain more than 20% natural sand without app Engineer. proportions of asphalt emulsion and aggregate shall be determined in the The pro P field and may be varied to facilitate constructionas rhaltr emulsionements. Normally, five these proportions will be approximately one partasphalt parts aggregate by volume. The material shall be poured or placed into the joints or cracks and compacted to form a voidless mass. The joint or crack _ shall be filled within 0 to 1/8 inches (0-3 mm) of the surface. Any material spilled outside the width of the joint shall be removed from the pavement s are surface prior to constructing the overlay. Where concrete overltaysurface to abe constructed, only the excess joint material on the p vegetation in the joints need to be removed. wide that will affect the of 101-3.3 Removal of paint and rubber. All paint and rubber over 1 foot(30 cm) _ rl affect water,hebond o the new overlay shall be removed from the surface of the existing pavement. nt. Chemicals, micamethgd pressused not heaterr scarifier (asphaltic concrete only), cold milling, or sandblasting may Any y of the pavement shallor rot cause ving major damage to the pavement. Major damage is defined as changing the properties paoemeot over1/8 inch (3 mm) p• ... des If chemicals are used, they shall comply with the state's environmental protection regulations. No material shall be deposited on the runway shoulders. All wastes shall be disposed of in areas indicated in this specification or shown on the plans. 101-3.4 Concrete span or failed asphaltic concrete pavement repair. .... a. Repair of concrete spalls in areas to be overlaid with asphalt.Teter of thee Contractors shall it sawl s ll a d concrete as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Thep deteriorated all minimum of 2 inches(50 mm)outside the affected�ea and 2 inches firm or cannot(50 easily)deep.removedewith a material The be removed to a depth where the existing material lbs d removed area shall be filled with asphaltic concrete material shall be compacted withlequipment approved (544 kg) Engineer maximum flow of 20 (units of 0.01 in). The `. until the material is dense and no movement o marks a lies only to pavementl . The h to materiale overlaid.shallof be placed in lifts over 4 inches(100 mm)in depth.This method of repairpp b.Asphaltic concrete pavement repair.The failed areas subbase course,l be removed as andsubgrade shall be remecified ln oved.paragraph base course ,,, All failed material including surface,base course, ing and subbase l em methods replaced if it has shall comply with theltrated with clay, t, or otherappli able sections of thisespec specification. capacity.Materials and methods of constructionof 101-3.5 Cold milling. Milling shall be performed boned to the new overlayTnThe mimll glnmache or�e orrgrindersha 1 � producing a finished surface that provides a good operate without tearing or gouging the under laying surface. The milling machine or grinder shall b e quipped with automatic grade and slope controls. All millings shall be removed and disposed off Airport e p pu rty unless otherwise specified. If the Contractor mills or grindsa dl at deeper additional widerthan cost toh the plans specify, the Contractor shall ... materi replace the material that was removed with new r spalling the a. Patching. The milling machine shallall be able of mlng a vertical ethod of controlging the depth oe without f cuting. The Engineer `-' edges of the remaining pavement and it s positive cm)widths.shall layout the area to be milled with a str � ge in area hatnisnts of 1 foot milled because the Contractor The doesn't have thled e shall cover only the failed area. Any excessive `, appropriate milling machine, or areas that are damaged because of his negligence, shall not be included in the measurement for payment. P101-2 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways b. Profiling, grade correction, or surface correction. The milling machine shall have a minimum width of feet and it shall be equipped with electronic grade control devices that will cut the surface to the grade and — tolerances specified. The machine shall cut vertical edges. A positive method of dust control shall beprovided. machine shall have the ability to The or cuttings from the pavement and load them into a truck remove the millings c. Clean-up. The Contractor shall sweep the milled surface daily and immediately after the milling until all residual aggregate and fines are removed from the pavement surface. Prior to paving,the Contractor shall wet down the milled pavement and thoroughly sweep and/or blow the surface to remove any remaining aggregate or fines. — 101-3.6. Preparation of asphalt pavement surfaces. Existing asphalt pavements indicated to be treated with a surface treatment shall be prepared as follows: a. Patch asphalt pavement surfaces that have been softened by petroleum derivatives or have failed due to any --s other cause. Remove damaged pavement to the full depth of the damage and replace with new asphalt concrete similar to that of the existing pavement in accordance with paragraph 101-3.4. b.Repair joints and cracks in accordance with paragraph 101-3.2. , c. Remove oil or grease that has not penetrated the asphalt pavement by scraping or by scrubbing with a detergent,then wash thoroughly with clean water.After cleaning,treat these areas with an oil spot primer. d. Clean pavement surface immediately prior to placing the surface treatme nt ent by sweeping, flushing well with water leaving no standing water,or a combination of both,so that it is free of dust,dirt,grease,vegetation,oil or any type of objectionable surface film. 101-3.7 Maintenance. The Contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the pavement in a ill ..... satisfactory condition until the full section.is complete and accepted by the Engineer. The surface shall be ke t cle and free from foreign material. The pavement shall be properly drained at all times.If cleaning is necess p an pavement becomes disturbed,any work repairs necessary shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. or if the 101-3.8 Preparation of Joints in Rigid Pavement. 101-3.81 Removal of Existing Joint Sealant.All existing joint sealants will be removed by plowing or use of hand ... tools. Any remaining sealant and or debris will be removed by use of wire brushes or other tools as necessary. Resaw joints removing no more than 1/16 inch (2 mm) from each joint face. Immediately after sawing, flush out joint with water and other tools as necessary to completely remove the slurry. Allow sufficient time to dryout joints prior to sealing. -, 101-3.8.2 Cleaning prior to sealing. Immediately before sealing,laitance and other foreign material. Clean joints by sandblasting, ort others )meth be d cleaned approvedby re byi the Engineer,any remaining each joint face with nozzle held at an angle and not more than three inches (75mm) from face. llow on — sandblasting, clean joints with air free of oil and water. Joint surfaces will be surface-dry prior to installation sealant. anon of 101-3.9 Preparation of Cracks in Flexible Pavement. 101-3.9.1 Preparation of Crack. Widen crack with of 1/16 inch (2 mm) from each side of crack. Immediate) befo eandom crack saw byw out a minimum lance combined with oil and water-free compressed air. y sealing,joints will be blown out with a hot air 101-3.9.2 Removal of Existing Sealant. Existing sealants will be removed by : . Following J sawing, any remaining debris will be removed by use of a�lance combined random oil and water-free compressed air. d with ^1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P]01-3 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways METHOD OF MEASUREMENT1 1 Pavement removal. The unit of measurement for pavement removal shall be01-4 (square meters) removed by the Contractor. Any the number of square yards e avement was _ pavement removed outside the limits the Contof oracto b shall notthe be included in damaged by negligence on the pa the measurement for payment. 101-4.2 Joint and crack repair. The unit of measurement for joint and crack repair shall be the linear foot (meter) of joint. .r g BASIS OF PAYMENT all materials and for all preparation, hauling, and placing of the 101-5.1 Payment.Payment shall be made at contract unit price for the unit of measurement as specified above.This price shall be full compensation for furnishing material and for all labor,equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Item P 101-5.1 Pavement Removal Item P 101-5.2 Joint and Crack Repair • MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D6690 Standard Specification For Joint And Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, For Concrete And Asphalt Pavements END OF ITEM P-101 Waterloo Regional Airport P101-4 FAA AIP#3 19 0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Item P-152 Excavation,Subgrade,and Embankment DESCRIPTION 152-1.1 This item covers excavation, disposal, placement, and compaction of all materials within the limits of the work required to construct safety areas, runways,taxiways, aprons, and intermediate areas as well as other areas for drainage,building construction,parking, or other purposes in accordance with these specifications and in conformity to the dimensions and typical sections shown on the plans. — 152-1.2 Classification.All material excavated shall be classified as defined below: a. Unclassified excavation. Unclassified excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of all material, regardless of its nature. ` - . > > > • — 152-1.3 Unsuitable excavation. Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, such as muck, peat, organic silt, or sod shall be considered unsuitable for use in embankment construction. Material, suitable for topsoil may be used on the embankment slope when approved by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS — 152-2.1 General. Before beginning excavation, grading, and embankment operations in any area, the area shall be completely cleared and grubbed in accordance with Item P-151. The suitability of material to be placed in embankments shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of in waste areas shown on the plans. All waste areas shall be graded to allow positive drainage of the area and of adjacent areas. The surface elevation of waste areas shall not extend above the surface elevation of adjacent usable areas of the airport, unless specified on the plans or approved by the Engineer. — When the Contractor's excavating operations encounter artifacts of historical or archaeological significance, the operations shall be temporarily discontinued and the Engineer notified per subsection 70-20. At the direction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate the site in such a manner as to preserve the artifacts encountered and allow for their removal. Such excavation will be paid for as extra work. — Those areas outside of the limits of the pavement areas where the top layer of soil material has become compacted by hauling or other Contractor activities shall be scarified and disked to a depth of 4 inches(100 mm), to loosen and pulverize the soil. — If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or under-drainage, conduits, utilities, or similar underground structures, the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to preserve them or provide temporary services. When such facilities are encountered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who shall arrange for their removal if necessary. The Contractor, at his or her expense, shall satisfactorily repair or FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P152-1 Waterloo Regional Airport Pvement Joint Repair — Pavement Marking RunwayR12/30,Run30a a18 36 and Taxiways 6. a the cost of all damage to such facilities or structures that may result from any of the Contractor's operations pY during the period of the contract. d Ehas obtained Nd excavation tthe the surveyuntil notes of the has elevations and out measurements of the ground Engineer L. has obtained from the Contractor, stockpiled for future surface. All areas gton bto on ed shallorthe Engineer.be stripped of ation All sutab esoil. Topsoil shall excavated material eshall be used in the use in areas designated on the plansby formation of embankment,subgrade,or other purposes shown on the plans.All unsuitable material shall be disposed of as shown on the plans. When the volume of the excavation exceeds of ultimaate development or disposed at required to construct the s embank directed by ments to he grades the Engineer.indicated,the the ; excess shall be used to grade the area volume of excavation is not sufficient for constructing the embankments to the grades indicated,the deficiency shall L. be obtained from borrow areas. i The grade shall be maintained so that the surface is well drained at all times.When necessary,temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water that may affect the work. a.Selective grading.When selective grading is indicated on the plans,the more suitable material designated by the Engineer shall be used in constructing the embankment or in capping the pavement subgrade. If, at the time of excavation,it is not possible to place this material in its final location,it shall be stockpiled in approved areas so that it can be measured for payment as specified in paragraph 152-3.3. b. Undercutting. Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for safety areas,subgrades,roads, shoulders,or any areas intended for turf shall be excavated to a mimatted roots, onimum depth f 2 inches ' yisldi0g mm) below the subgrade or to the depth specified by the Engineer. Muck, peat, material,unsatisfactory for subgrade foundation, shall be removed to the depth specified.Unsuitable materials shall be 7 ntvl. a; .d. disposed off the airport. The cost is incidental to this item. This excavated material shall thebe paid for at coact bet backfilled unit price pwith buit b e (per cubic meter) for unclassified excavation. The excavated area material obtained from the partgrading of the embankment. Where rock uts area made, backfill withdnecessaryensities. The select material.backfill will constitute a pockets created in the rock surface shall be drained in accordance with the details shown on the plans. i c. Overbreak. Overbreak, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the Enginee lshall determine shall if the displacement ofaded or removed such material was by the Contractor 4.... and disposed of as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer the unavoidable and his or her decision shaas avoidable.U avoidable overbreak willll be final. Pment will not be made rbe classified and disposal of . L. overbreak that the Engineer determines Excavation." d. Removal of utilities. The removal of existing structures and utilities requiredd to oi permit the orderly nless otherwise progress own `. of work will be accomplished by someone other than the Contractor;for example, on the plans. All existing foundations material al disposed of as directed by the Engin e cm)r.All foundelow atione s thus exp of cavated va ed grade shall . indicated on the plans,and the P be backfilled with suitable material and compacted as specified. .. e. Compaction requirements. Theb9 5ade ercent of the maximum density as determined areas to be paved shall be by compacted to a th 6 inches and to a density of not less thanp The material to be compacted shall be within ±2% of optimum moisture content before being rolled to obtain the L. prescribed compaction(except for expansive soils). The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with and ASTM D6938 shall ASTM D6938 38 be using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, used to determine the e with moisture content of the material. The machine ASTM D6938. Stones or rock fragments larger than calibrated4 inches (100 in accordardanc e. The finished mm) in their greatest dimension will not be permittd in e ectione top 6 inches (150 shallbe completed and maintained a) of the 1,000 feet r. grading operations, conforming to the typical c oss (300 m)ahead of the paving operations or as directed by the Engineer. P152-2 Waterloo Regional Airport lawFAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Ruwnay 18/36 and Taxiways `.. All loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes of cuts shall be pried loose or otherwise removed to the slope finished grade line. All cut-and-fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross-section, and alignment shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Blasting shall not be allowed. a 4 e-werk, � a r b • h-=.jet • b This plan must b , . we charge- • �, Is--i len•• b • f. Proof rolling. After compaction is completed, the subgrade area shall be proof rolled with a 20 ton (18. 1 metric ton) Tandem axle Dual Wheel Dump Truck loaded to the legal limit _ with tires inflated to [00/100 psi 0 1 nn • �0. 689 MPa. /1.0 3 4 .=P-a- , ti MPa)] in the presence of the Engineer. Apply a minimum of 60 coverage, or as specified by the Engineer, to all paved areas. A coverage is defined as the application of one tire print over the designated area. Soft areas of subgrade that deflect more than 1 inch(25 mm) or show permanent deformation greater than 1 inch (25 mm) shall be removed and replaced with suitable material or reworked to conform to the moisture content and compaction requirements in accordance with these specifications. 152-2.3 Borrow excavation.Borrow areas within the airport property are indicated on the plans.Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated locations and within the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed by the Engineer. j When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain the borrow sources, subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the -- Engineer at least 15 days prior to beginning the excavation so necessary made. All borrow pits shall be opened up to expose the various strata of accep beeasuremen mater al to allow btaini ge a uniform product. All unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Borrow pits shall be excavated to regular -- lines to permit accurate measurements, and they shall be drained and left in a neat,, presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. 152-2.4 Drainage excavation. Drainage excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as —, intercepting; inlet or outlet ditches; for temporary levee construction; or for any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The work shall be performed in sequence with the other construction. Intercepting ditches shall be constructed prior to starting adjacent excavation operations. All satisfactory material shall be placed in embankment fills;unsuitable material shall be placed in designated waste areas or as directed by the Engineer.All necessary work FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P152-3 Waterloo Regional Airport ....1Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 6. all tain d 6. shall be performed true to final line, t and shall keep them free of debris Contractor o rhobstrucntions u nt 1 the projected is on the project to the required cross-section accepted. ent is to be constructed to a height of 4 feet(1.2 m) 152-2.5 Preparation of embankment area.Where an the surface upon which the embankment is to be placed. I..or less,all sod and vegetative matter shall be removed from The cleared surface shall be broken up by plowing or scarifying to a minimum depth of 6 inches(150 mm)and shall then be compacted as indicated in paragraph 152-2.6. When the height of fill is greater than 4 feet(1.2 m), sod not r. required to be removed shall be thoroughly disked and recompacted to the density of the surrounding ground before construction of embankment. Sloped surfaces steeper than one (1)vertical to four(4)horizontal shall be plowed, stepped,benched, or broken up , so that the fill material will bond with the existing shall When scarified toaae is part depth of 112ll ainchend s(300amm) and tion or 6. natural ground, the excavated or natural ground portion compacted as specified for the adjacent fill. grubbing No direct payment shall be made for the work performed under this section. The necessary clearing and gru g and the quantity of excavation removed will be paid for under the respective items of work. 152-2.6 Formation of embankments. Embankments shall be formed in successive horizontal layers of not more ,` than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for the full width of the cross-section, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The layers shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as s matter,shall not be inal cross-section or as lrected by the corporated or .� Engineer.Materials such as brush,hedge,roots,stumps, grass r s and other organic buried in the embankment. Earthwork operations shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain,in the .� freezing, or other unsatisfactory weather conditions frozen at nalaMaterial shall not be placedton surfacesbe placed that are embankment nor shall embankment be placed upon muddy, frozen, or contain frost. The Contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide surface drainage at all times. 6. ent The material in each layer shall co of optimum moisture ntent ntthroughout the layer,tthe material sharollinll be moistened orto obtin the escribed aerated compaction. To achieve a uniformm moisture as necessary. Samples of all embankment materials for testing,both before an after e r placctorement nd compac the Lion,nece will be taken for each 1,000 square yards. Based on corrections and adjustments in methods,materials or moisture content to achieve the specified embankment density. lamo Rolling operations shall be continued until the embankment is compacted cohesive soils asto not less than 95%of maximum determined by ASTM D6938 Undersity i for noncohesive soils, and 90% of maximum density for areas to be paved,the embankments shall be compacted to a depth of 6 inches and to a density of not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557. r.• On all areas outside of the pavement areas,no compaction will be required on the top 4 inches(100 mm). ASTM 6938 The in-place field density shall be determined in accordance with and ASTM D6938 shall 38 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine erformshall abl calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938 . The En•:..neer shall P density tests. 44w,N Compaction areas shall be kept separate, and no layer shall be covered by another layer until the proper density is A 6.obtained. tion entire During construction of the embankment,layere is Contractor route all placement shall lcbeginginpthent evenly over deepest portion of the width of the embankment as eachy p 6.. embankment fill. As placement progresses, the layers shall be constructed approximately parallel to the finished pavement grade line. 4 P152-4 Waterloo Regional Airport L. FAA AMP r ject#6053 9 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Ruwnay 18/36 and Taxiways When rock and other embankment material are excavated at approximately the same time, the rock shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment and the other material shall be incorporated under the future paved areas. Stones or fragmentary rock larger than 4 inches (100 mm) in their greatest dimensions will not be allowed in the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. Rockfill shall be brought up in layers as specified or as directed by the Engineer and the finer material shall be used to fill the voids with forming a dense, compact mass. Rock or boulders shall not be disposed of outside the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the manner designated on the plans or by the Engineer. When the excavated material consists predominantly of rock fragments of such size that the material cannot be placed in layers of the prescribed thickness without crushing,pulverizing or further breaking down the pieces, such material may be placed in the embankment as directed in layers not exceeding 2 feet (60 cm) in thickness. Each layer shall be leveled and smoothed with suitable equipment by distribution of spalls and finer fragments of rock. The layer shall not be constructed above an elevation 4 feet(1.2 m)below the finished subgrade. — There will be no separate measurement of payment for compacted embankment. All costs incidental to placing in layers, compacting, di mixing, sloping, and other operations necessary or const watering, ruction of embankments will be included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. — 152-2.7 Finishing and protection of subgrade. After the subgrade is substantially complete, the Contractor shall remove any soft or other unstable material over the full width of the subgrade that will not compact properly. All low areas, holes or depressions in the subgrade shall be brought to grade with suitable sele materblading, rolling and other methods shall be performed to provide a thoroughly compacted subgradeal.shaped to the lines and grades shown on the plans. Grading of the subgrade shall be performed so that it will drain readily. The Contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage and limit hauling over the finished subgrade to only traffic essential for construction purposes.All ruts or rough places that develop in the completed subgrade shall be graded and recompacted. No subbase, base, or surface course shall be placed on the subgrade until the subgrade has been approved by y the 152-2.8 Haul. All hauling will be considered a necessary and incidental part of the work. The Contractor shall include the cost in the contract unit price for the pay of items of work involved.No payment will be made separately or directly for hauling on any part of the work. 152-2.9 Tolerances. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is to be placed, the top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that,when tested with a 12-foot(3.7-m)straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to the centerline, it shall not show any deviation in excess of 1/2 inch(12 mm), or shall not be more than 0.05 feet ... (15 mm) from true grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected by loosening,adding,or removing materials;reshaping;and recompacting. On safety areas, intermediate and other designated areas,the surface shall be of such smoothness that it will not vary more than 0.10 feet(3 mm) from true grade as established by shall be corrected by loosening,addingor removingmaterials,anda reshade pis.ng. Any deviation in excess of this amount p' g. 152-2.10 Topsoil. When topsoil is specified or required as shown on the plans or under Item T-905, it shall be salvaged from stripping or other grading operations.The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905. If, at the time of excavation or stripping,the topsoil cannot be placed in its final section of finished construction,the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations. Stockpiles shall not be placed within 4 0 0 feet of runway pavement or 130 feet of taxiway pavement and shall not be placed on areas that subsequently will require any excavation or embankment fill. If, in the judgment of the Engineer, it is practical to place the salvaged topsoil at the time of excavation or stripping,the material shall be placed in its final position without stockpiling or further rehandling. ,., Upon completion of grading operations, stockpiled topsoil shall be handled and placed as directed, or as required in Item T-905. No direct payment will be made for topsoil under Item P-152. The quantity removed and placed directly or -. stockpiled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard(cubic meter)for"Unclassified Excavation." FAA A1P#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P152-5 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways i )6 . the materialrialso I�„ When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the Engineer, in rehandled shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) for "topsoiling," as provided Item T-905. _ METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 152-3.1 The quantity of excavation to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards (cubic meters) measured in its original position. Measurement shall not ... include the quantity of materials excavated without authorization beyond normal slope lines, or the quantity of material used for purposes other than those directed. 7 R r a a t I l l }, t,-- r g er U $ --ze'E @L BASIS OF PAYMENT 152-4.1 "Unclassified excavation" payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic meter) . This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. . mime • w • - • om-} > > • P152-6 Waterloo Regional Airport L.FAA AIP#3-19 0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Ruwnay 18/36 and Taxiways I Payment will be made under: Item P-152-4.1 Unclassified Excavation - per cubic yard (cubic meter) --, [ItemP 152 4.2 Rock Excavation per cubic yard(cubic meter)] 'Item P 152 1.3 Muck Excavation per cubic yard(cubic meter)] [Item P 152 1.5 Borrow Excavation per cubic yard(cubic meter)] [Item P 152 4.6 Stockpiled material per cubic yard(cubic meter)] TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D 1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2700 IN-m/m3)) ASTM D2167 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method ASTM D6938 Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) END OF ITEM P-152 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P152-7 AECOM Project#60537973-Bp2 Waterloo Regional Airport -. Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 1 Intentionally Left Blank P152-8 Waterloo Regional Airport _ FAA AMP r ject#6053 95 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Ruwnay 18/36 and Taxiways M. Item P-154 Subbase Course ^ DESCRIPTION 154-1.1 This item shall consist of a subbase course composed of granular materials constructed on a prepared subgrade or underlying course in accordance with these specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and typical cross-section shown on the plans. MATERIALS 154-2.1 Materials. The subbase material shall consist of hard durable particles or fragments of granular aggregates. This material will be mixed or blended with fine sand, clay, stone dust, or other similar binding or filler materials -- produced from approved sources. This mixture must be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifications as to gradation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being compacted into a dense and stable subbase. The material shall be free from vegetative matter, lumps or excessive amounts of clay, and other objectionable or foreign substances. Pit-run material may be used, provided the material meets the gradation requirements specified. Gradation Requirements Sieve designation(square openings)as per Percentage by weight ASTM C136 and ASTM D422 passing sieves 100 No. 10(2.0 mm) 20-100 ^ No.40(0.450 mm) 5-60 No.200(0.075 mm) 0-8 The portion of the material passing the No. 40(0.450 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than six(6)when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. The material finer than 0.02 mm shall be limited to a maximum of 3% and the maximum allowable material passing the No. 200 sieve shall be reduced from 0- 8% to 0-5%. Testing per ASTM D422 will be required for the percentage passing the 0.02 mm particle size once per lot. 154-2.2 Sampling and testing. Material used on the project shall be sampled per ASTM D75 and tested per ASTM ... C136 and ASTM C 117.Results shall be furnished to the Engineer by the Contractor prior to the start of construction and once per day during construction. •-, CONSTRUCTION METHODS 154-3.1 General. The subbase course shall be placed where designated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The material shall be shaped and thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified. ..� Granular subbases which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support the construction equipment without movement, shall be mechanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide stability as directed by the Engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall include the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, so the course will not deform under construction equipment traffic. The addition of the binding medium to the subbase material shall not increase the soil constants of that material above the specified limits. 154-3.2 Operation in pits. The subbase material shall be obtained from pits or sources that have been approved by the Engineer. The material in the pits shall be excavated and handled to produce a uniform and satisfactory product. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and handling unsuitable material encountered shall be performed by the Contractor. The cost of this work is incidental to this item. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P154-1 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Marking Runway12/30,Runway a18 36nand Taxiways i in underlying course. Prior to constructing the subbase course, clean the underlying course or L subgrade154-3. of Preparing of all foreign substances. The surface or soft fhe ielding spots,ign the underlyingourse or courses nurses ade shall nd subgrade specified reas compaction and surface tolerances.Correct ruts, Y having inadequate compaction and deviations of the surface from the specified requirements by loosening and and 1 removing soft or unsatisfactory material and by adding approved material, reshaping to line and grade, recompacting to specified density requirements.For cohesionless underlying courses or surface shall be stabilized prior to placementb�thesoverlying containing course.sands or gravels, as defined in ASTM D2487, the — Accomplish stabilization by mixing the overlying course material into the underlying course, and compacting y approved methods. The finished underlying course shall not be disturbed by traffic or other operations and shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition spreading ilthe oper overlying y operations co se is s placed. The course shall be checked and accepted by the Engineer before placing To protect the subgrade and to ensure proper drainage,side of pavemeng ts f the subbase shall ith a one-way slopegin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on hight..- 154-3.4 Materials acceptance in existing condition. When the entire subbase rob d material erial may n a uniform moved directly ld satisfactory condition at approximately the required moisture content,the approved to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtained tain materi from grfrom these sources avel pits, stockpiles, s, or f meet may the be produced from a crushing and screening plant with properblending. requirements for gadation, quality, and consistency. The intent of the specifications is to secure materials that will to obtain not require further mixing. The moisture content of the r excess in moisture material conte tall mayeba come ed by surfaces roximately that required prinkling or by maximum density.Any minor deficiency o required moisture aeration. Some mixing or aeration may be to ired ior to rolling to obtain obtain a smooth uniform surfaceetrue to line and gade. m content. Blading t or dragging,if necessary,shall be performed 154-3.5 Plant mixing. When materials from several sources will be blended and mixed,the subbase material shall ..� be processed in a central mixing plant. The subbase material, together with any blended material, shall be thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. After the mixing is complete, the material shall be transported to and spread on the underlying course without undue loss of moisture content. b a s all be cted in layers of not less than 3 hes — 154-3.6 General methods for placing. Thesubbase f om course thickness. The subbase material shall be depositedcand (75 mm) nor more than 8 inches (200 mm) P gradation with no spread evenly to a artform se m t rial e The subbase, unlesss and width. The s otherwise perm tt spread, ed by t e Engineer, s 11 not be spread pockets of nfine or cohe rollig. Any more than 2,000 square yards (1700 sq m) advance of or on a softtmuddynor frozen coursay withinsprinkling shall be kept this limit.No material shall be placed in s When more than one layer is required,the construction procedure described here shall apply similarly to each layer. During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder,or foreign material in the subbase course mixture. I P154-2 Waterloo Regional Airport Li, FAA AMP Project 045#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 154-3.7 Finishing and compacting.After spreading or mixing,the subbase material shall be thorou by rolling and sprinkling, when necessary. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to adequately hanghl dle the ratecompacted -- placing and spreading of the subbase course. The field density of the compacted material shall be at least 100%of the maximum density of laboratory specimens prepared from samples of the subbase material delivered to the jobsite. The laboratory specimens shall be compacted and tested in accordance with D1557. The in-place field density shall be determined in accord ince with using Procedure A '� � ASTM D6938 the direct transmission method, used to determine the moisture content of the material TheAS chine shall be shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938. The moisture content of the material at the start of compaction shall be within f2% of the optimum moisture content. All testing shall be done by the Engineer. The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase. When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed 3/8 inch(9 mm)when tested with a 12 feet(3.7 straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that us d in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. Along places inaccessible to rollers, the subbase material shall be tamped thoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. Sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be by equipment approved by the Engineer. Water shall not be added in manner or quantity that allows free water to reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft. 154-3.8 Surface tolerance.The surface of the top layer shall show no deviations in excess of 3/8 inch(9 mm)when tested with a 12-foot(3.7-m) straightedge. Take measurements in successive positions parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved. Measurements shall also be taken perpendicular to the centerline at 50 foot (15 meter) intervals. Correct deviations exceeding this amount by removing material and replacing with new mater" reworking existing material and compacting it to meet these specifications. tal, or by 154-3.9 Thickness control. The completed thickness of the course(s) shall be in accordance with the thickness and grade indicated on the drawings. The completed course shall not be more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) deficient in thickness nor more than 1/2 inch(12 mm)above or below the established grade. Where any of these tolerances are exceeded, correct such areas by scarifying, adding new material of gradation or removing material, and compacting, as directed. Where the measured thickness is 1/2 inch(12 mm)or more thicker than shown, the course proper will be considered as conforming with the specified thickness requirements plus 1/2 inch (12 mm). thickness shall be the average of the job measurements as specified above but within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of the thickness shown. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall be determined by ) The average job b 154-3.10 Protection. Work on subbase course shall not be conducted during freezing nor when the survey. subgrade is wet. When the subbase material contains frozen material or when the underlying course is frozen, the construction shall be stopped. The Contractor shall protect and maintain the subgrade from yielding until the subbase is accepted. 154-3.11 Maintenance. The Contractor shall maintain the completed course in a satisfactory condition until accepted by the Engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 154-4.1 Subbase course shall be measured by the number of p p p cubic yards (cubic meters) of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed course. Th quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon — average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to t by means of he nearest 0.01 foot (3 mm). On individual depth measurements, thicknesses more than 1/2 inch(12 mm) in FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-13P2 P154-3 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus 1/2 inch(12 mm)in computing .. other excavation quantities. the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in any BASIS OF PAYMENT 154-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard (cubic all materials; or on, meter) for subbase course. This price shall be full compensationo tools,a for nd ingidentals necessary tol complete the �. hauling,and placing of these materials;and for all lab equipment, item. Payment will be made under: �.. Item P-154-5.1 Subbase Course-per , ..;. cubic yard (cubic meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS -- Standard Test Method for Materials Finer Than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral ASTM C117 Aggregates by Washing to. C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3(600 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D1556 Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using L ASTM D1557 Modified Effort(56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D2487 Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) ASTM D4253 Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit,Plastic Limit,and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D4718 Standard Practice for Correction of Unit Weight and Water Content for Soils Containing Oversize Particles limo AggregateD6938 Standard Test Method fo Shallow Dep hand Water Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate by Nuclear Methods `.. END OF ITEM P-154 6. Waterloo Regional Airport P 154-4 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways I L Item P-156 Temporary Air and Water Pollution,Soil Erosion,and Siltation Control DESCRIPTION 156-1.1 This item shall consist of temporary control measures as shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer during the life of a contract to control water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation through the use of silt fences, berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, fiber mats, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope drains, and other erosion control devices or methods. The temporary erosion control measures contained herein shall be coordinated with the permanent erosion control measures specified as part of this contract to the extent practical to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion control throughout the construction period. Temporary control may include work outside the construction limits such as borrow pit operations, equipment and material storage sites,waste areas,and temporary plant sites. Temporary control measures shall be design, installed and maintained to minimize the creation of wildlife attractants that have the potential to attract hazardous wildlife on or near public-use airports. MATERIALS 156-2.1 Grass. Grass that will not compete with the grasses sown later for permanent cover per Item T-901 shall be a quick-growing species (such as ryegrass, Italian ryegrass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the area providing a temporary cover. Selected grass species shall not create a wildlife attractant. 156-2.2 Mulches. Mulches may be hay, straw, fiber mats, netting, bark, wood chips, or other suitable material reasonably clean and free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials per ItemT-908. Mulches shall not create a wildlife attractant. 156-2.3 Fertilizer. Fertilizer shall be a standard commercial grade and shall conform to all Federal and state regulations and to the standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 156-2.4 Slope drains. Slope drains may be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, rubble, Portland cement concrete, bituminous concrete,or other materials that will adequately control erosion. 156-2.5 Silt fence. The silt fence shall consist of polymeric filaments which are formed into a stable network such that filaments retain their relative positions. Synthetic filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet ray--. inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six months of expected usable construction life. Silt fence shall meet the requirements of AS TM D6461. 156-2.6 Other. All other materials shall meet commercial grade standards and shall be approved by the Engineer before being incorporated into the project. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 156-3.1 General. In the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of other Federal,state,or local agencies,the more restrictive laws,rules, or regulations shall apply. The Engineer shall be responsible for assuring compliance to the extent that construction practices, construction operations,and construction work are involved. 156-3.2 Schedule. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit schedules for accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion control work for clearing and bbing; ading; cnstruction; paving; an structures at watercourses. The Contractor shall also submit a proposed method of a os ono and dust control on haul roads and borrow pits and a plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion control schedules and methods of operation for the applicable construction have been accepted by the Engineer. 156-3.3 Construction details. The Contractor will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in the accepted schedule.Except where future construction operations will damage slopes,the Contractor shall perform the permanent seeding and mulchingand other specified FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P156-1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways slope protection work in stages, as soon as substantial areas of exposed slopes can be made available. Temporary erosion and pollution control measures will be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that were not foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior to installation of permanent control features; or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that develops during normal construction practices,but are not associated with ` permanent control features on the project. Where erosion may be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be scheduled and performed so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can follow immediately if project conditions permit; , otherwise,temporary erosion control measures may be required. The Engineer shall limit the area of clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow, and embankment operations in keeping the finish grading, mulching, progress, commensurate with the Contractor's capability and progressP g seeding,and other such permanent control measures current with the accepted schedule.If seasonal limitations make `, such coordination unrealistic,temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and justified as directed by the Engineer. !� The Contractor shall provide immediate permanent or temporary pollution control measures to minimize contamination of adjacent streams or other watercourses, lakes, ponds, or other areas of water impoundment as directed by the Engineer. If temporary erosion and pollution control measures are required due to the Contractor's negligence,carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled or directed by the L Engineer,the work shall be performed by the Contractor and the cost shall be incidental to this item. The Engineer may increase or decrease the area of erodible earth material that can be exposed at any time based on L an analysis of project conditions. The erosion control features installed by the Contractor shall be acceptably maintained by the Contractor during the construction period. Whenever construction equipment must cross watercourses at frequent intervals, temporary structures should be provided. Pollutants such as fuels, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage, wash water from concrete mixing operations, and other harmful materials shall not be discharged into any waterways,impo undments or into natural or manmade channels. 156-3.4 Installation,maintenance and removal of silt fences. Silt fences shall extend a minimum of 16 inches(41 cm)and a maximum of 34 inches(86 cm)above the ground surface.Posts shall be set no more than 10 feet(3 m)on center. Filter fabric shall be cut from a continuous roll support post with a required minimumzl2--inch(300-joints mmre overap When joints are necessary,the fabric shall bespliced at a and securely sealed.A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches(100 mm)deep by 4 inches(100 mm)wide and the soil the side the silt fence. dispose of silt tat accumulatel be s during constructioncand prior the to establishment of The Contractor shall remove and permanent erosion control.shall be removed upon maiapntained l in nf tgo good workEngineer.ing condition until permanent erosion control is established.Silt fence METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 156-4.1 Temporary erosion and pollutionwill be control work required as rowill be performed as scheduled or directed by the Engineer.Completed and accepted a.Temporary seeding and mulching will be measured by the square yard(square meter). b.Temporary slope drains will be measured by the linear foot(meter). C. Temporary benches, dikes, dams, and sediment basins will be measured by the cubic yard(cubic meter) of excavation performed, including necessary cleaning of sediment basins, and the cubic yard (cubic meter) of embankment placed as directed by the Engineer. d.All fertilizing will be measured by the ton(kg). e.Installation and removal of silt fence will be measured by the linear foot (meter) (Lump sumj P156-2 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AMP r ject#6053 95 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways f. Installation and removal of inlet protection will be measured each. by per 156-4.2 Control work performed for protection of construction areas outside the construction limits, such and waste areas, haul roads, equipment and material storage sites, and temporary as borrow and paid for directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the Con actoort sites, will not be measured I BASIS OF PAYMENT 156-5.1 Accepted quantities of temporary water pollution, soil erosion, and siltation control Engineer and measured as provided in paragraph 156-4.1 will be paid for under: work ordered by the • ui Item P-156-5.1 a Installation and removal of silt fence per linear feet (meter) {1 Item P-156-5.1.d Installation and removal of inlet protection per each. Where other directed work falls within the specifications for a work item that has a contract price,the units of work shall be measured and paid for at the contract unit price bid for the various items. .. Temporary control features not covered by contract items that are ordered by the Engineer will be paid for in accordance with Section 90-05 Payment for Extra work. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D6461 Standard Specification for Silt Fence Materials AC 150/5200-33 Hazardous Wildlife Attractants END OF ITEM P-156 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P156-3 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways i Intentionally Left Blank r. P156-4 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA A L' AEC AMP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair ECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways L Item P-208 Aggregate Base Course 208-1.1 This item shall consist of a base course composed of course aggregate bonded with fine aggregate base. It shall be constructed on a prepared subgrade or subbase course per these specifications and shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross-section shown on the plans. MATERIALS 208-2.1 Aggregate base.The aggregate base material shall consist of both fine and coarse aggregate. Material shall be clean, sound, durable particles and fragments of stone or gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, or crushed gravel mixed or blended with sand, screenings, or other similar materials produced from approved sources. The aggregate shall be free from lumps of clay, organic matter,and other objectionable materials or coatings. Crushed slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace product consisting of angular fragments reasonably uniform in density and quality and shall be reasonably free from thin, elongated, or soft pieces, dirt, and other objectionable matter. It shall weigh not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot (1.12 Mg/cubic meter) as determined by ASTM C29. Crushed aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, durable stones and rock crushed to specified size and shall be free from excess soft or disintegrated pieces, dirt,or other objectionable matter. The method used to produce the crushed gravel shall result in the fractured particles in the finished product as nearly constant and uniform as practicable. The coarse aggregate portion, defined as the portion retained on the No.4 sieve, shall not have a loss of greater than 50% when tested per ASTM C131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 12%, or the magnesium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 18%, after five cycles, when tested in accordance with ASTM C88. The aggregate shall have at least 60%by weight of particles with at least two fractured faces and 75%with at least one fractured face per ASTM D5821. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75%of the smallest mid-sectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous,the angle between the planes of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces. The aggregate shall contain no more than 15%, by weight, of flat, elongated, or flat and elongated particles per ASTM D4791. A flat particle is one having a ratio of width to thickness greater than three(3);an elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than three(3). The fine aggregate portion, defined as the portion passing the No.4 sieve,produced in crushing operations shall be incorporated in the base material to the extent permitted by the gradation requirements. a.Sampling and testing for initial aggregate base requirements. Samples shall be taken by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. Material shall meet the requirements in paragraph 208-2.1 and 208-2.2. This sampling and testing will be the basis for approval of the aggregate base quality requirements. 208-2.2 Gradation requirement. The gradation of the aggregate base material shall meet the requirements of the gradation given in the following table when tested per ASTM C117 and ASTM C136. The gradation shall be well graded from coarse to fine as defined by ASTM D2487 and shall not vary from the lower limit on one sieve to the high limit on an adjacent sieve or vice versa. The fraction of material passing the No.200(0.075 mm)sieve shall not exceed one-half the fraction passing the No. 40(0.45 mm) sieve. The portion of the filler and binder, including any blended material, passing the No. 40 (0.45 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit not more than 25 and a plasticity index not more than five(5)when tested per ASTM D4318. The material finer than 0.02 mm shall be limited to a maximum of 3% and the maximum allowable material passing the No. 200 sieve shall be reduced from 0- 8% to 0-5%. Testing per ASTM D422 will be required for the percentage passing the 0.02 mm particle size once per lot. --v FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P208-1 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Requirements for Gradation of Aggregate Base trol Grading Sieve Size Design Range Contractor's Job Final Gradation Tolerances nfor Contrac to Band s Final Percentage by Weight Gradation Percent 2 inch(50 mm) --- 0 1-1/2 inch(38 mm) 100 f5 1 inch(25 mm) 70 - 100 ±8 3/4 inch(19 mm) 55 - 85 +8 No.4(4.75 mm) 30 - 60 t8 No.40(0.45 mm) 10 - 30 ±5 No.200(0.075 mm) 5 - 10 +3 The "Job Control Grading Band Tolerances for Contractor's Final Gradation" in the table shall be applied to "Contractor's Final Gradation"to establish ajobol control grading i gdband.g The full tolerance still applies if application L of the tolerances results in a job control grading g band range. a. Sampling and testing for gradation. The Contractor shall take at least two aggregate base samples per lot \� to check the final gradation. Sampling shall be per ASTM D75. The lot will be consistent with the lot size used for density. The samples shall be taken from the in-place, un-compacted material in the presence of the Engineer. Sampling points and intervals will be designated by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 208-3.1 Operations in pits and quarries. All work involved in clearing and stripping pits and quarries, including .M handling of unsuitable material,shall be performed by the Contractor.All material shall be handled in a manner that shall secure a uniform and satisfactory base product. The base course material shall be obtained from sources that ` have been approved by the Engineer. 6. 208-3.2 Preparing underlying subgrade and/or subbase. The underlying subgrade and/or subbase shall be checked and accepted by the Engineer before base course placing and spreading operations begin. Re-proof rolling — of the subgrade or proof rolling of the subbase in accordance with P-152, at the Contractor's expense, may be required by the Engineer if the Contractor fails to ensure proper drainage or protect the subgrade and/or subbase. L. Any ruts or soft,yielding areas due to improper drainage conditions,hauling, or any other cause, shall be corrected before the base course avement onl aced. To ensure crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way per drainage, the spreading of the base s egin along the lope. centerline of the p ~ 208-3.3 Production. The aggregate shall be uniformly blended and, when at a satisfactory moisture content per paragraph 208-3.5,the approved material may be transported directly to the spreading equipment. 208-3.4 Placing.The aggregate base material shall be placed and spread on the prepared underlying subgrade bgrad interruption.aThe nd/or 6.subbase and compacted in layers to the thickness shown on the plans.Work shall progress material shall be deposited and spread in lanes in a uniform layer without segregation to such loose depth that,when compacted,the layer shall have the specified thickness. The aggregate base course shall be constructed in layers of uniform thickness of not less than 3 inches(75 mm)nor more than 6 inches(150 mm)of compacted thickness. The aggregate as spread shall be of uniform grading with no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The aggregate,unless P208-2 Waterloo Regional Airport L. FAA AMP r ject#6053 95 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973 BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways L Oft otherwise permitted by the Engineer,shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards(1700 sq m)in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within these limits. Care shall be taken to prevent cutting into the — underlying layer during spreading. No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course. The aggregate base material shall be spread by spreader boxes or other approved devices. This equipment shall have positive thickness controls that spread the aggregate in the required amount to avoid or minimize the need for hand _ manipulation.Dumping from vehicles that require re-handling shall not be permitted.Hauling over the uncompacted base course shall not be permitted. When more than one layer is required,the construction procedure described here shall apply similarly to each layer. 208-3.5 Compaction. Immediately upon completion of the spreading operations, compact each layer of the base course, as specified, with approved compaction equipment. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be Y sufficient to compact the material to the required density. The moisture content of the material during placing operations shall be within ±2 percentage points of the optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D6938 using Procedure A, the direct transmission method, and ASTM D6938 shall be used to determine the moisture content of the material. The machine shall be calibrated per ASTM D6938. 208-3.6 Acceptance sampling and testing for density.Aggregate base course shall be accepted for density on a lot , , basis. A lot will consist of one day's production if it does not exceed 2400 square yards (2000 sq m). A lot will — consist of one-half day's production if a day's production is between 2400 and 4800 square yards (2000 and 4000 sq m). The Engineer shall perform all density tests . b n ' Each lot shall be divided into two equal sublots. One test shall be made for each sublot and shall consist of the "• average of two random locations for density determination. Sampling locations will be determined by the Engineer on a random basis per ASTM D3665. g eer Each lot shall be accepted for density when the field density is at least 100%of the maximum density of laboratory — specimens compacted and tested per ASTM D1557. The in-place field density shall be determined per E ASTM D6938 using Procedure A, .., t direct transmission The machine shall be used to determine the D6938 shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM D6938. If the specified density is not attain d, the entire lot shall be reworked and/or recompacted and two additional random tests made. This procedure shall be followed until the specified density is reached. rr 208-3.7 Surface tolerances. After the course has been compacted, the surface shall portion be tested for smoothness accuracy of grade and crown. Any P n lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified to a depth of at least 3 inches (75 mm), reshaped and recompacted to grade until the required q smoothness and accuracy are obtained and approved by the Engineer. Any deviation in surface tolerances corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The smoothness and accuracy requirements specifiedshall here apply only to the top layer when base course is constructed in more than one layer. e a.Smoothness. The fmished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch(9 mm)when tested with a 12-foot(3.7- m) straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the centerline. The shall be moved straightedge continuously forward at half the length of the 12-foot(3.7-m) straightedge for the full length of each line on a 50- — foot(15-m)grid. b.Accuracy. The grade and crown shall be measured on a 50-foot 15-m grade. ( )grid and shall be within+0 and-1/2 inch(12 mm)of the specified 208-3.8 Thickness control. The thickness of the base course shall be within +0 and -1/2 inch (12 mm) of specified thickness as determined by depth tests taken by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. Tests s the hall be taken at intervals representing no more than 300 square yards(250 sq m) -� by more than 1/2 inch(12 mm),the Contractor shall correct such areas at no additional cost by scarre the ifying is deficient depth h of at least 3 inches (75 mm), adding new material of proper gradation, and the material shall beingblended a depth recompacted to P grade. The Contractor shall replace,at his expense,base material where depth tests have een taken.and a FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P208-3 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways i ture is above 35°F (2°C). en 208-3.9 Protection. Perform construction when the atrictempera method against detrimental e fe is the f temperature falls below 35°F (2°C),protect all completedareas by approved ed freezing. Correct completed areas damaged by freezing, ema materials ora when the or er weather underlyingccourlse conditions frozen or wet,the requirements. When the aggregates contain frozen �"" construction shall be stopped. Hauling equipment may be routed over completed portions of the base course, provided no damage results. Equipment shallalled over the ll leted ordpart ally cof the ompleted base course whenase course to avoid rutting or the k , in uneven compaction. The Engineer will stophaulingover comp the Engineer's opinion, such hauling is causing damage. Any damage to the base course shall be repaired by Contractor at the Contractor's expense. 208-3.10 Maintenance. The Contractor shall ln The surface shall be the base course in a tsfactory condition kept clean and free until the foreignu 1.... pavement section is completed and accepted by theEngineer. defects and shall be material and properly drained at all times. Maintenance shall include lcours immediatea not paved over prior to the of repeated as often as necessary to keep the area intact. Any area onsetf baseo winter shall be retested toh l be eworked still rep aced as necessarylies with the tolrements of this comply with this specification. Any course that is damaged shall be _ Equipment used in the construction of an adjoining section may be routed over completed base e course, se,if no damage results and the equipment is routed over the full width of the base course to avoid rutting L THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SURVEY AND GRADE HUBS FROM THE BASE i COURSES PRIOR TO PLACING ANY BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE. 1..., METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 208-4.1 The quantity of aggregate base course shall be measured by the ted and number ept d by the asas c cubic yards (cubic meters) of material actually u with the plans and specifications. Base materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. ` BASIS OF PAYMENT cubic yard 208-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per ..... cubic meter) for aggregate base course. This price shall be fullcosmand f000n all labor,furnishing haeqng all matools for all operations, hauling, placing, and and ( lacin and compacting of these materials, incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: cubic yard (cubic Item P-208-5.1 Aggregate Base Course - perms_ _ meter) TESTING REQUIREMENTS �""' ASTM C29 Standard Test Method for Bulk Density("Unit Weight")and Voids in Aggregate Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or ASTM C88 Magnesium Sulfate Sieve in Mineral _, ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75-um (No. 200) Aggregates by Washing b ASTM C131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregatey _ Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine ASTM C 136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates ASTM D422 Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils P208-4 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AMP Project #6053 9 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Item P-401 Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA) Pavements DESCRIPTION 401-1.1 This item shall consist of pavement courses composed of mineral a ggrega(asphalt binder) mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared curse and accordaaltnce meat bth se specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown on the plans. Each course shall be constructed to the depth,typical section, and elevation required by the plans and shall beh these finished,and approved before the placement of the next course. rolled, MATERIALS 401-2.1 Aggregate.Aggregates shall consist of crushed stone,crushed gravel, crushed slag, screenings, natural sand and mineral filler, as required. The aggregates should be free of ferrous sulfides, such as pyrite, that would cause "rust" staining that can bleed through pavement markings. The portion retained on the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve is coarse aggregate. The portion passing the No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve and retained on the No. 200 (0.075 mm) sieve is fine aggregate,and the portion passing the No.200(0.075 mm)sieve is mineral filler. ,. a. Coarse aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall consist of sound, tough, durable particles, free from films of matter that would prevent thorough coating and bonding with the bituminous material and free from organic matter and other deleterious substances. The percentage of wear shall not be greater than 40% when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. The sodium sulfate soundness loss shall not exceed 12%, or the magnesium sulfate soundness "'` loss shall not exceed 18%, after five cycles, when tested in accordance with ASTM C88. Clay lumps and friable particles shall not exceed 1.0%when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. Aggregate shall contain at least 75 percent by weight of individual pieces having two or more fractured faces and 85 percent by weight having at least one fractured face. The area of each face shall be equal to at least 75%of the smallest midsectional area of the piece. When two fractured faces are contiguous, the angle between of fractures shall be at least 30 degrees to count as two fractured faces. Fractured faces shallbe achieved y crushing. b Y The aggregate shall not contain more than a total of 8%, by weight, flat particles, elongated particles ,, and flat and elongated particles, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4791 with a value of 5:1. & when • o ,ter b lt • ..., Slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and shall have a compacted weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot(1.12 mg/cubic meter)when tested in accordance with ASTM C29. b. Fine aggregate. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, sound, tough, ..* produced by crushing stone, slag, or gravel that meets the requirements for wr and soundness specified shaped or coarse aggregate. The aggregate particles shall be free from coatings of clay,silt,or other objectionable matter. coarse The fine aggregate, including any blended material for the fine a ggrege, have a plastic more than six(6)and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordancehall w with ASTM D4318 index of not The soundness loss shall not exceed 10%when sodium sulfate is used or 15%when magnesium sulfate after five cycles,when tested per ASTM C88. is used, Clay lumps and friable particles shall not exceed 1.0%, by weight, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 142. Natural (non-manufactured) sand may be used to obtain the gradation of the aggregate "' workability of the mix. The amount of sand to be added will be adjusted to pr mixturesdce or co improve theo requirements of this specification. The fine aggregatemor conforming 1 % natural sand by shall not contain more than 150 weight of total aggregates. If used,the natural sand shall meet the requirements I II FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P401-1 ,.� Waterloo Regional Airport unway 12/30 t Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway12/30,Runway a3 18 6nand Taxiways I ftm of ASTM D1 073 and shall have a plasticity index of not more than six (6) and a liquid limit of not more than 25 ..... when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. The aggregate shall have sand equivalent values of 4 5 or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D2419. c.Sampling.ASTM D75 shall be used in sampling coarse and fine aggregate,and ASTM C183 shall be used in sampling mineral filler. 401-2.2 Mineral filler.If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shall meet the Ammorequirements of ASTM D242. 401-2.3 Bituminous material. Asphalt cement binder shall ll cone of form to ASTM d he m637ix de3 erfn mane ttGrade (PG) 6 4-2 8.A certificate of compliance from the manufacturerade certification for the asphalt binder shall be The supplier's certified test report with test data indicating gr provided to the Engineer for each load at the time of shalldelivery alsoto the mix be provided tot. A the certified test report with test modification of ;� ta binder indicating grade certification for the asphalt asphalt binder after deliveryto the mix plant and before use in the HMA. the 401-2.4 Preliminary material acceptance.Prior to delivery y of materials to the job site,the Contractor shall submit ials: — certified test reports to the Engineer for the following a.Coarse aggregate: (1)Percent of wear ` (2)Soundness (3)Clay lumps and friable particles (4)Percent fractured faces (5)Flat and elongated particles (6) Unit weight of slag b.Fine aggregate: Imr (1)Liquid limit and Plasticity index (2)Soundness (3)Clay lumps and friable particles (4)Percent natural sand (5)Sand equivalent c.Mineral filler. As halt binder. Test results for asphalt binder shall include temperature/viscosity charts for mixing and L d. p compaction temperatures. The certifications shall show the appropriate ASTM tests for each material, the test results,and a statement that the material meets the specification requirement. �. The Engineer may request samples for testing, pror to and during production, to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. agent or additive if required shall be heat stable, shall not change L. 401-2.5 Anti-stripping agent. Any anti-stripping g the asphalt cement viscosity beyond specificationand shall contain shall b a material approvedingredients,by theall be added in Department of recommended proportion by approved method, Transportation of the State in which the project is located. ` COMPOSITION 401-3.1 Composition of mixture. The HMA mix shall be composed of a mixture of well-graded aggregate, filler L..and anti-strip agent if required, and asphalt binder. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, handled in Waterloo Regional Airport 6,-.P401-2 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways f I. separate size groups, and combined in such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading the job mix formula(JMF). 401-3.2 Job mix formula (JMF)• No hot-mixedgr g requirements of en approved in asphalt (HMA) for payment shall be produced until a JMF has bewriting by the Engineer. The asphalt mix-design and JMF shall be prepared by an accredited laboratory that meets the requirements of paragraph 401-3.4. The HMA contained in Asphalt Institute MS-2dited shall bet designed using procedures prepared at Mix Design Manual, 7th Edition. be mpactor in various asphalt contents and Samples shall accordance with ASTM D6925, compacted using the gyratory coTensile strength ratio (TSR) of the composite mixture, as determined by ASTM D4867, shall when tested at a saturation of 70-80%or an anti-stripping a TSR of not less than 75 when tested at a saturation of 70-80%.If an anti-strip agent is re u not be less than 75 agent shall be added to the HMA,as necessary, by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, to produce i required,it shall be provided The JMF shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor at least 14 days prior to the start of JMF shall be developed within the same construction season using aggregates currently The submitted JMF shall be stamped or sealed by the responsible paving operations. The .r being produced. include the following items as a minimum: a. professional Engineer of the laboratory and shall and pe Percebynt weight passing each ch sieve size ee or total the bined eachingradation, individual gradation of all a b mix formula. b.Percent of asphalt cement. J aggregate stockpiles c.Asphalt performance grade and type of modifier if used. d. Number of gyrations. e.Laboratory mixing temperature. f.Laboratory compaction temperature. g. Temperature-viscosity relationship of the PG asphalt cement binder showingacceptable compation temperatures; and for modified binders include supplier recommended temperatures.action e ept mixing and of oming andn compaction h.Plot of the combined gradation on a 0.45 power gradation curve. .... i. Graphical plots of air voids, weight versus asphalt content. voids in the aggregate,ggregate, and unit j. Specific Gravity and absorption of each aggregate. ... k.Percent natural sand. 1.Percent fractured faces. m.Percent by weight of flat particles,elongated particles,and flat and elongated particles(and criteria). n. Tensile Strength Ratio(TSR). o.Anti-strip agent(if required). p.Datethe JMF was developed. Mix designs that are not dated or which are from a rior c shall not be accepted. P onstruction season • . The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the results of verification testing the optimumt asphalt content. The average of the results this testingthreeof shall indicate(3)asphalt samples withrtherJ at F requirements specified in Tables 1 and 3. conformance the JMF When the project requires asphalt mixtures of differinga verification testing shall be submitted for each mix. g�a ate gradations, a separate JMF and the results of JMF g 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P401-3 •. Waterloo Regional Airport Pavement Marking Runwayu12/30, 318/360 nt Joint iw ys Runwayand Taxiways the Should a — in writing by Engineer.the Th J for each es mixtureter shallb be in effect until a modificate ion is approvedapproved bytheby the Engineer and a s has change in sources of materials be is After the initialproduct on JMF withinitted 15 been approved approval of the new ora — for whatever reason,the subsequent cost of the Engineer's in writing before the new material is used. given or considerations for extra w or modified J is requiredre paving modified JMF will be borne by the Contractor. There will be no time extension avin due to the time needed for costs associated with the stoppage of production paving or restart of p — licable to the project shall meet the the Engineer to approve the initial,new or modified JMF. The Gyratory Design Criteria app criteria specified in Table 1. Table 1.Gyratory Compaction Criteria Test Property Mill111111111111 Number of compactor gyrations Air voids(%) Percent voids in mineral See Table 2 aggregate,minimum Table 2.Minimum Percent Voids In Mineral Aggregate(VMA) CM11111 — Aggregate(See Table 3) 16`)/0Gradation 3 Gradation 2 15% Gradation 1 14% composition by weight, as determined by laboratory Thev mineral onto mte shall of such e that the percentage the gradationbe or gradations specified in Table 3 when tested in accordance with ASTM C136 sieves,will conform to re ate for use from the and ASTM C117. The gradationscoarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high in Table 3 represent the limits that shall determine the suitability o agg flow sources of supply;be well graded from limit on the adjacent sieve,or vice versa. re ate-HMA Pavements Table 3.Aggregate g Percentage by Weight Passing Sieve (Gradation 3) — MISIMIIII 3/4 inch( 1111111111111111111111.1... 19 mm) 100 79-99 3/8 inch(9 mm) -78 No.4(4.75 mm) 58 58- 8 No. 8(2.36 mm) 39646 1 - 9 — 46 No. 16(1.18 m 2 . m) No.30(0.60 mm) 12- 5 No. 50(0.30 mm) 4 — No. 100(0.15 mm) _ Waterloo Regional Airport P401-4 Runway 12/30 Pavement AECFAA AMP Project 0094 045 18/36m and JointT Repairwayr AECOM Project#60537973 BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway _ Percentage by Weight Passing Sieve (Gradation 3) No. 200(0.075 mm) 3-6 Asphalt Percent: Stone or gravel 5.5-8.0 Slag 7.0-10.5 The aggregate gradations shown are based on aggregates of uniform specific gravity. The percentages passing the various sieves shall be corrected when aggregates of varying specific gravities are used, as indicated in the Asphalt Institute MS-2 Mix Design Manual, 7th Edition. 401-3.3 Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP). b b Si-T_-444-y'tYie- D2I72 b �var'z'cir 1nt 2 +r rn 2 , RAP shall not be used. fig -} 401-3.4 Job mix formula (JMF) laboratory. The Contractor's Laboratory used to develop the JMF shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM D3666. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for developing the JMF must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction. 401-3.5 Test section. • • -cxic > , 0 a b • 1443 aft#'94 • 1-ftit. FAA A1P#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P401-5 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway Pavement Marking Runway12/30,Runway0a18/36 and Taxiways . b . • A test . � � o, section is not required. _ CONSTRUCTION METHODS of 401-4.1 Weather limitations. The HMA shall nin°t be Tab el 4.ed upon a wet The temperature ce or when the surce requirements may be waivedabyethe "' the underlying course is less than specified Engineer,if requested;however,all other requirements including compaction shall be met. Table 4.Surface Temperature Limitations of Underlying Course Base Temperature(Minimum) Mat Thickness of °C 4 3 inches(7.5 cm)or greater 40 — Greater than 2 inches(50 mm) 45 7 but less than 3 inches(7.5 cm) 401-4.2 HMA plant. Plants used for the preparation of A shall M156owith o t the owing requirements f American ft.. Association of State Highway and Transportation Requirements for all plants include: ...- a. Truck scales. The HMA shall be weighed on approved scales furnished by the Contractor, or on certified e scales at the Contractor'sraccuracy. .Spense. Scales shall cales shall conform to the inspected equirments of he Gen al Provisinons subsection necessary to assure their accuracy. Sc `"' 90-01. use of an electronic A In lieu of scales, and as approved by the automatic E ,thatlw weighs the totalHMA production andt may be determined by eas often thereafter as weighing system equipped with an au printer `' requested by the Engineer. b.Testing facilities.The Contractor shall and equipment so that facilities both testing representatives ant for the use(Engineer'sf and Engineer. The lab shall have sufficient spaceq `•' Contractor's)pmen can er operate calibrations,efft current y. The lrefe reference standards toab shall meet the u comply with the specificationsirements of ASTM and a masonry saw equipment,materials, avement cores and samples. with diamond blade for trimming p The plant testing laboratory shall have a floor space area of not less than 200 square feet (18.5 sq m), with a ceiling height of not less than 7-1/2 feet (2 m). The laboratory shall be weather tight, sufficiently heated in cold weather, air-conditioned in hot weather to maintain temperatures for testing purposes of 70°F+5°Fft(2� one of rts Thete to plant oftestinge laboratoryrucks being ll be loaded located ith the plantlant m xstmater alsV Ine an addition,stheted view,facility shall include the windows, of the trucks minimum: P401-6 Waterloo Regional Airport +� FAA AIP#3 19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways (1)Adequate artificial lighting. (2) Electrical outlets sufficient in number and capacity for operating the required testing equipment and drying samples. (3)A minimum of two (2) Underwriter's Laboratories approved fire extinguishers of the appropriate types and class. (4)Work benches for testing. (5)Desk with chairs and file cabinet. (6)Sanitary facilities convenient to testing laboratory. (7)Exhaust fan to outside air. (8)Sink with running water. .44 Failure to provide the specified facilities shall be sufficient cause for disapproving HMA plant operations. Laboratory facilities shall be kept clean, and all equipment shall be maintained in proper working condition. The Engineer shall be permitted unrestricted access to inspect the Contractor's laboratory facility and witness quality control activities. The Engineer will advise the Contractor in writing of any noted deficiencies concerning the laboratory facility, equipment, supplies, or testing personnel and procedures. When the deficiencies are serious enough to be adversely affecting the test results,the incorporation of the materials into the work shall be suspended immediately and will not be permitted to resume until the deficiencies are satisfactorily corrected. sobei c. Inspection of plant. The Engineer, or Engineer's authorized representative, shall have access, at all times,to all areas of the plant for checking adequacy of equipment; inspecting operation of the plant: verifying weights, proportions,and material properties;and checking the temperatures maintained in the preparation of the mixtures. 4.4 d. Storage bins and surge bins. The HMA stored in storage and surge bins shall meet the same requirements as HMA loaded directly into trucks and may be permitted under the following conditions: (1)Stored in non-insulated bins for a period of time not to exceed three(3)hours. (2)Stored in insulated bins for a period of time not to exceed eight(8)hours. If the Engineer determines that there is an excessive amount of heat loss, segregation, or oxidation of the HMA due to temporary storage,no temporary storage will be allowed. 401-4.3 Hauling equipment. Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, and smooth metal beds. To prevent the HMA from sticking to the truck beds,the truck beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution, or other material approved by the Engineer. Petroleum products shall not be used for coating truck beds. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather. When necessary, to ensure that the mixture will be delivered to the site at the specified temperature, truck beds shall be insulated or heated and covers shall be securely fastened. 401-4.3.1 Material transfer vehicle (MTV). Material transfer vehicles used to transfer the material from the hauling equipment to the paver, shall use a self- propelled, material transfer vehicle with a swing conveyor that can deliver material to the paver without making contact with the paver. The MTV shall be able to move back and forth between the hauling equipment and the paver providing material transfer to the paver, while allowing the paver to operate at a constant speed. The Material Transfer Vehicle will have remixing and storage capability to prevent physical and thermal segregation. Material transfer vehicles are required. ..� 401-4.4 HMA Pavers. HMA pavers shall be self-propelled with an activated heated screed, capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA that will meet the specified thickness, smoothness, and grade. The paver shall have sufficient power to propel itself and the hauling equipment without adversely affecting the finished surface. The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the HMA uniformly in front of the screed without segregation. The screed shall effectively produce a fmished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving,or gouging the mixture. •w FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P401-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways • If, during construction, it is found that the spreading and finishing equipment in use leaves tracks or indented areas, or produces other blemishes in the pavement that are not satisfactorily corrected by the scheduled operations,the use of such equipment shall be discontinued and satisfactory equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. 401-4.4.1 Automatic grade controls. The HMA paver shall be equipped with a control system capable of automatically maintaining the specified screed elevation. The control system shall be automatically actuated from either a reference line and/or through a system of mechanical sensors or sensor-directed mechanisms or devices that will maintain the paver screed at a predetermined transverse slope and at the proper elevation to obtain the required surface.The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within±0.1%. The controls shall be capable of working in conjunction with any of the following attachments: - a. Ski-type device of not less than 30 feet(9 m)in length. �- b. Taut string-line(wire)set to grade. c. Short ski or shoe. ... d.Laser control. 401-4.5 Rollers. Rollers of the vibratory,steel wheel, and pneumatic-tired type shall be used. They shall be in good condition,capable of operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the HMA. The number,type,and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the HMA to the required density while it is still in a workable condition. All rollers shall be specifically designed and suitable for compacting HMA concrete and shall be properly used. Rollers that impair the stability of any layer of a pavement structure or underlying soils shall not be used. Depressions in pavement surfaces caused by rollers shall be repaired by the Contractor at their own expense. • The use of equipment that causes crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. 401-4.6.Density device. The Contractor shall have on site a density gauge during all paving operations in order to assist in the determination of the optimum rolling pattern, type of roller and frequencies, as well as to monitor the effect of the rolling operations during production paving. The Contractor shall also supply a qualified technician during all paving operations to calibrate the gauge and obtain accurate density readings for all new HMA. These densities shall be supplied to the Engineer upon request at any time during construction.No separate payment will be made for supplying the density gauge and technician. 401-4.7 Preparation of asphalt binder. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local overheating and provide a continuous supply of the asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform temperature. The temperature of unmodified asphalt binder delivered to the mixer shall be sufficient to provide a suitable viscosity for adequate coating of the aggregate particles, but shall not exceed 325°F (160°C)when added to the aggregate. The temperature of modified asphalt binder shall be no more than 350°F(175°C)when added to the aggregate. 401-4.8 Preparation of mineral aggregate. The aggregate for the HMA shall be heated and dried. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no damage occurs to the aggregates. The temperature of the aggregate and mineral filler shall not exceed 350°F (175°C)when the asphalt binder is added. Particular care shall be taken that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating. The temperature shall not be lower than is required to obtain complete coating and uniform distribution on the aggregate particles and to provide a mixture of satisfactory workability. 401-4.9 Preparation of HMA. The aggregates and the asphalt binder shall be weighed or metered and introduced into the mixer in the amount specified by the JMF. The combined materials shall be mixed until the aggregate obtains a uniform coating of asphalt binder and is thoroughly distributed throughout the mixture. Wet mixing time shall be the shortest time that will produce a satisfactory mixture,but not less than 25 seconds for batch plants.The wet mixing time for all plants shall be established by the Contractor, based on the procedure for determining the percentage of coated particles described in ASTM D2489, for each individual plant and for each type of aggregate used. The wet mixing time will be set to achieve 95%of coated particles. For continuous mix plants,the minimum mixing time shall be determined by dividing the weight of its contents at operating level by the weight of the mixture delivered per second by the mixer.The moisture content of all HMA upon discharge shall not exceed 0.5%. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P401-8 Waterloo Regional Airport .' AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways L 401-4.10 Preparation of the underlying surface. Immediately before placing the HMA, the underlying course shall be cleaned of all dust and debris. A -' -r ��ktack coat shall be applied in accordance with Item {����32}{a.�d-}P-603, if shown on the plans. 401-4.11 Laydown plan,transporting,placing, and finishing. Prior to the placement of the HMA,the Contractor shall prepare a laydown plan for approval by the Engineer. This is to minimize the number of cold joints pavement. The laydown plan shall include the sequence of paving laydown by stations, width of lanes, ramp locations, and laydown temperature. The laydown plan shall also include estimatedcompletion in for each portion of the work(that is, milling, temporary paving, rolling, cooling, etc.). Modifications to the time down pla shall be approved thef work The HMA shall be transported from the mixing plant to the site in vehicles conforming to the requirements paragraph 401-4.3.Deliveries shall be scheduled so that placing and compacting of HMA is uniform with minimum stopping and starting of the paver.Hauling over freshly placed material shall not be permitted until the material has been compacted,as specified,and allowed to cool to atmospheric temperature. The Contractor shall use a material transfer vehicle to deliver HMA to the paver. The alignment and elevation of the paver shall be regulated from outside reference lines established for this purpose usose for the first lift of all runway and taxiway pavements. Successive lifts of HMA surface course may be placed using a ski, or laser control per paragraph 401-4.4.1, provided grades of the first lift of HMA surface course meet the tolerances of paragraphs 401-5.2b(6) as verified by a survey. Contractor shall survey each lift of HMA surface course and certify to Engineer that every lot of each lift meets the grade tolerances of paragraph 401-5.2b(6)before the next lift can be placed. rnA The initial placement and compaction of the HMA shall occur at a temperature suitable for obtaining density, surface smoothness,and other specified requirements but not less than 250°F(121°C). Edges of existing HMA pavement abutting the new work shall be saw cut and carefully removed as shown on the drawings and coated with asphalt tack coat before new material is placed against it. Upon arrival,the HMA shall be placed to the full width by a HMA paver. It shall be struck off in a uniform layer such depth that, when the work is completed, it shall have the required thickness and conform to the y of contour indicated. The speed of the paver shall be regulated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the HMA mat.Unless otherwise permitted,placement of the HMA shall begin along the centerline of a crowned section or on the high and of areas with a one-way slope. The HMA shall be placed in consecutive adjacent strips having a minimum wid side 'I' 12.5 feet(m)except where edge lanes require less width to complete the area. Additional screed sections shallwidth of attached to widen paver to meet the minimum lane width requirements specified above unless additional auger sections are added to match. The longitudinal joint in one course shall offset the longitudinal joint in the course immediately below by at least 1 foot(30 cm); however, the joint in the surface top course shall be at the centerline of crowned pavements. Transverse joints in one course shall be offset by at least 10 feet(3 m)from transverse joints in the previous course. Transverse joints in adjacent lanes shall be offset a minimum of 10 feet(3 m). On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical,the HMA may be spread and luted by hand tools. -- Areas of segregation in the surface course, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. The area shall be removed by saw cutting and milling a minimum of 2 inches (50 inm)deep. The area to be removed and replaced shall be a minimum width of the paver and a minimum of 10 feet(3 m)long. -w 401-4.12 Compaction of HMA. After placing, the HMA shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted by wer rollers. The surface shall be compacted as soon as possible when the HMA has attained sufficient stability so that the rolling does not cause undue displacement, cracking or shoving. The sequence of rolling operations and the e of rollers used shall be at the discretion of the Contractor. The speed of the roller shall, at all times, be sufficiently .rn, slow to avoid displacement of the hot mixture and be effective in compaction. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing the direction of the roller,or from any other cause,shall be corrected at once. .y FAA A1P#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P401-9 Waterloo Regional Airport Pavement Marking Runway12/30,Runwaya18/36nand Taxiways f ant. ue of a n Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the output othepl field Rolling ysishalllbcontin To until the surface is of 1...uniform texture,true to grade and cross-section, and therequired the HMA to the roller,the wheels shall be equipped with a scraper and kept properly moistened but excessive water will not be permitted. In areas not accessible to the roller,the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with approved power driven tampers. pounds(125 kg),have a tamping plate width not less than 15 inches(38 cm), i Tampers at notl weigh thant less than 275 io equipped plate wetting be rated less 4,200 vibrations per minute,and be suitablya ui ed with a standard tamping device. g waydefective shall e and broken,mixed with dirt, contains be removed and replaced Any HMA that becomes with fresh hot mixture and immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. This work shall be done at the Contractor's expense.Skin patching shall not be allowe ure a continuous bond between the courses Joints.The formation of all joints shall shall have the same texture asade in such a manner as to sother sections of the course and the courses and obtain the required density. joints meet the requirements for smoothness and grade. __ The roller shall not pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid HMA except when necessary to form a -- transverse joint. When necessary to form a transverse joint, it shall be made by means of placing a bulkhead or by to expose a .. to its full epth d h on a straight tapering the prior The tapered ed adjacentedge shall be cut lane. In both methods all contact surfaces shall be coated with an asphalt _ vertical face prior to placing the HMA against the joint. tack coat before placing any �' Longitudinal joints which have been left exposed for more than four(4)hours;the surface temperature has cooled to less than 175°F(80°C); or are irregular,damaged,uncompacted or otherwise defective shall be cut back 3 inches (75 mm)to 6 inches(150 mm)to expose a clean,sound,uniform vertical surface for the full depth of the course.All cutback material shall be removed from the project. Asphalt tack coat or other product approved by the Engineer P shall be applied to the clean, dry joint, prior to placing any additional fresh HMA against the joint. Any laitance produced from cutting joints shall be removed by vacuuming and washing. The cost of this work shall be considered incidental to the cost of the HMA. 1.. 1. 401-4.14 Saw-cut grooving.If shown on the plans,saw cut grooves shall be provided as specified w Item saw blades 401-4.15 Diamond grinding. When required, diamond grinding shall be accomplished by sawing on a L impregnated with industrial diamond abrasive.r desaw that ades willphoduce theall be embled in a required textutteng and smoothnessad levelf 55 machine designed specifically for diamond grinding wide and there shall be a minimum without damage to the pavement.The saw blades shall be 1/8-inch(3-mm) L of cuttinghead width;the actual number of blades will be determined at east he Contractortoe 60 blades per e2 inches the mm) Each machine shall be capable of cutting a p and depend on hardness of the aggregate. ells or disturbance to the pavement will not feet(0.9 m)wide.Equipment that causes ravels, aggregate fractures,spalls shall not exceed 1/2 inch(13mm) and all areas in which diamond grinding has i been performed willll be permitted. The depth g bee subject to the final pavement thickness tolerancesdn sp�eas dthatrinding have been l be will all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. to seal a been ground to avoid sealed with a P-608 surface treatment as directed by the Engineer.It may be necessary surface treatment creating any conflict with runway or taxiway markings. 6. 401-4.16 Nighttime paving requirements. Paving during nighttime construction shall require the tonrg or his a. All paving mheswthlartifc al distribution on sufficient to other safelyvehicles compete the work. �. operations shall be equipped b. Minimum illumination level shall be twenty (20) horizontal foot-candles and maintained in the following areas: ' (1)An area of 30 feet(9 m)wide by 30 feet(9 m)long immediately behind the paving machines during the operations of the machines. 30 feet (9 m) long (2) An area 15 feet (4.5 m) wide by immediately in front and back of all rolling equipment,during operation of the equipment. (3) An area 15 feet(4.5 m)wide by 15 feet(4.5 m) long at any point where an area is being tack coated prior to the placement of pavement. Waterloo Regional Airport ` P401-10 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways c. As partial fulfillment of the above requirements, the Contractor shall furnish and use, complete artificial lighting units with a minimum capacity of 3,000 watt electric beam lights, affixed to all equipment in such a way to direct illumination on the area under construction. d. A lighting plan must be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer prior to the start of any nighttime work. MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE • 401-5.1 Acceptance sampling and testing. Unless otherwise specified, all acceptance sampling and testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section will be performed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor except that coring completed and paid for by the Contractor. as required in this section shall be Testing organizations performing these tests ®•x D3666. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accreditinged au honTy'seept—pFecitegr-aph shall be ind website. ASTM -o methods required for acceptance sampling and testing must be listed on the lab accreditation. A All test laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer priorcopy of to start of construction. All equipment in Contractor furnished laboratories shall be calibrated by an independent testingthe organization prior to the start of operations at the Contractor's expense. a. Hot mixed asphalt. Plant-produced HMA shall be tested for air voids ~__ _ be from material deposited into trucks at the plant or from trucks at the job site. Samples shall be Sampshall in accordance with ASTM D979. A standard lot shall be equal to one day's production or 2000 tons (1814 metric tons)whichever is smaller. If the day's production is expected to exceed 2000 tons(1814 metric tons),but less than 4000 tons(3628 metric tons), the lot size shall be 1/2 day's production. If the day's production exceeds 4000 tons (3628 metric tons),the lot size Air shall be an equal sized fraction of the day's production,but shall not exceed 2000 tons(1814 metric tons) . Where more than one plant is simultaneously ) each plant. g HMA for the job,the lot sizes shall apply separately for r (1)Sampling.Each lot will consist of four equal sublots. Sufficient HMA for preparation of test specimens for all testing will be sampled by the Engineer on a random basis, in accordance with the procedures contained in ASTM D3665. Samples will be taken in accordance with ASTM D979. The sample of HMA may be put in a covered metal tin and placed in an oven for not less than 30 minutes nor more than 60 minutes to stabilize to compaction temperature. The compaction temperature of the specimens shall be as specified in the JMF. (2)Testing.Air voids will be determined by the Engineer in accordance with ASTM D3203. One set of laboratory each sublot in accordance with ASTM D69 actedp5 at the number specimens of 11 be prepared for by paragraph 401-3.2, Table 1. Each set of laboratorygyrations requiredn will consist of three test specimens prepared from the same sampled specimens Prior to testing,the bulk specific gravity of each test specimen shall be measured by the Engineer in accordance with .-. AS TM D2726 using the procedure for laboratory-prepared thoroughly dry specimens for use in computing air voids and pavement density. For air voids determination,the theoretical maximum specific gravity of the mixture shall be measured one time for mmy each sublot in accordance with ASTM D2041. The value used in the air voids computation for each sublot shall be based on theoretical maximum specific gravity measurement for the sublot. The stability and flow for each sublot shall be computed by averaging the results of all test specimens representing that sublot. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P401-11 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways (3) Acceptance. Acceptance of plant produced HMA for air voids shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 401-5.2b. b. A andar In-place HMA.HMA placed in the field shall be tested for mate and joint density oisa lot basiser. If the daard r.. lot shall be equal to one days production or 2000 tons (1814 the lotc one ,helot s the of siz production is expected to exceed 2000 tons day's 814 production exceeds 4000 tons(36 ic tons),but less than 28 tons metric tons),metric tons), 4 be I size shall be 1/2 days production. If the y p an equal sized fraction of the days production,but shall not exceed 2000 tonsin (1814 metric 5 la and shall be divided (I)Mat density.The lot size shall be the same as that indicatedparagraph the into four equal sublots. One core of finished, compacted a random shall be taken accordance to with Contractor from each i sublot. Core locations will be determined by the Engineerfrom a transverse or ASTM D3665. Cores for mat density shall not be taken closer than one foot (30 cm) longitudinal joint. a lot of HMA (2)Joint density. The lot sieelosht shall be divided in be the total to four equal h of s hlotinal s�Onets ocorte of finshed, compacted _ as a in paragraph 40e-S.la.Th HMA shall be taken rbyd the Contractor fro each containedoin ASTM D3665. All cores for intd by the density shall ber on a taken �,. random basis in accordance with procedures5 inches centered on the joint.The minimum core diameter for joint density determination r shall be Samples(125wll be taken in (3) Sampling. Samples shall be neatly cut with a diamondSamples that are ,� accordance with ASTM D979.The minimum diameter of the sample s hall be 5 inches(125 mm). ish clearly defective, as a result of sampling, shall be discarded and and filling the cored pother sample aveement e Contractor Cored pavement lshall be all tools,labor, and materials for cutting samples,cleaning, `.. cleaned and core holes shall be filled in a manner cre eablle to the teingineer and within one day after sampling Laitance produced by the coring operation shall be layer. If any of the cores reveal The top most lift of HMA shall be completely bonded to the underlying y ll s delamination.ttak. as that the surface is not bonded to the layer immediately lb surface then additional cores the extent of any shall be taken as directed by the Engineer in accordance withparagraph to the limits and depth and replaced as directed by the delaminated areas shall be completely removed by milling Engineer at no additional cost. by the +- (4) Testing. The bulk specific gravity of each cour cored samplen will be rdance measured h ASTM D979e The accordance with ASTM D27 2 6 r^n c�,�wt>�. Samples percent compaction(density)of each sample will be determined by dividing the bulk specific gravity of each sublot sample by the average bulk specific gravity of all laboratory prepared specimens for the lot, as determined in p to determine the joint density at paragraph 401-5.1a(2). The bulk specific gravityus clue from the two different lots.omts formed between different lots shall be the lowest of the bulk specific gravityed by the Engineer in ,.. (5) Acceptance. Acceptanceo of field placed 401 5.2bHI(1)Acceptanceat sity will be for joint density will be determined by the accordance with the requirements paragraph Engineer in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 401-5.2b(3). _ c.Partial lots - When operational conditions cause alottbe teerminatterdttbefore the overages upecified mber of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer einw will be used to adjust the lot size and tonnage placements to be considered as partial lots,the following procedure the number of tests for the lot. The last batch produced where production is halteddswill b e In sampled, and anits propreedetorties shall lpbe placement r d as s representative of the particular sublot from which ... sampled, and its properties produced, shallce bet considered hall constitutera lot. he e the or two sub sublots are produced,they shall be Where three sublots are and,they shall that s,n=incorporatedo into the next lot, a the total number he end of asphalt production on the projelots shall be used in the ct halltance pbenincluded with the is,n= 5 or n=6,for example.Partial lots at ., previous lot. The lot size for field placed material shall that i correspond n to that of the plant material, except that, in no cases,shall less than three(3)cored samples be 401-5.2 Acceptance criteria. Waterloo Regional Airport �- P401-12 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the HMA and completed pavement as well as the implementation of the Contractor Quality Control Program and test results: (1)Air voids (2)Mat density (3)Joint density --� (4)Thickness (5)Smoothness (6)Grade [(7)Stability Mat density and air voids will be evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 401-5.2b(1). evaluated for acceptance in accordance with paragraph 401-5.2b(3). Joint density will be Thickness will be evaluated by the Engineer for compliance in accordance with paragraph 401- 5.2b(4). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 401-5.2b(5). Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 401-5.2b(7). The Engineer may at any time, reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of HMA which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation, incomplete coating of aggregate, or improper mix temperature. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection or temperature measurements. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer, and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was Air* erroneously rejected,payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b.Acceptance criteria. (1) Mat density and air voids. Acceptance of each lot of plant produced material for mat density and air voids shall be based on the percentage of material within specification limits(PWL). If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90%, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 401-8.1. [(2) Stability [ and`flow ). Acceptance of each lot of plant produced HMA for stability ,± a 4, h. ,l ° ° PWL is less than HMA are made.] (3) Joint density. Acceptance of each lot of plant produced HMA for joint density shall be based on the .-i PWL. If the PWL of the lot is equal to or exceeds 90%, the lot shall be considered acceptable. If the PWL is less than 90%,the Contractor shall evaluate the reason and act accordingly. If the PWL is less than 80%,the Contractor shall cease operations until the reason for poor compaction has been determined. If the PWL is less than 71%,the pay factor for the lot used to complete the joint shall be reduced by five (5)percentage points. This lot pay factor reduction shall be incorporated and evaluated in accordance with paragraph 401-8.1. (4) Thickness. Thickness of each lift of surface course shall be evaluated by the Engineer for compliance to the requirements shown on the plans. Measurements of thickness shall be made by the Engineer using the cores extracted for each sublot for density measurement. The maximum allowable deficiency at any more than 1/4 inch(6 mm)less than the thickness indicated for the lift. Average thickness of liftpor combined lifts, shall not be less than the indicated thickness. Where the thickness tolerances are not met, the lot or sublot shall be ,.� corrected by the Contractor at his expense by removing the deficient area and replacing with new pavement. The Contractor,at his expense,may take additional cores as approved by the Engineer to circumscribe the deficient area. (5)Smoothness. The final surface shall be free from roller marks.After the final rolling, but not later than 24 hours after placement, the surface of each lot shall be tested in both longitudinal and transverse directions for smoothness to reveal all surface irregularities exceeding the tolerances specified. The Contractor shall furnish paving equipment and employ methods that produce a surface for each pavement lot having an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 401-8.1d when evaluated with a profilograph; and the finished surface course of the pavement shall not vary more than 1/4 inch(6mm)when evaluated with a 12-foot(3.7m)straightedge. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P401-13 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 6. When the surface course smoothness exceeds specification tolerances which cannot be corrected by diamond grinding of the surface course,full depth removal and replacement of surface course corrections shall be to the limit of the longitudinal placement. Corrections involving diamond grinding will be subject to the fmal pavement thickness tolerances specified. The Contractor shall apply a surface treatment per Item P-608 or P-609 to all areas `. that have been subject to grinding as directed by the Engineer. (a) Transverse measurements. Transverse measurements will be taken for each lot placed. Transverse measurements will be taken perpendicular to the pavement centerline each 50 feet(15m) or more often as determined by the Engineer. (i) Testing shall be continuous across all joints, starting with one-half the length of the straightedge at the edge of pavement section being tested and then moved ahead one-half the length of the straightedge for each successive measurement. Smoothness readings will not be made across grade changes or cross slope transitions; at these transition areas,the straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade or cross slope transitions. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding(unleveled)straightedge on the pavement surface and allowing it to rest upon the two highest spots .,, covered by its length, and measuring the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. High spots on final surface course > 1/4 inch(6mm) in transverse direction r shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 401-4.15 or by removing and replacing full depth of surface .. course. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10%of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. (ii) The joint between lots shall be tested separately to facilitate smoothness between lots. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding (unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface, with half the straightedge on one side of the joint and the other half of the straightedge on the other side of the joint. Measure the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. One measurement shall be taken at the joint every 50 feet (15m) or more often if directed by the Engineer. Deviations on fmal surface course > 1/4 inch (6mm) in transverse direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 401-4.15 or by removing and replacing full depth of surface course. Each measurement shall be recorded and a copy of the data shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. (b) Longitudinal measurements. Longitudinal measurements will be taken for each lot placed. Longitudinal tests will be parallel to the centerline of paving; at the center of paving lanes when widths of paving lanes are less than 20 feet(6m);and at the third points of paving lanes when widths of paving lanes are 20 ft(6m)or greater. (i)Longitudinal Short Sections. Longitudinal Short Sections are when the longitudinal lot length is less than 200 feet(60m)and areas not requiring a profilograph. When approved by the Engineer,the first and last 15 feet(4.5m)of the lot can also be considered as short sections for smoothness. The finished surface shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6mm) when evaluated with a 12-foot (3.7m) straightedge. Smoothness readings will not be made across grade changes or cross slope transitions; at these transition areas, the straightedge position shall be r. adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade or cross slope transitions. Testing shall be continuous across all joints, starting with one-half the length of the straightedge at the edge of pavement section being tested s and then moved ahead one-half the length of the straightedge for each successive measurement. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding(unleveled)straightedge on the pavement surface and allowing it to rest upon the two highest spots covered by its length, and measuring the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. Deviations on final surface course> 1/4 inch(6mm) in longitudinal direction will be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 401-4.15 ` or by removing and replacing full depth of surface course. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10% of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. 1. (ii) Profilograph Testing. Profilograph testing shall be performed by the contractor using approved equipment and procedures as described as ASTM E1274. The equipment shall utilize electronic recording and automatic computerized reduction of data to indicate "must grind" bumps and the Profile Index for the pavement using a 0.2 inch(5 mm)blanking band. The bump template must span one inch(25 mm)with an offset of r.. 0.4 inches (10 mm). The profilograph must be calibrated prior to use and operated by a factory or State DOT approved operator. Profilograms shall be recorded on a longitudinal scale of one inch(25 mm) equals 25 feet(7.5 ' P401-14 Waterloo Regional Airport ii. FAA AMP r ject#6053 95 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 1 w m) and a vertical scale of one inch (25 mm) equals one inch (25 mm). A copy of the reduced tapes shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. The pavement must have an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 401- 8.1d. High spots, or "must grind" spots, on final surface course in longitudinal direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 401-4.15 or by removing and replacing full depth of surface course. Grinding will -i be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding should not exceed 10%of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding.he area corrected by Where corrections are necessary, �. corrections produced an average profile index of 15 second inche profilograph o8 toc aph runs shall be performed to verify that the index was less than 15 inches(38 cm),only those areas representing) pear er mile thanor less. If(10 the initial average profile re-profiled for correction verification. greater 0.4 inch(10 mm)deviation will be "' (iii)Final profilograph of runway. Final profilograph, full length of runway, shall be performed to facilitate testing of smoothness between lots. Profilograph testing shall be performed by the contractor using approved equipment and procedures as described as ASTM E1274.The pavement must have an average profile ..14 index meeting the requirements of paragraph 401-8.1d. The equipment shall utilize electronic recording and automatic computerized reduction of data to indicate "must grind" bumps and the Profile Index for the pavement using a 0.2 inch (5 mm) blanking band. The bump template must span one inch (25 mm) with an offset of 0.4 inches(10 mm). The profilograph must be calibrated prior to use and operated by a factory or State DOT approved, trained operator. Profilograms shall be recorded on a longitudinal scale of one inch(25 mm)equals 25 feet(7.5 m) and a vertical scale of one inch(25 mm)equals one inch(25 mm). A copy be to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. Profilograph of final runway shall be performed onelfoot rightshed and left of runway centerline and 15 feet(4.5 m)right and left of centerline. Any areas that indicate"must grind"will `� be corrected as directed by the Engineer. I Smoothness testing indicated in the above paragraphs except paragraph (iii) shall be performed within 24 hours of placement of material. Smoothness testing indicated in paragraph(iii)shall be performed within 48 hours of paving completion. The primary ry purpose of smoothness testing is to identify areas that may be prone to ponding of water which could lead to hydroplaning of aircraft. If the contractor's machines and/or methods are producing significant areas that need corrective actions then production should be stopped until corrective measures can be implemented. ..j If corrective measures are not implemented and when directed by the Engineer, production shall be stopped until corrective measures can be implemented. (6)Grade. Grade shall be evaluated on the first day of placement and then as a minimum, every 5 0 feet .•r to allow adjustments to paving operations if measurements do not meet specification requirements. The Contractor must submit the survey data to the Engineer by the following day after measurements have been taken. The finished surface of the pavement shall not vary from the gradeline elevations and cross-sections shown on the plans by more than 1/2 inch(12 mm). The finished grade of each lot will be determined by running levels at intervals of 50 feet(15 ...0 m) or less longitudinally and all breaks in grade transversely (not to exceed 50 feet (15 m)) to determine the elevation of the completed pavement. The Contractor shall pay the cost of surveying of the level runs that shall be performed by a licensed surveyor. The documentation,stamped and signed by a licensed surveyor, shall be provided ..., by the Contractor to the Engineer. The lot size shall be 2, 0 0 0 square yards (m2). When more than 15% of all the measurements within a lot are outside the specified tolerance, or if any one shot within the lot deviates 3/4 inch(19 mm)or more from planned grade,the Contractor shall remove the deficient area to the depth of the final course plus 1/2 inch (12 mm) of pavement and replace with new material. Skin patching shall not be permitted. Isolated high points may be ground off provided the course thickness complies with the thickness specified on the plans. The surface of the ground pavement shall have a texture consisting of grooves between 0.090 3.5 mm)wide. The peaks and ridges shall be approximately 1/32 inch(1 mm)higher than hend bottom of thegrooves.and The pavement shall be left in a clean condition. The removal of all of the slurry resulting from the grinding operation shall be continuous The grinding operation should be controlled so the residue from the operation does not flow across other lanes of pavement. High point grinding will be limited to 15 square yards (12.5 m2 excess of 15 squareyards 12. m2) Areas i ( 5 will require removal and replacement of the pavement in accordance with the limitations noted above. The Contractor shall apply a surface treatment per P-608 to all areas that have been subject to grinding. I FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P401-I5 Waterloo Regional Airport "` Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair 1 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways c. Percentage of material within specification limits (PWL). The PWL shall be determined in ,. accordance with procedures specified in Section 110 of the General Provisions. The specification tolerance limits(L)for lower and(U)for upper are contained in Table 5. Table 5.Gyratory Acceptance Limits For Air Voids,Density TEST PROPERTY Specification Tolerance ` L U Air Voids Total Mix(%) 2 5 6. Mat Density(%) 96.3 101.3 Joint Density(%) 93.3 - d. Outliers. All individual tests for mat density and air voids shall be checked for outliers (test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E178, at a significance level of 5%. Outliers shall be discarded, and the PWL shall be 6. determined using the remaining test values. The criteria in Table 5 is based on production processes which have a variability with the following standard deviations: Surface Course Mat Density (%), 1.30; Base Course Mat Density(%), 1.55; Joint Density(%),2.1. 6. The Contractor should note that(1) 90 PWL is achieved when consistently producing a surface course with an average mat density of at least 98% with 1.30% or less variability, (2) 90 PWL is achieved when consistently producing a base course with an average mat density with anleast 97.5% with 1.55%average joint density of atrleast 96%less awith 2.1°lity, �or lesOs \�- PWL is achieved when consistently producing variability. 401-5.3 Resampling pavement for mat density. *.. a. General. Resampling of a lot of pavement will only be allowed for mat density, and then, only if the Contractor requests same, in writing, within 48 hours after receiving the written test results from the Engineer. A retest will consist of all the sampling and testing procedures contained in paragraphs 401-5.lb and 4e1e5.2b(1). i.. Only one resampling per lot will be permitted. (1) A redefined PWL shall be calculated for the resampled lot. The number of tests used to calculate the redefined PWL shall include the initial tests made for that lot plus the retests. 66 (2)The cost for resampling and retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. b.Payment for resampled lots. The redefined PWL for a resampled lot shall be used to calculate the payment for that lot in accordance with Table 6. c.Outliers.Check for outliers in accordance with ASTM E178, at a significance level of 5%. - b b e. • for air voids 1 and 401 5.2b(2) for st • low CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL ce with Section 100 of the 4 General General.ioThe or shall address all eelp a ements thaality t affect the uality of tol Program in he pavementincluding,but not General Provisions. The program shall limited to: r P401-16 Waterloo Regional Airport FAA AMP Project #6053 95 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways t a.Mix Design b.Aggregate Grading c.Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management e.Proportioning f.Mixing and Transportation g.Placing and Finishing ... h.Joints i.Compaction j. Surface Smoothness -~ k.Personnel 1.Laydown Plan The Contractor shall perform quality control sampling, testing, and inspection during all phases of the work and shall perform them at a rate sufficient to ensure that the work conforms to the contract requirements, and at minimum test frequencies required by paragraph 401-6.3 and Section 100 of the General Provisions.As a part of the process for approving the Contractor's plan,the Engineer may require the Contractor's technician to perform testing of samples to demonstrate an acceptable level of performance. No partial payment will be made for materials that are subject to specific quality control requirements without an approved plan. 401-6.2 Contractor testing laboratory. The lab shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3666 including all necessary equipment,materials,and current reference standards to comply with the specifications. 401-6.3 Quality control testing. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to these specifications and as set forth in the approved Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include,but not necessarily be limited to,tests for the control of asphalt content, aggregate gradation, temperatures, aggregate moisture, field compaction, and surface smoothness. A ...4 Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. a. Asphalt content. A minimum of two asphalt content tests shall be performed per lot in accordance with ASTM D6307 or ASTM D2172 if the correction factor in ASTM D6307 is greater than 1.0. The asphalt content for the lot will be determined by averaging the test results. b. Gradation. Aggregate gradations shall be determined a minimum of twice per lot from mechanical analysis of extracted aggregate in accordance with ASTM D5444,ASTM C 136,and ASTM C 117. c.Moisture content of aggregate. The moisture content of aggregate used for production shall be determined a minimum of once per lot in accordance with ASTM C566. d. Moisture content of HMA. The moisture content shall be determined once per lot in accordance with ASTM D1461 or AASHTO T329. e. Temperatures. Temperatures shall be checked,at least four times per lot,at necessary locations to determine the temperatures of the dryer, the asphalt binder in the storage tank, the HMA at the plant, and the HMA at the job site. f.In-place density monitoring. The Contractor shall conduct any necessary testing to ensure that the specified ...y density is being achieved.A nuclear gauge may be used to monitor the pavement density in accordance with ASTM D2950. g. Additional Testing. Any additional testing that the Contractor deems necessary to control the process may 1.4 be performed at the Contractor's option. h.Monitoring.The Engineer reserves the right to monitor any or all of the above testing. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P401-17 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Waterloo Regional Airport Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair 1 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 6. 401-6.4 Sampling. When directed by the Engineer,the Contractor shall sample and test any material that appears inconsistent with similar material being sampled, unless such material is voluntarily removed and replaced or deficiencies corrected by the Contractor.All sampling shall be in accordance with standard procedures specified. 401-6.5 Control charts. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and ti.. range (that is, difference between highest and lowest measurements) for aggregate gradation, asphalt content, and VMA.The VMA for each sublot will be calculated and monitored by the Quality Control laboratory. e kept s a minimum,the Iwo Control charts shall i be posted inrojectnumberion ,the contract em Engineer numbe,the shall t st number,current. ach test parameter,the control charts shall identify the p Action and Suspension Limits applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's nactor's test results. The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems s and dm assignable e causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action, the Engineer may suspend production or acceptance of the material. .• a. Individual measurements. Control charts for individual measurements shall be established to maintain process control within tolerance for aggregate gradation,asphalt content,and VMA.The control charts shall use the job mix formula target values as indicators of central tendency for the following test parameters with associated ... Action and Suspension Limits: Control Chart Limits For Individual Measurements ` Sieve Action Limit Suspension Limit ±9% 3/4 inch(19 mm) f6% E 1/2 inch(12 mm) ±6% +9% 3/8 inch(9 mm) ±6% +9% ... No.4(4.75 mm) ±6% ±9% No. 16(1.18 mm) ±5% ±7.5% *.. No.50(0.30 mm) ±3% ±4.5% No.200(0.075 mm) +2% +3% Asphalt Content ±0.45% +0.70% `" VMA -1.00% -1.50% b.Range. Control charts for range shall be established to control process variability for the test parameters and is.... Suspension Limits listed below. The range shall be computed for each lot as the difference between the two test results for each control parameter. The Suspension Limits specified below are based on a sample size of n = 2. Should the Contractor elect to perform more than two tests per lot, the Suspension Limits shall be adjusted by multiplying the Suspension Limit by 1.18 for n=3 and by 1.27 for n=4. Control Chart Limits Based On Range (Based On n=2) —Sieve Suspension Limit 1/2 inch(12 mm) 11% ' 3/8 inch(9 mm) 11% No.4(4.75 mm) 11% No. 16(1.18 mm) 9% — No. 50(0.30 mm) 6% No.200(0.075 mm) 3.5% Asphalt Content 0.8% P401-18 Waterloo Regional Airport 4...FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways I -- c. Corrective Action. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of tolerance. The Plan shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control and detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and production stopped and corrective action taken,if: (1)One point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range;or (2)Two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. 401-6.6 Quality control reports. The Contractor shall maintain records and shall submit reports of quality control activities daily, in accordance with the Contractor Quality Control Program described in General Provisions, Section 100. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 401-7.1 Measurement. HMA shall be measured by the number of tons A used in Recorded batch weights or truck scale weights will be used to determine the basis for the tonnage.the accepted work. BASIS OF PAYMENT 401-8.1 Payment.Payment for a lot of HMA meeting all acceptance criteria as specified in paragraph 401-5.2 shall be made based on results of tests for fsm �*i -,7 mat density and air voids. Payment for acceptable lots shall be adjusted according to paragraph 401-8.1 a for mat density and air voids and 401-8.1 c for smoothness, subject to the limitation that: a. The total project payment for plant mix bituminous concrete pavement shall not exceed 100 percent of the product of the contract unit price and the total number of tons (kg) of HMA used in the accepted work(See Note 1 under Table 6). b. The price shall be compensation for furnishing all materials, for all preparation,mixing,and placing of these materials,and for all labor,equipment,tools,and incidentals necessary to complete the item. c. Basis of Adjusted Payment. The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in accordance with Table 6.A pay factor shall be calculated for both mat density and air voids. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both mat density and air voids are 100%or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only one of the calculations for either mat density or air voids is 100%or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both mat density and air voids are less than 100%. If PWL for joint density is less than 71 percent then the lot pay factor shall be reduced by 5%but be no higher than 95%. For each lot accepted,the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot and the .r contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 401-8.1. Payment in excess of 100% for accepted lots of HMA shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of bituminous concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100%. Table 6.Price adjustment scheduler Percentage of material within specification limits(PWL) Lot pay factor(percent of contract unit price) 96—100 106 90-95 75-89 P + 10 0.5 PWL+55 55-74 1.4 PWL— 12 Below 55 Although it is theoretical) Reject 2 y possible to achieve a pay factor of 106%for each lot,actual payment above 100%shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 401-8.1. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P401-19 Waterloo Regional Airport . Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways li 1 t L. 1 a.. 2 Thegilot shall be removedrand replaced.writing r that the lot shaver,the ll neer may decide to allow the rejected lot to notbe removed,it shall be paid for at remain.In that case,if the the contract unit price Engineer and Contractor agree in g and the total project payment shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot. d. Profilograph smoothness. When the final average profilet will be made at the contract index unit price for the action)does not exceed 7 inches per mile(18 cm per 1.6km),payment completed mile If the final a),but not exceed 15dex bsequent to inches per mile(38 cm per 1 6 m),the Contractor may y required corrective action) exceeds 7 inches per mile (18 cm per 1.6 km),but does elect to accept a contract unit price adjustment in lieu of reducing the profile index. e. Basis of adjusted payment for smoothness. 1 ns t ithin a lot of pavement d smoothness will be shall in accordance with Table 7.The adjustment apply to the total tonnage of HMA w 6. be applied with the following equation: ment (Tons of asphalt concrete in lot) x (lot pay factor) x (unit price per ton) x (smoothness pay factor) =pay for lot o Table 7.Profilograph Average Profile Index Smoothness Pay Factor Short o Pay Factor o Inches/miles per 1/10 o Sections 4,...mile 0.0-7 00.0- 15.0 100% 7.1 -9 15.1 - 16 98% 6, 91 - 11 16.1 - 17 96% 111111111111111111111111111 17.1 - 18 94% 1 13.1 - 14 18.1 -20 92% '�' 14.1 - 15 20.1 -22 90% 15.1 and up 22.1 and up Corrective work require& ' The Contractor shall correct pavement areas not meeting these tolerances by removing and replacing the defective work. If the Contractor elects to construct an overlay to correct deficiencies,the minimum thickness of the overlay should be at least three times the maximum aggregate size (approximately four (4) times the nominal maximum aggregate size). The corrective overlay shall not violate grade Criteria and butt joints shall be constructed by sawing and removing the original pavement in compliance with , the thickness/maximum aggregate size ratio. Skin patching shall not be permitted. `, HMA placed above the specified grade shall not be included in the quantities for payment. 401-8.1.1.Payment.Payment will be made under: ,� , i ri Item P-401-8.1.1 Bituminous Surface fBas --per ton(kg) TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C29 Standard Test Method for Bulk Density("Unit Weight")and Voids in Aggregate ASTM C88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75-µm(No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C127 _ . Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity) and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate ¢ U. Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by ASTM C131 Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine P401-20 Waterloo Regional Airport a• FAA AMP r ject#6053 9 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways r i ASTM C136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C 183 Standard Practice for Sampling and the Amount of Testing of Hydraulic Cement r, ASTM C566 Standard Test Method for Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregate by Drying ASTM D75 Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates g ASTM D979 Standard Practice for Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D1073 Standard Specification for Fine Aggregate for Bituminous Paving Mixtures —. ASTM D2172 Standard Test Method for Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D1461 b Standard Test Method for Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Bituminous Paving Mixtures --r ASTM D2041 Standard Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D2419 Standard Test Method for Sand Fine A Equivalent Value of Soils and ASTM D2489 qggregate Standard Practice for Estimating Degree of Particle Coating of Bituminous-Aggregate Mixtures ASTM D2726 Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Non-Absorptive Compacted Bituminous Mixtures ASTM D2950 Standard Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Methods -n ASTM D3203 Standard Test Method for Percent Air Voids in Compacted Dense and Open Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D3665 Standard Practice for Rando m Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D3666 p q AgenciesTesting Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit,Plastic Limit,and Plasticity Index of Soils ' ASTM D4791 Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated -. Coarse Aggregate g Particles in ASTM D4867 Standard Test Method for Effect of Moisture on Asphalt Concrete Paving Mixtures ASTM D5444 Standard Test Method for Mechanical Size Analysis of Extracted ^ ASTM D6084 y Aggregate Standard Test Method for Elastic Recovery of Bituminous Materials by Ductilometer ASTM D6307 Standard Test Method for Asphalt Content of Hot Mix Asphalt b py Ignition Method ASTM D6752 Standard Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Automatic Vacuum Sealing Method ASTM D6925 Standard Test Method for Preparation and Determination of the Relative Density of Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Specimens by Means of the SuperPave Gyratory Compactor. ASTM D6926 Standard Practice for Preparation of Bituminous Specimens Using Marshall A III "", ASTM Ell Standard Specification for Woven Wire Test Sieve Cloth and Test Sieves pparatu s ASTM El78 Standard Practice for Dealing with Outlying Observations ,,,� ASTM E1274 Standard Test Method for Measuring Pavement Roughness Using a Profilograph AASHTO T030 Standard Method of Test for Mechanical Analysis of Extracted A AASHTO T110 y ga'egate Standard Method of Test for Moisture or Volatile Distillates in Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA) III —1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 P401-21 Waterloo Regional Airport ' Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways AASHTO T275 Standard Method of Test for Bulk Specific Gravity (Gmb) of Compacted Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA)Using Paraffm-Coated Specimens AASHTO M156 Standard Specification for Requirements for Mixing Plants for Hot-Mixed, Hot-Laid Bituminous Paving Mixtures. byOven Method AASHTO T329 Standard Method of Test for Moisture Content of Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA) Asphalt Institute Handbook MS-26, t B Binder Asphalt Institute MS-2 Mix Design Manual,7th Edition MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D242 Standard Specification for Mineral Filler for Bituminous Paving Mixtures ASTM D946 Standard Specification for Penetration-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction ASTM D3381 Standard Specification for Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction ASTM D4552 Standard Practice for Classifying Hot-Mix Recycling Agents ASTM D6373 Standard Specification for Performance Graded Asphalt Binder END OF ITEM P-401 P401-22 Waterloo Regional Airport ++� FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Item P-501 Portland Cement Concrete(PCC)Pavement DESCRIPTION 501-1.1 This work shall consist of pavement composed of portland cement concrete (PCC), with reinforcement and without reinforcement constructed on a prepared underlying surface in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the lines, grades, thickness, and typical cross-sections shown on the plans. MATERIALS 501-2.1 Aggregates. a. Reactivity. Fine and Coarse aggregates to be used in all concrete shall be evaluated and tested by the Contractor for alkali-aggregate reactivity in accordance with both ASTM C1260 and ASTM C1567. Aggregate and mix proportion reactivity tests shall be performed for each project. g (1) Coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested separately in accordance with ASTM C1260. The agete shall be considered innocuous if the expansion of test specimens,tested in accordance with ASTM C 1260, does not .., exceed 0.10%at 28 days(30 days from casting). (2) Combined coarse and fine aggregate shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1567, modified for combined aggregates, using the proposed mixture design proportions of aggregates, specific reactivity reducing chemicals. If lithium nitrate is proposed r us w th or cementitious materials, supplementary -.., cementitious materials, the ag gregates shall be tested in accordance with Corps of Engineers (COE) Concrete Research Division(CRD)C662. If lithium nitrate admixture is used, it shall be nominal 30%±0.5%weight lithium nitrate in water. (3) If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens, tested in accordance with ASTM C1567, modified for combined aggregates, or COE CRD C662, does not exceed 0.10% at 28 days, the proposed combined materials will be accepted. If the expansion of the proposed combined materials test specimens is geater than 0.10%at 28 days,the aggregates will not be accepted unless adjustments to the combined materials mixture can reduce the expansion to less than 0.10%at 28 days,or new aggregates shall be evaluated and tested. b. Fine aggregate. Fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33. Grading of the fine —, aggregate, as delivered to the mixer, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33 and shall have a fineness modulus of not less than 2.50 nor more than 3.40. The soundness loss shall not exceed 10%when sodium sulfat used or 15%when magnesium sulfate is used,after five cycles,when tested per ASTM C88. e is The amount of deleterious material in the fine aggregate shall not exceed the following limits: Limits for Deleterious Substances in Fine Aggregate for Concrete — Deleterious material Percentage by Mass Clay Lumps and friable particles T ASTM C142 1.0 Material finer than 0.075nun(No.200 sieve) MIMI 3.0 Lightweight particles ASTM C123 using a 0.5 medium with a density of ininiS.. Gr. of2.0 Total of all deleterious Material 3.0 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 P501-1 Waterloo Regional Airport .� Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway12/30,Runwaya3 18 6nand Taxiways Gradation, within the separated size groups, shall meet the coarse aggregate grading c. Co aggregate. requirementsrs of ASTM C33 when tested in heaggregatesaccordance furnished Wnhen s zeominal groupsmaximum size oft e a aggregate is greater than one inch(25 mm), ggr gat s shall be or uncrushed gravel, -cooled iron — Aggregates delivered to the mixer shall coa ist of pavement,crushed or a combinationsThe aggregates should be free of ferrous blast furnace slag, crushed recycled concrete p sulfides, such as pyrite, that would cause "rust" staining that can bleed through pavement markings. Steel blast furnace slag shall not be permitted. The aggregate shall be composed of clean, hard,uncoated particles. Dust and — other coating shall be removed from the aggregates by washing. The percentage of wear shall be no more than 4 0 o when tested in accordance with ASTM C131.up coarser than sieve The quantity of flat, elongated, and flat and elongated accordancparticles with ASTM D4791�A flat particle is/defined(9 mm) ,� as one shall not exceed 8% by weight when tested in having a ratio of width to thickness greater than 5. An elongated particle is one having a ratio of length to width greater than 5. The soundness loss shall not exceed 12%when sodium sulfate is used or 18%when magnesium sulfate is used, after five cycles,when tested per ASTM C88. The amount of deleterious material in the coarse aggregate shall not exceed the following limits: .— Limits for Deleterious Substances in Coarse Aggregate for Concrete Percentage Deleterious material by Mass Clay Lumps and friable particles ASTM C142 1.0 Material finer than No.200 sieve(0.075mm) ASTM C 117 1.0 Lightweight particles ASTM C123 using a medium with 0.5 a densi of S..Gr. of 2.0 ASTM C123 using a medium with 1.0 Chert(less than 2.40 Sp Gr.) a densi of S..Gr. of 2.40) 3.0 Total of all deleterious Material Table 1.Gradation For Coarse Aggregate (ASTM C33) Percentage by Weight ,_ Passin: Sieves From 1 inch to No. 4 Sieve Designations (25.0 mm-4,75mm) (square openings) #57 1 inch - No. 4 inch 2-1/2 60 2 50 1111111111111111111111111 1-1/2 38 100 1 ® 95-100 3/4 19 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 1/2 ® 25-60 P501-2 Waterloo Regional Airport -- FAA AIP#3 Project# 05379 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair AECOM #60537973 BP2 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Sieve Designations Percentage by Weight (square openings) Passing Sieves 3/8 9 --- No.4 4.75 0-10 No. 8 2.36 0-5 (1) Aggregate susceptibility to durability (D) cracking. Aggregates that have a history of D-cracking shall not be used. Coarse aggregate may be accepted from sources that have a 20 year service history for the same gradation to be supplied with no durability issues. Aggregates that do not have a record of 20 years of service without major repairs (less than 5% of slabs replaced) in similar conditions without D- cracking shall not be used unless it meets the following: (a) The Contractor shall submit a current certification that the aggregate does not have a history of D-cracking and that the aggregate meets the state specifications for use in PCC pavement for use on interstate highways. Certifications, tests and any history reports must be for the same gradation as being proposed for use on the project. Certifications which are not dated or which are over one (1) year old or which are for different gradations will not be accepted. Test results will only be accepted when tests were performed by a State Department of Transportation (DOT) materials laboratory or an accredited laboratory. (2) Combined aggregate gradation. If substituted for the grading requirements specified for coarse aggregate and for fine aggregateand when approved by the Engineer,the combined aggregate grading shall meet the following requirements: (a)The materials selected and the proportions used shall be such that when the Coarseness Factor(CF) and the Workability Factor(WF)are plotted on a diagram as described in d.below,the point thus determined shall -� fall within the parallelogram described therein. (b)The CF shall be determined from the following equation: CF=(cumulative percent retained on the 3/8 in. sieve)(100)/(cumulative percent retained on the No.8 sieve) (c) The Workability Factor WF is defined as the percent passing the No. 8 (2.36 mm) sieve based on the combined gradation.However, WF shall be adjusted,upwards only,by 2.5 percentage points for each 94 pounds (42 kg) of cementitious material per cubic meter yard greater than 564 pounds per cubic yard (335 kg per cubic meter). (d) A diagram shall be plotted using a rectangular scale with WF on the Y-axis with units from 20 (bottom)to 45 (top), and with CF on the X-axis with units from 80 (left side)to 30 (right side). On this diagram a parallelogram shall be plotted with corners at the following coordinates(CF-75, WF-28), (CF-75, WF-40), (CF-45, WF-32.5), and(CF-45, WF-44.5). If the point determined by the intersection of the computed CF and WF does not fall within the above parallelogram,the grading of each size of aggregate used and the proportions selected shall be changed as necessary. 501-2.2 Cement. Cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150 - Type I or II, or ASTM C595 - Type IP or IS. If aggregates are deemed innocuous when tested in accordance with paragraph 501-2.1.a.1 and accepted in accordance with paragraph 501-2.1.a.2, higher equivalent alkali content in the cement may be allowed if approved by the Engineer and FAA. If cement becomes partially set or contains lumps of caked cement, it shall be rejected. Cement salvaged from discarded or used bags shall not be used. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair ■^ Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 501-2.3 Cementitious materials. a.Fly ash.Fly ash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C618,with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6%. Fly ash for use in mitigating alkali silica reactivity shall have a Calcium Oxide (CaO)content of less than 13%and a total available alkali content less than 3%per ASTM C3l 1. Fly ash produced in furnace operations using liming materials or soda ash (sodium carbonate) as an additive shall not be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish the previous three most recent, consecutive ASTM C618 reports for each source of fly ash proposed in the mix design, and shall furnish each additional report as they become available during the project. The reports can be used for acceptance or the material may be tested independently by the Engineer. a. Flyash. Flyash shall meet the requirements of ASTM C618, Class F or N, with the exception of loss of ignition, where the maximum shall be less than 6%. Class F or N for use in mitigating alkali-silica reactivity shall have a — Calcium Oxide (Ca0) content of less than 13% and a total available alkali content less than 3% per ASTM C311. Flyash produced in furnace operations using liming materials or soda ash (sodium carbonate) as an additive shall not be acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish the previous three most recent, consecutive ASTM C618 reports for each source of flyash proposed in the mix design, and shall furnish each additional report as they become available during the project. The reports can be used for acceptance or the material may be tested independently by the Engineer. b. Slag cement (ground granulated blast furnace(GGBF)). Slag cement shall conform to ASTM C989, Grade 100 or Grade 120. Slag cement shall be used only at a rate between 25% and 55% of the total cementitious r.. material by mass. c.Raw or calcined natural pozzolan. Natural pozzolan shall be raw or calcined and conform to ASTM C618, Class N,including the optional requirements for uniformity and effectiveness in controlling Alkali-Silica reaction and shall have a loss on ignition not exceeding 6%. Class N pozzolan for use in mitigating Alkali-Silica Reactivity shall have a total available alkali content less than 3%. [d. Ultrafine fly ash and ultrafine pozzolan. UltraFine Fly Ash (UEFA) and UltraFine Pozzolan (UFP) shall �.,. conform to ASTM C618,Class F or N,and the following additional requirements: (1)The strength activity index at 28 days of age shall be at least 95%of the control specimens. (2)The average particle size shall not exceed 6 microns.{_ 501-2.4 Joint seal. The joint seal for the joints in the concrete pavement shall meet the requirements of Item P- 605 and shall be of the type specified in the plans. 501-2.5 Isolation joint filler. Premolded joint filler for isolation joints shall conform to the requirements of AS TM D1751 {ASTM D1752, Type II or I and shall be where shown on the plans. The filler for each joint shall be furnished in a single piece for the full depth and width required for the joint, unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. When the use of more than one piece is required for a joint, the abutting ends shall be fastened securely and held accurately to shape by stapling or other positive fastening means satisfactory to the Engineer. 501-2.6 Steel reinforcement. Reinforcing shall consist of welded wire reinforcement conforming to the ti. requirements of ASTM A10 6 4. 501-2.7 Dowel and tie bars. Dowel bars shall be plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A615 and shall be free from burring or other deformation restricting slippage in the concrete.Before delivery to the construction site each dowel bar shall be epoxy coated per ASTM A1078. The dowels shall be coated with a bond-breaker recommended by the manufacturer.Dowel sleeves or inserts are not permitted. Grout retention rings shall be fully circular metal or plastic devices capable of supporting the dowel until the grout hardens. Tie bars shall be deformed steel bars and conform to the requirements of ASTM A615.Tie bars designated as Grade .� 60 in ASTM A615 or ASTM A706 shall be used for construction requiring bent bars. 501-2.8 Water.Water used in mixing or curing shall be potable,clean,free of oil,salt,acid,alkali, sugar,vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product, except that non-potable water, or water from concrete production operations,may be used if it meets the requirements of ASTM C1602. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-4 Waterloo Regional Airport r.. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways L 501-2.9 Material for curing concrete.Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: a.Liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 2,Class B,or Class A if wax base only. b.White polyethylene film for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. ... C.White burlap-polyethylene sheeting for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. d.Waterproof paper for curing concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C171. 501-2.10 Admixtures. The Contractor shall submit certificates indicating that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements indicated below. In addition, the Engineer may require the Contractor to submit complete test data from an approved laboratory showing that the material to be furnished meets all of the requirements of the cited specifications. Subsequent tests may be made of samples taken by the Engineer from the supply of the material being furnished or proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. a.Air-entraining admixtures.Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of ASTM C260 and shall consistently entrain the air content in the specified ranges under field conditions.The air-entrainment agent and any water reducer admixture shall be compatible. b. Water-reducing admixtures. Water-reducing admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D. ASTM C494, Type F and G high range water reducing admixtures and ASTM C1017 flowable admixtures shall not be used. c. Other admixtures. The use of set retarding, and set-accelerating admixtures shall be approved by the Engineer. Retarding shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D and set-accelerating shall meet the requirements of ASTM C494, Type C. Calcium chloride and admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. d. Lithium Nitrate. The lithium admixture shall be a nominal 30%aqueous solution of Lithium Nitrate,with a density of 10 pounds/gallon(1.2 kg/L),and shall have the approximate chemical form as shown below: { Constituent Limit(Percent by Mass) LiNO3 (Lithium Nitrate) 30±0.5 SO4(Sulfate Ion) 0.1 (max) Cl(Chloride Ion) 0.2(max) Na(Sodium Ion) 0.1 (max) K(Potassium Ion) 0.1 (max) Provide a trained manufacturer's representative to supervise the lithium nitrate admixture dispensing and mixing operations. 501-2.11 Epoxy-resin. All epoxy-resin materials shall be two-component materials conforming to the requirements of ASTM C881, Class as appropriate for each application temperature to be encountered, except that in addition,the materials shall meet the following requirements: a.Material for use for embedding dowels and anchor bolts shall be Type IV,Grade 3. b. Material for use as patching materials for complete filling of spalls and other voids and for use in preparing ..� epoxy resin mortar shall be Type III,Grade as approved. c.Material for use for injecting cracks shall be Type IV,Grade 1. d.Material for bonding freshly mixed Portland cement concrete or mortar or freshly mixed epoxy resin concrete "" or mortar to hardened concrete shall be Type V,Grade as approved. 501-2.12 Material acceptance. Prior to use of materials, the Contractor shall submit certified test reports to the Engineer for those materials proposed for use during construction. The certification shall show the appropriate ASTM test for each material,the test results,and a statement that the material passed or failed. The Engineer may request samples for testing,prior to and during production, to verify the quality of the materials and to ensure conformance with the applicable specifications. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways MIX DESIGN 501-3.1. General. No concrete shall be placed until the mix design has been submitted to the Engineer for review and the Engineer has taken appropriate action. The Engineer's review shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to select and proportion the materials to comply with this section. 501-3.2 Proportions.The laboratory preparing the mix design shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C1077. The mix design for all Portland cement concrete placed under P-501 shall be stamped or sealed by the responsible professional Engineer of the laboratory. Concrete shall be proportioned to achieve a 28-day flexural strength that meets or exceeds the acceptance criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2 for a flexural strength of 620 psi per ASTM C78. The mix shall be developed using the procedures contained in the Portland Cement Association's (PCA)publication,"Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures". The minimum cementitious material shall be adequate to ensure a workable, durable mix. The minimum cementitious material (cement plus fly ash, or slag cement) shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard([_] kg per cubic meter). The ratio of water to cementitious material, including free surface moisture on the aggregates but not including moisture absorbed by the aggregates shall not be more than 0.45 by weight. -" Flexural strength test specimens shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C 192 and tested in accordance with ASTM C78. The mix determined shall be workable concrete having a maximum allowable slump between one and two inches(25mm and 50 mm) as determined by ASTM C143. For slip-form concrete,the slump shall be between ""' 1/2 inch (12 mm) and 1-1/2 inch (38 mm). At the start of the project, the Contractor shall determine a maximum allowable slump for slip-form pavement which will produce in-place pavement to control the edge slump. The selected slump shall be applicable to both pilot and fill-in lanes. ti.. Before the start of paving operations and after approval of all material to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit a mix design showing the proportions and flexural strength obtained from the concrete at seven(7)and 28 days. The mix design shall include copies of test reports, including test dates, and a complete list of materials including type, brand, source, and amount of cement, fly ash, ground slag, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water, and admixtures. The mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 30 days prior to the start of operations. The submitted mix design shall not be more than 90 days old. Production shall not begin until the mix design is approved in writing by the Engineer. If a change in sources is made,or admixtures added or deleted from the mix,a new mix design must be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The results of the mix design shall include a statement giving the maximum nominal coarse aggregate size and the weights and volumes of each ingredient proportioned on a one cubic yard (meter) basis. Aggregate quantities shall be based on the mass in a saturated surface dry condition. The recommended mixture proportions shall be accompanied by test results demonstrating that the proportions selected will produce concrete of the qualities him indicated. Trial mixtures having proportions, slumps, and air content suitable for the work shall be based on methodology described in PCA's publication, Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, modified as necessary to accommodate flexural strength. �.. The submitted mix design shall be stamped or sealed by the responsible professional Engineer of the laboratory and shall include the following items as a minimum: a.Coarse,fine,and combined aggregate gradations and plots including fineness modulus of the fine aggregate. b.Reactivity Test Results. c.Coarse aggregate quality test results,including deleterious materials. IMO d.Fine aggregate quality test results,including deleterious materials. e.Mill certificates for cement and supplemental cementitious materials. Irmo f.Certified test results for all admixtures,including Lithium Nitrate if applicable. g.Specified flexural strength,slump,and air content. h. Recommended proportions/volumes for proposed mixture and trial water-cementitious materials ratio, including actual slump and air content. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-6 Waterloo Regional Airport a. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways (i L i.Flexural and compressive strength summaries and plots,including all individual beam and cylinder breaks. j.Correlation ratios for acceptance testing and Contractor Quality Control testing,when applicable. k.Historical record of test results documenting production standard deviation,when applicable. 501-3.3 Cementitious materials. ark a. Fly ash. When fly ash is used as a partial replacement for cement, the replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes,and shall be between 20 and 30%by weight of the total cementitious material.If fly ash is used in conjunction with slag cement the maximum replacement rate shall not exceed 10% by weight of total ..� cementitious material. b. Slag cement(ground granulated blast furnace (GGBF)). Slag cement may be used. The slag cement, or slag cement plus fly ash if both are used, may constitute between 25 to 55% of the total cementitious material by .� weight. If the concrete is to be used for slipforming operations and the air temperature is expected to be lower than 55°F(13°C)the percent slag cement shall not exceed 30%by weight. c. Raw or calcined natural pozzolan. Natural pozzolan may be used in the mix design. When pozzolan is used as a partial replacement for cement, the replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes, and shall be between 20 and 30%by weight of the total cementitious material. If pozzolan is used in conjunction with slag cement the maximum replacement rate shall not exceed 10%by weight of total cementitious material. [d. Ultrafine fly ash (UFFA) and ultrafine pozzolan (UFP). UFFA and UFP may be used in the mix design with the Engineer's approval. When UFFA and UFP is used as a partial replacement for cement, the replacement rate shall be determined from laboratory trial mixes,and shall be between seven(7)and 16%by , ei ht of the total cementitious material.] 501-3.4 Admixtures. a. Air-entraining admixtures. Air-entraining admixture are to be added in such a manner that will ensure ...� uniform distribution of the agent throughout the batch. The air content of freshly mixed air-entrained concrete shall be based upon trial mixes with the materials to be used in the work adjusted to produce concrete of the required plasticity and workability. The percentage of air in the mix shall be 6.0 o. Air content shall be determined by testing in accordance with ASTM C231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C 173 for slag and other highly porous coarse aggregate. b. Water-reducing admixtures. Water-reducing admixtures shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements.Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes,with the materials to be used in the work,in accordance with ASTM C494. c. Other admixtures. Set controlling, and other approved admixtures shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements.Tests shall be conducted on trial mixes,with the materials to be used in the work, in accordance with ASTM C 494. d.Lithium nitrate. Lithium nitrate shall be added to the mix in the manner recommended by the manufacturer and in the amount necessary to comply with the specification requirements in accordance with paragraph 501-2.l Od. r 501-3.5 Concrete mix design laboratory. The Contractor's laboratory used to develop the concrete mix design shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C1077. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for developing the concrete mix design must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction CONSTRUCTION METHODS 501-4.1 Equipment. Equipment necessary for handling materials and performing all parts of the work shall be approved by the Engineer, but does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the proper operation of equipment and maintaining the equipment in good working condition. The equipment shall be at the jobsite sufficiently ahead of the start of paving operations to be examined thoroughly and approved. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways a. Batch plant and equipment. The batch plant and equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. b.Mixers and transportation equipment. (1) General. Concrete may be mixed at a central plant, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Each mixer �.. shall have attached in a prominent place a manufacturer's nameplate showing the capacity of the drum in terms of volume of mixed concrete and the speed of rotation of the mixing drum or blades. (2)Central plant mixer. Central plant mixers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. The mixer shall be examined daily for changes in condition due to accumulation of hard concrete or mortar or wear of blades. The pickup and throwover blades shall be replaced when they have worn down 3/4 inch (19 mm) or more. The Contractor shall have a copy of the manufacturer's design on hand showing dimensions and arrangement of blades in reference to original height and depth. (3) Truck mixers and truck agitators. Truck mixers used for mixing and hauling concrete and truck agitators used for hauling central-mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. (4)Nonagitator trucks.Nonagitating hauling equipment shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C94. ~" (5) Transfer and spreading equipment. Equipment for transferring concrete from the transporting equipment to the paving lane in front of the paver shall be specially manufactured, self-propelled transfer equipment which will accept the concrete outside the paving lane and will transfer and spread it evenly across the paving lane in front of the paver and strike off the surface evenly to a depth which permits the paver to operate efficiently. c. Finishing equipment. The standard method of constructing concrete pavements shall be with an approved slip-form paving equipment designed and operated to spread, consolidate, screed,and float-finish the freshly placed concrete in one complete pass of the machine so that the end result is a dense and homogeneous pavement which is achieved with a minimum of hand finishing. The paver-finisher shall be a heavy duty, self-propelled machine designed specifically for paving and fmishing high quality concrete pavements. It shall weigh at least 2,200 lbs per foot (3274 k m of pavinglane width andpowered byan engine havingat least 6.0 horsepower per foot of lane i.. 1� ) g P width. On projects requiring less than 500 square yard(418 sq m)of cement concrete pavement or requiring individual placement areas of less than 500 square yard (418 sq m), or irregular areas at locations inaccessible to slip-form paving equipment, concrete pavement may be placed with approved placement and finishing equipment using stationary side forms. Hand screeding and float fmishing may only be used on small irregular areas as allowed by the Engineer. �.. d. Vibrators. Vibrator shall be the internal type. Operating frequency for internal vibrators shall be between 8,000 and 12,000 vibrations per minute. Average amplitude for internal vibrators shall be 0.025-0.05 inch (0.06 - 0.13 cm). ►� The number, spacing, and frequency shall be as necessary to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement and meet the recommendations of American Concrete Institute (ACI) 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. Adequate power to operate all vibrators shall be available on the paver. The vibrators shall be automatically r. controlled so that they shall be stopped as forward motion ceases. The Contractor shall provide an electronic or mechanical means to monitor vibrator status. The checks on vibrator status shall occur a minimum of two times per day or when requested by the Engineer. Hand held vibrators may be used in irregular areas only, but shall meet the recommendations of ACI 309R, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. e. Concrete saws. The Contractor shall provide sawing equipment adequate in number of units and power to �.. complete the sawing to the required dimensions. The Contractor shall provide at least one standby saw in good working order and a supply of saw blades at the site of the work at all times during sawing operations. Early-entry saws may be used, subject to demonstration and approval of the Engineer. 44. f. Side forms. Straight side forms shall be made of steel and shall be furnished in sections not less than 10 feet (3 m) in length. Forms shall have a depth equal to the pavement thickness at the edge, and a base width equal to or greater than the depth. Flexible or curved forms of proper radius shall be used for curves of 100-foot(31 m)radius or less.Forms shall be provided with adequate devices for secure settings so that when in place they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways with battered top surfaces and bent, twisted or broken forms shall not be used. Built-up forms shall not be used, except as approved by the Engineer. The top face of the form shall not vary from a true plane more than 1/8 inch(3 ..,, mm) in 10 feet (3 m), and the upstanding leg shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6 mm). The forms shall contain provisions for locking the ends of abutting sections together tightly for secure setting. Wood forms may be used under special conditions,when approved by the Engineer. ..,, g. Pavers. The paver shall be fully energized, self-propelled, and designed for the specific purpose of placing, consolidating, and finishing the concrete pavement, true to grade, tolerances, and cross-section. It shall be of sufficient weight and power to construct the maximum specified concrete paving lane width as shown in the plans, at adequate forward speed,without transverse,longitudinal or vertical instability or without displacement.The paver shall be equipped with electronic or hydraulic horizontal and vertical control devices. 501-4.2 Form setting. Forms shall be set sufficiently in advance of the concrete placement to ensure continuous paving operation.After the forms have been set to correct grade,the underlying surface shall be thoroughly tamped, either mechanically or by hand, at both the inside and outside edges of the base of the forms.Forms shall be staked into place sufficiently to maintain the form in position for the method of placement. Form sections shall be tightly locked and shall be free from play or movement in any direction. The forms shall not deviate from true line by more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) at any joint. Forms shall be so set that they will withstand, without visible spring or settlement, the impact and vibration of the consolidating and finishing equipment. Forms shall be cleaned and oiled prior to the placing of concrete. The alignment and grade elevations of the forms shall be checked and corrections made by the Contractor immediately before placing the concrete. 501-4.3 Conditioning of underlying surface. The compacted underlying surface on which the pavement will be placed shall be widened approximately 3 feet(1 m)to extend beyond the paving machine track to support the paver without any noticeable displacement. After the underlying surface has been placed and compacted to the required density, the areas that will support the paving machine and the area to be paved shall be trimmed or graded to the plan grade elevation and profile by means of a properly designed machine. The grade of the underlying surface shall be controlled by a positive grade control system using lasers, stringlines, or guide wires. If the density of the underlying surface is disturbed by the trimming operations, it shall be corrected by additional compaction and retested at the option of the Engineer before the concrete is placed except when stabilized subbases are being constructed. If damage occurs on a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor. If traffic is allowed to use the prepared grade, the grade shall be checked and corrected immediately before the placement of concrete. The prepared grade shall be moistened with water, without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from concrete. The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free of frost when concrete is placed. 501-4.4 Conditioning of underlying surface, side-form and fill-in lane construction. The prepared underlying surface shall be moistened with water,without saturating, immediately ahead of concrete placement to prevent rapid loss of moisture from the concrete. Damage caused by hauling or usage of other equipment shall be corrected and retested at the option of the Engineers. If damage occurs to a stabilized subbase, it shall be corrected full depth by the Contractor.A template shall be provided and operated on the forms immediately in advance of the placing of all concrete. The template shall be propelled only by hand and not attached to a tractor or other power unit. Templates shall be adjustable so that they may be set and maintained at the correct contour of the underlying surface. The adjustment and operation of the templates shall be such as will provide an accurate retest of the grade before placing the concrete thereon.All excess material shall be removed and wasted. Low areas shall be filled and compacted to a condition similar to that of the surrounding grade.The underlying surface shall be protected so that it will be entirely free from frost when the concrete is placed. The use of chemicals to eliminate frost in the underlying surface shall not be permitted. The template shall be maintained in accurate adjustment,at all times by the Contractor,and shall be checked daily. 501-4.5 Handling, measuring, and batching material. The batch plant site, layout, equipment, and provisions for transporting material shall assure a continuous supply of material to the work. Stockpiles shall be constructed in such a manner that prevents segregation and intermixing of deleterious materials.Aggregates from different sources shall be stockpiled,weighed and batched separately at the concrete batch plant. 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair --1 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways yE Aggregates that have become segregated or mixed with earth or foreign material shall not be used. All aggregates produced or handled by hydraulic methods, and washed aggregates, shall be stockpiled or binned for draining at least 12 hours before being batched. Rail shipments requiring more than 12 hours will be accepted as adequate binning only if the car bodies permit free drainage. Batching plants shall be equipped to proportion aggregates and bulk cement, by weight, automatically using interlocked proportioning devices of an approved type.When bulk cement is used,the Contractor shall use a suitable method of handling the cement from weighing hopper to transporting container or into the batch itself for transportation to the mixer, such as a chute, boot, or other approved device, to prevent loss of cement. The device shall be arranged to provide positive assurance that the cement content specified is present in each batch. 501-4.6 Mixing concrete.The concrete may be mixed at the work site,in a central mix plant or in truck mixers.The mixer shall be of an approved type and capacity. Mixing time shall be measured from the time all materials, except water, are emptied into the drum. All concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the site in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94. Mixed concrete from the central mixing plant shall be transported in truck mixers, truck agitators, or non-agitating trucks. The elapsed time from the addition of cementitious material to the mix until the concrete is deposited in place at the work site shall not exceed 30 minutes when the concrete is hauled in non-agitating trucks, nor 90 minutes when the concrete is hauled in truck mixers or truck agitators. Retempering concrete by adding water or by ►� other means will not be permitted. With transit mixers additional water may be added to the batch materials and additional mixing performed to increase the slump to meet the specified requirements provided the addition of water is performed within 45 minutes after the initial mixing operations and provided the water/cementitious ratio specified in the approved mix design is not exceeded,and approved by the Engineer. �• 501-4.7 Limitations on mixing and placing.No concrete shall be mixed,placed,or fmished when the natural light is insufficient,unless an adequate and approved artificial lighting system is operated. i a. Cold weather. Unless authorized in writing by the Engineer, mixing and concreting operations shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40°F (4°C) and shall not be resumed until an ascending air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 35°F (2°C). �• The aggregate shall be free of ice, snow, and frozen lumps before entering the mixer. The temperature of the mixed concrete shall not be less than 50°F (10°C)at the time of placement. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen material nor shall frozen aggregates be used in the concrete. L. When concreting is authorized during cold weather,water and/or the aggregates may be heated to not more than 150°F (66°C). The apparatus used shall heat the mass uniformly and shall be arranged to preclude the possible occurrence of overheated areas which might be detrimental to the materials. b.Hot weather. During periods of hot weather when the maximum daily air temperature exceeds 85°F(30°C), the following precautions shall be taken. The forms and/or the underlying surface shall be sprinkled with water immediately before placing the concrete. r. The concrete shall be placed at the coolest temperature practicable, and in no case shall the temperature of the concrete when placed exceed 90°F (32°C). The aggregates and/or mixing water shall be cooled as necessary to maintain the concrete temperature at or not more than the specified maximum. r.. The fmished surfaces of the newly laid pavement shall be kept damp by applying a water-fog or mist with approved spraying equipment until the pavement is covered by the curing medium. When necessary, wind screens shall be provided to protect the concrete from an evaporation rate in excess of 0.2 psf(0.98 kg/m2 per hour) per hour. When conditions are such that problems with plastic cracking can be expected, and particularly if any plastic cracking begins to occur,the Contractor shall immediately take such additional measures as necessary to protect the concrete surface. Such measures shall consist of wind screens, more effective fog sprays, and similar measures commencing immediately behind the paver. If these measures are not effective in preventing plastic cracking, paving operations shall be immediately stopped. c. Temperature management program. Prior to the start of paving operation for each day of paving, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Temperature Management Program for the concrete to be placed to assure that uncontrolled cracking is avoided.As a minimum the program shall address the following items: FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways (1) Anticipated tensile strains in the fresh concrete as related to heating and cooling of the concrete material. (2)Anticipated weather conditions such as ambient temperatures,wind velocity, and relative humidity;and anticipated evaporation rate using Figure 11-8,PCA,Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures. (3)Anticipated timing of initial sawing of joint. (4)Anticipated number and type of saws to be used. 501-4.8 Placing concrete.At any point in concrete conveyance,the free vertical drop of the concrete from one point to another or to the underlying surface shall not exceed 3 feet(1 m). The finished concrete product must be dense and homogeneous, without segregation and conforming to the standards in this specification. Backhoes and grading equipment shall not be used to distribute the concrete in front of the paver. Front end loaders will not be used. All concrete shall be consolidated without voids or segregation, including under and around all load-transfer devices, joint assembly units, and other features embedded in the pavement. Hauling equipment or other mechanical equipment can be permitted on adjoining previously constructed pavement when the concrete strength reaches flexural strength of 550 psi (3792 kPa) [a compressive strength of 3,500 psi G. 1130 kPa)],based on the average of four field cured specimens per 2,000 cubic yards (1,530 cubic meters) of concrete placed. Also, subgrade and subbase planers, concrete pavers, and concrete finishing equipment may be permitted to ride upon the 1 edges of previously constructed pavement when the concrete has attained a minimum flexural strength of 400 psi (2757 kPa). The Contractor shall have available materials for the protection of the concrete during inclement weather. Such protective materials shall consist of rolled polyethylene sheeting at least 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick of sufficient length and width to cover the plastic concrete slab and any edges. The sheeting may be mounted on either the paver or a separate movable bridge from which it can be unrolled without dragging over the plastic concrete surface. When rain appears imminent, all paving operations shall stop and all available personnel shall begin covering the surface of the unhardened concrete with the protective covering. a. Slip-form construction. The concrete shall be distributed uniformly into final position by a self-propelled slip-form paver without delay. The alignment and elevation of the paver shall be regulated from outside reference lines established for this purpose. The paver shall vibrate the concrete for the full width and depth of the strip of pavement being placed and the vibration shall be adequate to provide a consistency of concrete that will stand normal to the surface with sharp well defined edges. The sliding forms shall be rigidly held together laterally to prevent spreading of the forms. The plastic concrete shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibration with transverse vibrating units for the full width of the pavement and/or a series of equally placed longitudinal vibrating units. The space from the outer edge of the pavement to longitudinal unit shall not exceed 9 inches (23 cm) for slipform and at the end of the dowels for the fill-in lanes The spacing of internal units shall be uniform and shall not exceed 18 inches(0.5 m). The term internal vibration means vibrating units located within the specified thickness of pavement section. The rate of vibration of each vibrating unit shall be within 8000 to 12000 cycles per minute and the amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete along the entire length of the vibrating unit and for a distance of at least one foot (30 cm). The frequency of vibration or amplitude shall vary proportionately with the rate of travel to result in a uniform density and air content. The paving machine shall be equipped with a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating the actual frequency of vibrations. The concrete shall be held at a uniform consistency. The slip-form paver shall be operated with as nearly a continuous forward movement as possible and all operations of mixing, delivering, and spreading concrete shall be coordinated to provide uniform progress with stopping and starting of the paver held to a minimum. If for any reason, it is necessary to stop the forward movement of the paver,the vibratory and tamping elements shall also be —• stopped immediately. No tractive force shall be applied to the machine, except that which is controlled from the machine. When concrete is being placed adjacent to an existing pavement,that part of the equipment which is supported on the existing pavement shall be equipped with protective pads on crawler tracks or rubber-tired wheels on which the bearing surface is offset to run a sufficient distance from the edge of the pavement to avoid breaking the pavement edge. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-11 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Not more than 15% of the total free edge of each 500 foot (150 m) segment of pavement, or fraction thereof, low shall have an edge slump exceeding 1/4 inch(6 mm), and none of the free edge of the pavement shall have an edge slump exceeding 3/8 inch (9 mm). (The total free edge of 500 feet (150 m) of pavement will be considered the cumulative total linear measurement of pavement edge originally constructed as nonadjacent to any existing pavement;that is, 500 feet(150 m)of paving lane originally constructed as a separate lane will have 1,000 feet(300 m) of free edge, 500 feet (150 m) of fill-in lane will have no free edge, etc.). The area affected by the downward movement of the concrete along the pavement edge shall be limited to not more than 18 inches (0.5 m) from the edge. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the concrete has hardened, the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. b. Side-form construction. Side form sections shall be straight, free from warps, bends, indentations, or other defects.Defective forms shall be removed from the work. Metal side forms shall be used except at end closures and transverse construction joints where straight forms of other suitable material may be used. Side forms may be built up by rigidly attaching a section to either top or bottom of forms. If such build-up is attached to the top of metal forms,the build-up shall also be metal. �.. Width of the base of all forms shall be equal to or greater than the specified pavement thickness. Side forms shall be of sufficient rigidity, both in the form and in the interlocking connection with adjoining forms, that springing will not occur under the weight of subgrading and paving equipment or from the pressure of the concrete. The Contractor shall provide sufficient forms so that there will be no delay in placing concrete due to lack of forms. Before placing side forms, the underlying material shall be at the proper grade. Side forms shall have full bearing upon the foundation throughout their length and width of base and shall be placed to the required grade and alignment of the finished pavement. They shall be firmly supported during the entire operation of placing, compacting,and finishing the pavement. r. Forms shall be drilled in advance of being placed to line and grade to accommodate tie bars where these are specified. Immediately in advance of placing concrete and after all subbase operations are completed, side forms shall be *MP trued and maintained to the required line and grade for a distance sufficient to prevent delay in placing. Side forms shall remain in place at least 12 hours after the concrete has been placed, and in all cases until the edge of the pavement no longer requires the protection of the forms. Curing compound shall be applied to the concrete immediately after the forms have been removed. Side forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and oiled each time they are used and before concrete is placed against them. Concrete shall be spread, screeded, shaped and consolidated by one or more self-propelled machines. These machines shall uniformly distribute and consolidate concrete without segregation so that the completed pavement will conform to the required cross-section with a minimum of handwork. The number and capacity of machines furnished shall be adequate to perform the work required at a rate equal to that of concrete delivery. Concrete for the full paving width shall be effectively consolidated by internal vibrators without causing segregation. Internal type vibrators' rate of vibration shall be not less than 7,000 cycles per minute. Amplitude of vibration shall be sufficient to be perceptible on the surface of the concrete more than one foot (30 cm) from the vibrating element. The Contractor shall furnish a tachometer or other suitable device for measuring and indicating r.. frequency of vibration. Power to vibrators shall be connected so that vibration ceases when forward or backward motion of the machine is stopped. The provisions relating to the frequency and amplitude of internal vibration shall be considered the minimum requirements and are intended to ensure adequate density in the hardened concrete. c. Consolidation. Concrete shall be consolidated with the specified type of lane-spanning, gang-mounted, mechanical, immersion type vibrating equipment mounted in front of the paver, supplemented, in rare instances as FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-12 Waterloo Regional Airport `.. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways specified, by hand-operated vibrators. The vibrators shall be inserted into the concrete to a depth that will provide the best full-depth consolidation but not closer to the underlying material than inches(50 mm). Excessive vibration shall not be permitted. If the vibrators cause visible tracking in the paving lane, the paving operation shall be stopped and equipment and operations modified to prevent it. Concrete in small, odd-shaped slabs or in isolated locations inaccessible to the gang-mounted vibration equipment shall be vibrated with an approved hand-operated immersion vibrator operated from a bridge spanning the area. Vibrators shall not be used to transport or spread the concrete. Hand-operated vibrators shall not be operated in the concrete at one location for more than 20 seconds. Insertion locations for hand-operated vibrators shall be between 6 to 15 inches(150 to 400 mm)on centers.For each paving train, at least one additional vibrator spud, or sufficient parts for rapid replacement and repair of vibrators shall be maintained at the paving site at all times. Any evidence of inadequate consolidation(honeycomb along the edges, large air pockets, or any other evidence) shall require the immediate stopping of the paving operation and adjustment of the equipment or procedures as approved by the Engineer. If a lack of consolidation of the concrete is suspected by the Engineer,referee testing may be required. Referee testing of hardened concrete will be performed by the Engineer by cutting cores from the finished pavement after a minimum of 24 hours curing.Density determinations will be made by the Engineer based on the water content of the core as taken. ASTM C642 shall be used for the determination of core density in the saturated-surface dry condition. • When required, referee cores will be taken at the minimum rate of one for each 500 cubic yards (382 m2) of pavement,or fraction. The Contractor shall be responsible for all referee testing cost if they fail to meet the required density. The average density of the cores shall be at least 97%of the original mix design density,with no cores having a density of less than 96% of the original mix design density. Failure to meet the referee tests will be considered evidence that the minimum requirements for vibration are inadequate for the job conditions. Additional vibrating units or other means of increasing the effect of vibration shall be employed so that the density of the hardened concrete conforms to the above requirements. 501-4.9 Strike-off of concrete and placement of reinforcement. Following the placing of the concrete, it shall be struck off to conform to the cross-section shown on the plans and to an elevation that when the concrete is properly consolidated and finished,the surface of the pavement shall be at the elevation shown on the plans. When reinforced concrete pavement is placed in two layers,the bottom layer shall be struck off to such length and depth that the sheet of reinforcing steel fabric or bar mat may be laid full length on the concrete in its final position without further manipulation. The reinforcement shall then be placed directly upon the concrete, after which the top layer of the concrete shall be placed, struck off, and screeded. If any portion of the bottom layer of concrete has been placed more than 30 minutes without being covered with the top layer or if initial set has taken place, it shall be removed and replaced with freshly mixed concrete at the Contractor's expense. When reinforced concrete is placed in one layer,the reinforcement may be positioned in advance of concrete placement or it may be placed in plastic concrete by mechanical or vibratory means after spreading. Reinforcing steel,at the time concrete is placed,shall be free of mud, oil,or other organic matter that may adversely affect or reduce bond. Reinforcing steel with rust, mill scale or a combination of both will be considered satisfactory,provided the minimum dimensions,weight, and tensile properties of a hand wire-brushed test specimen are not less than the applicable ASTM specification requirements. 501-4.10 Joints. Joints shall be constructed as shown on the plans and in accordance with these requirements. All joints shall be constructed with their faces perpendicular to the surface of the pavement and finished or edged as shown on the plans. Joints shall not vary more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) from their designated position and shall be true to line with not more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) variation in 10 feet (3 m). The surface across the joints shall be tested with a 12 feet(3 m)straightedge as the joints are finished and any irregularities in excess of 1/4 inch(6 mm) shall be corrected before the concrete has hardened. All joints shall be so prepared, finished, or cut to provide a groove of uniform width and depth as shown on the plans. a.Construction.Longitudinal construction joints shall be slip-formed or farmed against side forms as shown in the plans. Transverse construction joints shall be installed at the end of each day's placing operations and at any other points within a paving lane when concrete placement is interrupted for more than 30 minutes or it appears that the concrete will obtain its initial set before fresh concrete arrives. The installation of the joint shall be located at a FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair •-. Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways planned contraction or expansion joint. If placing of the concrete is stopped,the Contractor shall remove the excess concrete back to the previous planned joint. b. Contraction. Contraction joints shall be installed at the locations and spacing as shown on the plans. Contraction joints shall be installed to the dimensions required by forming a groove or cleft in the top of the slab while the concrete is still plastic or by sawing a groove into the concrete surface after the concrete has hardened. When the groove is formed in plastic concrete the sides of the grooves shall be finished even and smooth with an edging tool. If an insert material is used, the installation and edge finish shall be according to the manufacturer's instructions. The groove shall be finished or cut clean so that spalling will be avoided at intersections with other joints.Grooving or sawing shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch(3 mm)wide and to the depth shown on the plans. c. Isolation (expansion). Isolation joints shall be installed as shown on the plans. The premolded filler of the thickness as shown on the plans,shall extend for the full depth and width of the slab at the joint,except for space for sealant at the top of the slab. The filler shall be securely staked or fastened into position perpendicular to the proposed fmished surface. A cap shall be provided to protect the top edge of the filler and to permit the concrete to be placed and finished. After the concrete has been placed and struck off, the cap shall be carefully withdrawn leaving the space over the premolded filler. The edges of the joint shall be finished and tooled while the concrete is still plastic.Any concrete bridging the joint space shall be removed for the full width and depth of the joint. d. Tie bars. Tie bars shall consist of deformed bars installed in joints as shown on the plans. Tie bars shall be placed at right angles to the centerline of the concrete slab and shall be spaced at intervals shown on the plans.They shall be held in position parallel to the pavement surface and in the middle of the slab depth. When tie bars extend into an unpaved lane,they may be bent against the form at longitudinal construction joints, unless threaded bolt or other assembled tie bars are specified. Tie bars shall not be painted,greased, or enclosed in sleeves. When slip-form operations call for tie bars,two-piece hook bolts can be installed. e. Dowel bars. Dowel bars or other load-transfer units of an approved type shall be placed across joints as shown on the plans.They shall be of the dimensions and spacings as shown and held rigidly in the middle of the slab ..• depth in the proper horizontal and vertical alignment by an approved assembly device to be left permanently in place. The dowel or load-transfer and joint devices shall be rigid enough to permit complete assembly as a unit ready to be lifted and placed into position. The dowels shall be coated with a bond-breaker or other lubricant recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. f.Dowels bars at longitudinal construction joints shall be bonded in drilled holes. g. Placing dowels and tie bars. The method used in installing and holding dowels in position shall ensure that �. the error in alignment of any dowel from its required horizontal and vertical alignment after the pavement has been completed will not be greater than 1/8 inch per feet (3 mm per 0.3 m). Except as otherwise specified below, horizontal spacing of dowels shall be within a tolerance of±5/8 inch(16 mm). The vertical location on the face of the slab shall be within a tolerance of±1/2 inch(12 mm). The vertical alignment of the dowels shall be measured parallel to the designated top surface of the pavement, except for those across the crown or other grade change joints. Dowels across crowns and other joints at grade changes shall be measured to a level surface. Horizontal alignment shall be checked perpendicular to the joint edge. The horizontal alignment shall be checked with a I.o framing square. Dowels and tie bars shall not be placed closer than 0.6 times the dowel bar tie bar length to the planned joint line. If the last regularly spaced longitudinal dowel tie bar is closer than that dimension, it shall be moved away from the joint to a location 0.6 times the dowel bar tie bar length, but not closer than 6 inches (150 mm)to its nearest neighbor. The portion of each dowel intended to move within the concrete or expansion cap shall h.., be wiped clean and coated with a thin, even film of lubricating oil or light grease before the concrete is placed. Dowels shall be installed as specified in the following subparagraphs. (1) Contraction joints. Dowels and tie bars in longitudinal and transverse contraction joints within the paving lane shall be held securely in place, as indicated, by means of rigid metal frames or basket assemblies of an approved type. The basket assemblies shall be held securely in the proper location by means of suitable pins or anchors.Do not cut or crimp the dowel basket tie wires. At the Contractor's option, in lieu of the above,dowels and .. tie bars in contraction joints shall be installed near the front of the paver by insertion into the plastic concrete using approved equipment and procedures. Approval will be based on the results of a preconstruction demonstration, showing that the dowels and tie bars are installed within specified tolerances. bum (2) Construction joints. Install dowels and tie bars by the cast-in- place or the drill-and-dowel method. Installation by removing and replacing in preformed holes will not be permitted. Dowels and tie bars shall be FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-14 Waterloo Regional Airport �.,. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways L prepared and placed across joints where indicated, correctly aligned, and securely held in the proper horizontal and vertical position during placing and finishing operations,by means of devices fastened to the forms. The spacing of dowels and tie bars in construction joints shall be as indicated. (3)Dowels installed in isolation joints and other hardened concrete. Install dowels for isolation joints and in other hardened concrete by bonding the dowels into holes drilled into the hardened concrete. The concrete shall have cured for seven(7)days or reached a minimum{compressive strength of 2500 psi(171.1Pa)j flexural strength of 450 psi (3. 1 MPa) before drilling commences.Holes 1/8 inch(3 mm) greater in diameter than the dowels shall be drilled into the hardened concrete using rotary-core drills. Rotary-percussion drills may be used, provided that excessive spalling does not occur to the concrete joint face. Modification of the equipment and operation shall be required if, in the Engineer's opinion, the equipment and/or operation is causing excessive damage. Depth of dowel hole shall be within a tolerance of±1/2 inch (12 mm) of the dimension shown on the drawings. On completion of the drilling operation, the dowel hole shall be blown out with oil-free, compressed air. Dowels shall be bonded in the drilled holes using epoxy resin. Epoxy resin shall be injected at the back of the hole before installing the dowel and extruded to the collar during insertion of the dowel so as to completely fill the void around the dowel.Application by buttering the dowel will not be permitted.The dowels shall be held in alignment at the collar of the hole, after insertion and before the grout hardens, by means of a suitable metal or plastic grout - retention ring fitted around the dowel. Dowels required to be installed in any joints between new and existing concrete shall be grouted in holes drilled in the existing concrete,all as specified above. h. Sawing of joints. Joints shall be cut as shown on the plans. Equipment shall be as described in paragraph 501-4.1.The circular cutter shall be capable of cutting a groove in a straight line and shall produce a slot at least 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide and to the depth shown on the plans. The top of the slot shall be widened by sawing to provide adequate space for joint sealers as shown on the plans. Sawing shall commence, without regard to day or night, as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit cutting without chipping, spalling, or tearing and before uncontrolled shrinkage cracking of the pavement occurs and shall continue without interruption until all joints have been sawn. The joints shall be sawn at the required spacing. All slurry and debris produced in the sawing of joints shall be removed by vacuuming and washing. Curing compound or system shall be reapplied in the initial sawcut and maintained for the remaining cure period. 501-4.11 Finishing. Finishing operations shall be a continuing part of placing operations starting immediately behind the strike-off of the paver. Initial finishing shall be provided by the transverse screed or extrusion plate. The sequence of operations shall be transverse fmishing, longitudinal machine floating if used, straightedge finishing, texturing,and then edging of joints. Finishing shall be by the machine method. The hand method shall be used only on isolated areas of odd slab widths or shapes and in the event of a breakdown of the mechanical finishing equipment. Supplemental hand finishing for machine finished pavement shall be kept to an absolute minimum. Any machine finishing operation which requires appreciable hand finishing, other than a moderate amount of straightedge finishing, shall be immediately stopped and proper adjustments made or the equipment replaced. Any operations which produce more than 1/8 inch(3 mm)of mortar-rich surface(defined as deficient in plus U.S.No.4 (4.75 mm) sieve size aggregate)shall be halted immediately and the equipment,mixture, or procedures modified as necessary. Compensation shall be made for surging behind the screeds or extrusion plate and settlement during hardening and care shall be taken to ensure that paving and fmishing machines are properly adjusted so that the finished surface of the concrete (not just the cutting edges of the screeds) will be at the required line and grade. Finishing equipment and tools shall be maintained clean and in an approved condition. At no time shall water be added to the surface of the slab with the finishing equipment or tools, or in any other way, except for fog (mist) sprays specified to prevent plastic shrinkage cracking. ^ a.Machine finishing with slipform pavers. The slipform paver shall be operated so that only a very minimum of additional fmishing work is required to produce pavement surfaces and edges meeting the specified tolerances. Any equipment or procedure that fails to meet these specified requirements shall immediately be replaced or modified as necessary. A self-propelled non-rotating pipe float may be used while the concrete is still plastic, to remove minor irregularities and score marks. Only one pass of the pipe float shall be allowed. If there is concrete slurry or fluid paste on the surface that runs over the edge of the pavement, the paving operation shall be immediately stopped and the equipment, mixture, or operation modified to prevent formation of such slurry. Any slurry which does run down the vertical edges shall be immediately removed by hand, using stiff brushes or scrapers. No slurry, concrete or concrete mortar shall be used to build up along the edges of the pavement to compensate for excessive edge slump,either while the concrete is plastic or after it hardens. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-15 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways b. Machine finishing with fixed forms. The machine shall be designed to straddle the forms and shall be operated to screed and consolidate the concrete. Machines that cause displacement of the forms shall be replaced. The machine shall make only one pass over each area of pavement. If the equipment and procedures do not produce a surface of uniform texture, true to grade, in one pass, the operation shall be immediately stopped and the equipment,mixture,and procedures adjusted as necessary. c. Other types of finishing equipment. Clary screeds, other rotating tube floats, or bridge deck finishers are not allowed on mainline paving,but may be allowed on irregular or odd-shaped slabs, and near buildings or trench drains,subject to the Engineer's approval. ... Bridge deck fmishers shall have a minimum operating weight of 7500 pounds (3400 kg) and shall have a transversely operating carriage containing a knock-down auger and a minimum of two immersion vibrators. Vibrating screeds or pans shall be used only for isolated slabs where hand finishing is permitted as specified, and only where specifically approved. d.Hand finishing. Hand finishing methods will not be permitted, except under the following conditions: (1)in the event of breakdown of the mechanical equipment, hand methods may be used to finish the concrete already deposited on the grade and (2) in areas of narrow widths or of irregular dimensions where operation of the mechanical equipment is impractical.Use hand finishing operations only as specified below. (1) Equipment and screed. In addition to approved mechanical internal vibrators for consolidating the concrete, provide a strike-off and tamping screed and a longitudinal float for hand finishing. The screed shall be at least one foot (30 cm) longer than the width of pavement being finished, of an approved design, and sufficiently rigid to retain its shape, and shall be constructed of metal or other suitable material shod with metal. The longitudinal float shall be at least 10 feet (3 m) long, of approved design, and rigid and substantially braced, and shall maintain a plane surface on the bottom.Grate tampers(jitterbugs)shall not be used. (2)Finishing and floating.As soon as placed and vibrated,the concrete shall be struck off and screeded to the crown and cross-section and to such elevation above grade that when consolidated and finished, the surface of the pavement will be at the required elevation. In addition to previously specified complete coverage with handheld immersion vibrators, the entire surface shall be tamped with the strike-off and tamping template, and the tamping operation continued until the required compaction and reduction of internal and surface voids are accomplished. Immediately following the final tamping of the surface, the pavement shall be floated longitudinally from bridges resting on the side forms and spanning but not touching the concrete. If necessary, additional concrete shall be placed,consolidated and screeded,and the float operated until a satisfactory surface has been produced.The floating operation shall be advanced not more than half the length of the float and then continued over the new and previously floated surfaces. e. Straightedge testing and surface correction.After the pavement has been struck off and while the concrete is still plastic, it shall be tested for trueness with a Contractor furnished 12-foot (3.7-m) straightedge swung from L. handles 3 feet (1 m) longer than one-half the width of the slab. The straightedge shall be held in contact with the surface in successive positions parallel to the centerline and the whole area gone over from one side of the slab to the other, as necessary. Advancing shall be in successive stages of not more than one-half the length of the lam straightedge.Any excess water and laitance in excess of 1/8 inch(3 mm)thick shall be removed from the surface of the pavement and wasted. Any depressions shall be immediately filled with freshly mixed concrete, struck off, consolidated, and refinished. High areas shall be cut down and refinished. Special attention shall be given to assure that the surface across joints meets the smoothness requirements of paragraph 501-5.2e(3). Straightedge testing and ►.. surface corrections shall continue until the entire surface is found to be free from observable departures from the straightedge and until the slab conforms to the required grade and cross-section. The use of long-handled wood floats shall be confined to a minimum;they may be used only in emergencies and in areas not accessible to finishing equipment. This straight-edging is not a replacement for the straightedge testing of paragraph 501-5.2e(3), Smoothness. 501-4.12 Surface texture. The surface of the pavement shall be finished with either a brush or broom,burlap drag, L or artificial turf finish for all newly constructed concrete pavements. It is important that the texturing equipment not tear or unduly roughen the pavement surface during the operation. Any imperfections resulting from the texturing operation shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. [ a. Brush or broom finish. If the pavement surface texture is to be a type of brush or broom finish, it shall be applied when the water sheen has practically disappeared. The equipment shall operate transversely across the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-16 Waterloo Regional Airport L. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways . . o inch (2 mm) in b. Burlap drag finish. If a burlap drag is used to texture the pavement surface, it shall be at least 15 ounces per square yard (555 grams per square meter) . To obtain a textured surface, the transverse threads of the burlap shall be removed approximately one foot (30 cm) from the trailing edge. A heavy buildup of grout on the burlap threads produces the desired wide sweeping longitudinal striations on the pavement surface. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 inch (2 mm) in depth. c. Artificial turf finish. If artificial turf is used to texture the surface,it shall be applied by dragging the surface of the pavement in the direction of concrete placement with an approved full width drag made NA ith artificial turf. b g ig .>le on a traveling bridge.hr-idge,-At-least-2-feet-(64-em)-4-the artificial turf shall be in contact with the concrete surfac durin dragging operations. A variety of different types of artificial turf are available and approval of any one typo will be done only hat has provided satisfactory texture consists of 7,200 approximately 0.85 inch long polyethylene turf blades pet square foot. The corrugations shall be uniform in appearance and approximately 1/16 inch(2 mm)in depth. } 501-4.13 Curing. Immediately after finishing operations are completed and marring of the concrete will not occur, the entire surface of the newly placed concrete shall be cured for a 7-day cure period in accordance with one of the methods below.Failure to provide sufficient cover material of whatever kind the Contractor may elect to use,or lack of water to adequately take care of both curing and other requirements, shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations.The concrete shall not be left exposed for more than 1/2 hour during the curing period. When a two-sawcut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the curing compound shall be applied to the sawcut immediately after the initial cut has been made.The sealant reservoir shall not be sawed until after the curing period has been completed. When the one cut method is used to construct the contraction joint, the joint shall be cured with wet rope,wet rags,or wet blankets.The rags,ropes,or blankets shall be kept moist for the duration of the curing period. a. Impervious membrane method. The entire surface of the pavement shall be sprayed uniformly with white pigmented curing compound immediately after the finishing of the surface and before the set of the concrete has taken place. The curing compound shall not be applied during rainfall. Curing compound shall be applied by mechanical sprayers under pressure at the rate of one gallon (4 liters) to not more than 150 sq ft (14 sq m). The spraying equipment shall be of the fully atomizing type equipped with a tank agitator. At the time of use, the compound shall be in a thoroughly mixed condition with the pigment uniformly dispersed throughout the vehicle. During application the compound shall be stirred continuously by mechanical means. Hand spraying of odd widths or shapes and concrete surfaces exposed by the removal of forms will be permitted.When hand spraying is approved -� by the Engineer, a double application rate shall be used to ensure coverage. The curing compound shall be of such character that the film will harden within 30 minutes after application. Should the film become damaged from any cause, including sawing operations, within the required curing period, the damaged portions shall be repaired immediately with additional compound or other approved means. Upon removal of side forms, the sides of the exposed slabs shall be protected immediately to provide a curing treatment equal to that provided for the surface. Curing shall be applied immediately after the bleed water is gone from the surface. b.White burlap-polyethylene sheets. The surface of the pavement shall be entirely covered with the sheeting. The sheeting used shall be such length (or width) that it will extend at least twice the thickness of the pavement beyond the edges of the slab. The sheeting shall be placed so that the entire surface and both edges of the slab are completely covered. The sheeting shall be placed and weighted to remain in contact with the surface covered, and the covering shall be maintained fully saturated and in position for seven(7)days after the concrete has been placed. c. Water method. The entire area shall be covered with burlap or other water absorbing material. The material shall be of sufficient thickness to retain water for adequate curing without excessive runoff. The material shall be kept wet at all times and maintained for seven(7)days. When the forms are stripped,the vertical walls shall also be kept moist.It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent ponding of the curing water on the subbase. d. Concrete protection for cold weather. The concrete shall be maintained at an ambient temperature of at •-, least 50°F(10°C)for a period of 72 hours after placing and at a temperature above freezing for the remainder of the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-17 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair r1 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways curing time. The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality and strength of the concrete placed during cold weather;and any concrete damaged shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. e. Concrete protection for hot weather. Concrete should be continuous moisture cured for the entire curing period and shall commence as soon as the surfaces are fmished and continue for at least 24 hours. However, if moisture curing is not practical beyond 24 hours, the concrete surface shall be protected from drying with application of a liquid membrane-forming curing compound while the surfaces are still damp. Other curing methods may be approved by the Engineer. ir.. 501-4.14 Removing forms. Unless otherwise specified, forms shall not be removed from freshly placed concrete until it has hardened sufficiently to permit removal without chipping, spalling, or tearing.After the forms have been removed, the sides of the slab shall be cured as per the methods indicated in paragraph 501-4.13. Major honeycombed areas shall be considered as defective work and shall be removed and replaced in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2(f). 501-4.15 Saw-cut grooving. If shown on the plans, grooved surfaces shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Item P-621. _ 501-4.16 Sealing joints.The joints in the pavement shall be sealed in accordance with Item P—6 0 5. 501-4.17 Protection of pavement. The Contractor shall protect the pavement and its appurtenances against both public traffic and traffic caused by the Contractor's employees and agents until accepted by the Engineer. This shall include watchmen to direct traffic and the erection and maintenance of warning signs, lights, pavement bridges, crossovers, and protection of unsealed joints from intrusion of foreign material, etc. Any damage to the pavement occurring prior to fmal acceptance shall be repaired or the pavement replaced at the Contractor's expense. Aggregates,rubble, or other similar construction materials shall not be placed on airfield pavements. Traffic shall be excluded from the new pavement by erecting and maintaining barricades and signs until the concrete is at least seven(7)days old,or for a longer period if directed by the Engineer. In paving intermediate lanes between newly paved pilot lanes, operation of the hauling and paving equipment will be permitted on the new pavement after the pavement has been cured for seven (7) days and the joints have been sealed or otherwise protected, and the concrete has attained a minimum field cured flexural strength of 550 psi (37928 kPa)and approved means are furnished to prevent damage to the slab edge. All new and existing pavement carrying construction traffic or equipment shall be continuously kept completely clean,and spillage of concrete or other materials shall be cleaned up immediately upon occurrence. +- Damaged pavements shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Slabs shall be removed to the full depth,width,and length of the slab. 501-4.18 Opening to construction traffic. The pavement shall not be opened to traffic until test specimens molded and cured in accordance with ASTM C31 have attained a flexural strength of 550 lb/ square inch(3.8 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C78. If such tests are not conducted, the pavement shall not be opened to traffic until 14 days after the concrete was placed. Prior to opening the pavement to construction traffic, all joints shall Imo either be sealed or protected from damage to the joint edge and intrusion of foreign materials into the joint. As a minimum,backer rod or tape may be used to protect the joints from foreign matter intrusion. 501-4.19 Repair,removal,or replacement of slabs. ►- a. General. New pavement slabs that are broken or contain cracks or are otherwise defective or unacceptable shall be removed and replaced or repaired, as directed by the Engineer and as specified hereinafter at no cost to the Owner. Spalls along joints shall be repaired as specified. Removal of partial slabs is not permitted. Removal and .� replacement shall be full depth,shall be full width of the slab, and the limit of removal shall be normal to the paving lane and to each original transverse joint. The Engineer will determine whether cracks extend full depth of the pavement and may require cores to be drilled on the crack to determine depth of cracking. Such cores shall be 4 inch \.r (100 mm) diameter, shall be drilled by the Contractor and shall be filled by the Contractor with a well consolidated concrete mixture bonded to the walls of the hole with epoxy resin,using approved procedures.Drilling of cores and refilling holes shall be at no expense to the Owner.All epoxy resin used in this work shall conform to ASTM C881, Type V. Repair of cracks as described in this section shall not be allowed if in the opinion of the Engineer the �. overall condition of the pavement indicates that such repair is unlikely to achieve an acceptable and durable finished FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-18 Waterloo Regional Airport L, AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways L. I ,a pavement. No repair of cracks shall be allowed in any panel that demonstrates segregated aggregate with an absence of coarse aggregate in the upper 1/8 inch(3 mm)of the pavement surface. b. Shrinkage cracks. Shrinkage cracks,which do not exceed 4 inches (100 mm)in depth, shall be cleaned and then pressure injected with epoxy resin,Type IV,Grade 1,using procedures as approved by the Engineer. Care shall be taken to assure that the crack is not widened during epoxy resin injection. All epoxy resin injection shall take place in the presence of the Engineer. Shrinkage cracks, which exceed 4 inches (100 mm) in depth, shall be treated as full depth cracks in accordance with paragraphs 4.19b and 4.19c. c. Slabs with cracks through interior areas. Interior area is defined as that area more than 6 inches (150 mm) from either adjacent original transverse joint. The full slab shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner, when there are any full depth cracks,or cracks greater than 4 inches (100 mm)in depth,that extend into the interior area. d. Cracks close to and parallel to joints.All cracks essentially parallel to original joints, extending full depth of the slab, and lying wholly within 6 inches(150 mm)either side of the joint shall be treated as specified here.Any crack extending more than 6 inches(150 mm)from the joint shall be treated as specified above in subparagraph c. (1) Full depth cracks present, original joint not opened. When the original un-cracked joint has not opened, the crack shall be sawed and sealed, and the original joint filled with epoxy resin as specified below. The crack shall be sawed with equipment specially designed to follow random cracks. The reservoir for joint sealant in the crack shall be formed by sawing to a depth of 3/4 inches(19 mm),±1/16 inch(2 mm),and to a width of 5/8 inch '-` (16 mm),±1/8 inch(3 mm). Any equipment or procedure which causes raveling or spalling along the crack shall be modified or replaced to prevent such raveling or spalling. The joint sealant shall be a liquid sealant as specified. Installation of joint seal shall be as specified for sealing joints or as directed. If the joint sealant reservoir has been ,.y sawed out, the reservoir and as much of the lower saw cut as possible shall be filled with epoxy resin, Type IV, Grade 2,thoroughly tooled into the void using approved procedures. If only the original narrow saw cut has been made, it shall be cleaned and pressure injected with epoxy resin,Type IV, Grade 1,using approved procedures. If filler type material has been used to form a weakened plane in the transverse joint, it shall be completely sawed out and the saw cut pressure injected with epoxy resin,Type IV, Grade 1, using approved procedures. Where a parallel crack goes part way across paving lane and then intersects and follows the original joint which is cracked only for the remained of the width, it shall be treated as specified above for a parallel crack,and the cracked original joint shall be prepared and sealed as originally designed. (2) Full depth cracks present, original joint also cracked. At a joint, if there is any place in the lane width where a parallel crack and a cracked portion of the original joint overlap,the entire slab containing the crack shall be removed and replaced for the full lane width and length. e.Removal and replacement of full slabs. Where it is necessary to remove full slabs,unless there are dowels present, all edges of the slab shall be cut full depth with a concrete saw. All saw cuts shall be perpendicular to the slab surface.If dowels, or tie bars are present along any edges,these edges shall be sawed full depth just beyond the end of the dowels or tie bars. These joints shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within one inch(25 mm) of the depth of the dowel or tie bar. The main slab shall be further divided by sawing full depth, at appropriate locations, and each piece lifted out and removed. Suitable equipment shall be used to provide a truly vertical lift,and approved safe lifting devices used for attachment to the slabs. The narrow strips along doweled edges shall be carefully broken up and removed using light,hand-held jackhammers, 30 lb(14 kg)or less,or other approved similar equipment. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to the dowels, tie bars, or to concrete to remain in place. The joint face below dowels shall be suitably trimmed so that there is not abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2 inch(12 mm) and no gradual offset greater than one inch(25 mm)when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12-foot(3.7- m)straightedge. No mechanical impact breakers, other than the above hand-held equipment shall be used for any removal of slabs. If underbreak between 1-1/2 and 4 inches(38 and 100 mm)deep occurs at any point along any edge,the area shall be repaired as directed before replacing the removed slab.Procedures directed will be similar to those specified for surface spalls,modified as necessary. If underbreak over 4 inches (100 mm) deep occurs,the entire slab containing the underbreak shall be removed and replaced.Where there are no dowels or tie bars,or where they have been damaged,dowels or tie bars of the size FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-19 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways and spacing as specified for other joints in similar pavement shall be installed by epoxy grouting them into holes drilled into the existing concrete using procedures as specified. Original damaged dowels or tie bars shall be cut off flush with the joint face. Protruding portions of dowels shall be painted and lightly oiled. All four(4) edges of the new slab shall contain dowels or original tie bars. Placement of concrete shall be as specified for original construction. Prior to placement of new concrete, the ... underlying material (unless it is stabilized)shall be re-compacted and shaped as specified in the appropriate section of these specifications. The surfaces of all four joint faces shall be cleaned of all loose material and contaminants and coated with a double application of membrane forming curing compound as bond breaker.Care shall be taken to prevent any curing compound from contacting dowels or tie bars. The resulting joints around the new slab shall be prepared and sealed as specified for original construction. f. Repairing spalls along joints. Where directed, spalls along joints of new slabs, and along parallel cracks r� used as replacement joints, shall be repaired by first making a vertical saw cut at least one inch(25 mm)outside the spalled area and to a depth of at least 2 inch(50 mm). Saw cuts shall be straight lines forming rectangular areas. The concrete between the saw cut and the joint,or crack,shall be chipped out to remove all unsound concrete and at least L 1/2 inch(12 mm)of visually sound concrete. The cavity thus formed shall be thoroughly cleaned with high-pressure water jets supplemented with compressed air to remove all loose material. Immediately before filling the cavity, a prime coat of epoxy resin,Type III,Grade I,shall be applied to thecleaned surface of all sides and bottom of the p YYPPP dry cavity, except any joint face. The prime coat shall be applied in a thin coating and scrubbed into the surface with a stiff-bristle brush. Pooling of epoxy resin shall be avoided. The cavity shall be filled with low slump Portland cement concrete or mortar or with epoxy resin concrete or mortar. Concrete shall be used for larger spalls,generally those more than 1/2 cu. ft. (0.014 m3) in size, and mortar shall be used for the smaller ones. Any spall less than 0.1 Imp cu. ft. (0.003 m3) shall be repaired only with epoxy resin mortar or a Grade III epoxy resin. Portland cement concrete and mortar mixtures shall be proportioned as directed and shall be mixed, placed, consolidated, and cured as directed. Epoxy resin mortars shall be made with Type III, Grade 1, epoxy resin, using proportions and mixing and placing procedures as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The epoxy resin materials shall be placed in the cavity in layers not over 2 inches (50 min) thick. The time interval between placement of additional layers shall be such that the temperature of the epoxy resin material does not exceed 140°F (60°C) at any time during hardening. Mechanical vibrators and hand tampers shall be used to consolidate the concrete or mortar.Any repair material on the surrounding surfaces of the existing concrete shall be removed before it hardens. Where the spalled area abuts a joint, an insert or other bond-breaking medium shall be used to prevent bond at the joint face. A reservoir for the joint sealant shall be sawed to the dimensions required for other joints, or as required to be routed for cracks. The reservoir shall be thoroughly cleaned and sealed with the sealer specified for the joints. If any spall penetrates half the depth of the slab or more,the entire slab shall be removed and replaced as previously specified If any spall would require over 25% of the length of any single joint to be repaired, the entire slab shall be removed and replaced.Repair of spalls as described in this section shall not be allowed if in the opinion of the Engineer the overall condition of the pavement indicates that such repair is unlikely to achieve an acceptable and durable finished pavement. No repair of spalls shall be allowed in any panel that demonstrates segregated aggregate with a significant absence of coarse aggregate in the upper one-eight(1/8th)inch of the pavement surface. g.Diamond grinding of PCC surfaces.Diamond grinding of the hardened concrete with an approved diamond .. grinding machine should not be performed until the concrete is 14 days or more old and concrete has reached full minimum strength.When required,diamond grinding shall be accomplished by sawing with saw blades impregnated with industrial diamond abrasive. The saw blades shall be assembled in a cutting head mounted on a machine Ion designed specifically for diamond grinding that will produce the required texture and smoothness level without damage to the pavement. The saw blades shall be 1/8-inch(3-mm) wide and there shall be a minimum of 55 to 60 blades per 12 inches (300 mm) of cutting head width; the actual number of blades will be determined by the Contractor and depend on the hardness of the aggregate. Each machine shall be capable of cutting a path at least 3 feet (0.9 m) wide. Equipment that causes ravels, aggregate fractures, spalls or disturbance to the joints will not be permitted. The area corrected by diamond grinding the surface of the hardened concrete should not exceed 10% of the total area of any sublot. The depth of diamond grinding shall not exceed 1/2 inch(13 mm)and all areas in which diamond grinding has been performed will be subject to the final pavement thickness tolerances specified. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. All pavement areas requiring plan grade or surface smoothness corrections in excess of the limits specified above,may require removing and replacing in conformance with paragraph 501-4.19. 501-4.20 Existing concrete pavement removal and repair. FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 P501-20 Waterloo Regional Airport 1. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways All operations shall be carefully controlled to prevent damage to the concrete pavement and to the underlying material to remain in place.All saw cuts shall be made perpendicular to the slab surface. a.Removal of existing pavement slab. When it is necessary to remove existing concrete pavement and leave adjacent concrete in place, unless _ there are dowels present, the joint between the removal area and adjoining pavement to stay in place, including dowels or tie bars, shall first be cut full depth with a standard diamond-type concrete saw. If dowels are present at this joint, the saw cut shall be made full depth just beyond the end of dowels. The edge shall then be carefully sawed on the joint line to within one inch (25 mm) of the top of the dowel. Next, a full depth saw cut shall be made parallel to the joint at least 24 inches (600 mm) from the joint and at least 12 inches (300 mm) from the end of any dowels. All pavement between this last saw cut and the joint line shall be carefully broken up _ and removed using hand-held jackhammers, 30 lb (14 kg) or less, or the approved light-duty equipment which will not cause stress to propagate across the joint saw cut and cause distress in the pavement which is to remain in place. Where dowels are present, care shall be taken to produce an even, vertical joint face below the dowels. If the Contractor is unable to produce such a -- joint face, or if underbreak or other distress occurs, the Contractor shall saw the dowels flush with the joint. The Contractor shall then install new dowels, of the size and spacing used for other similar joints, by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph 501-4.10g. All this shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. Dowels of the size and spacing indicated shall be installed as shown on the drawings by epoxy resin bonding them in holes drilled in the joint face as specified in paragraph 501-4.10g. The joint face shall be sawed or otherwise trimmed so that there is no abrupt offset in any direction greater than 1/2 inches(12 mm)and no gradual offset greater than one inch(25 mm)when tested in a horizontal direction with a 12-foot(3.7-m)straightedge. b.Edge repair. The edge of existing concrete pavement against which new pavement abuts shall be protected from damage at all times.Areas that are damaged during construction shall be repaired at no cost to the Owner. (1) Spall repair. Spalls shall be repaired where indicated and where directed by the Engineer. Repair materials and procedures shall be as previously specified in subparagraph 501-4.19f. (2)Underbreak repair.All underbreak shall be repaired.First, all delaminated and loose material shall be carefully removed. Next, the underlying material shall be recompacted, without addition of any new material. Finally, the void shall be completely filled with paving concrete, thoroughly consolidated. Care shall be taken to produce an even joint face from top to bottom.Prior to placing concrete,the underlying material shall be thoroughly moistened.After placement,the exposed surface shall be heavily coated with curing compound. (3) Underlying material. The underlying material adjacent to the edge and under the existing pavement which is to remain in place shall be protected from damage or disturbance during removal operations and until placement of new concrete, and shall be shaped as shown on the drawings or as directed. Sufficient material shall be kept in place outside the joint line to prevent disturbance (or sloughing) of material under the pavement that is to remain in place. Any material under the portion of the concrete pavement to remain in place, which is disturbed or loses its compaction shall be carefully removed and replaced with concrete as specified in paragraph 501-4.20b(2). The underlying material outside the joint line shall be thoroughly compacted and moist when new concrete is placed. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-21 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE 501-5.1 Acceptance sampling and testing. All acceptance sampling and testing necessary to determine conformance with the requirements specified in this section, with the exception of coring for thickness determination,will be performed by the Engineer at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor shall bear the cost of providing curing facilities for the strength specimens,per paragraph 501-5.1a(3), and coring and filling operations, per paragraph 501-5.1b(1). Testing organizations performing these tests shall be accredited in accordance with ASTM C 1077. The laboratory accreditation must be current and listed on the accrediting authority's website. All test methods required for acceptance sampling and testing must be listed on the lab accreditation. A copy of the laboratory's current accreditation and accredited test methods shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to start of construction. Concrete shall be accepted for strength and thickness on a lot basis. A lot shall consist of a day's production not to exceed , S 'cubic yards Cis* cubic meters) riA square yards(square meters)]. a.Flexural strength. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots. One sample shall be taken for each sublot from the plastic concrete delivered to the job site. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D3665. The concrete shall be sampled in accordance with ASTM C172. (2) Testing. Two(2) specimens shall be made from each sample. Specimens shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31 and the flexural strength of each specimen shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C78.The oft. flexural strength for each sublot shall be computed by averaging the results of the two test specimens representing that sublot. Immediately prior to testing for flexural strength, the beam shall be weighed and measured for determination of a sample unit weight. Measurements shall be made for each dimension; height, depth, and length, at the mid-point of the specimen and reported to the nearest 1/10 inch (3 mm). The weight of the specimen shall be reported to the nearest 0.1 pound(45 gm). The sample unit weight shall be calculated by dividing the sample weight :. by the calculated volume of the sample. This information shall be reported as companion information to the measured flexural strength for each specimen. The samples will be transported while in the molds. The curing, except for the initial cure period, will be accomplished using the immersion in saturated lime water method. ` Slump, air content, and temperature tests will also be conducted by the quality assurance laboratory for each set of strength test samples,per ASTM C31. (3) Curing. The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for the initial curing of beams. During the 24 hours after molding,the temperature immediately adjacent to the specimens must be maintained in the range of 60° to 80°F(16°to 27°C), and loss of moisture from the specimens must be prevented. The specimens may be stored in tightly constructed wooden boxes, damp sand pits, temporary buildings at construction sites, under wet burlap in him favorable weather, or in heavyweight closed plastic bags, or using other suitable methods,provided the temperature and moisture loss requirements are met. (4) Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for flexural strength will be determined by the Engineer in tom accordance with paragraph 501-5.2b. b.Pavement thickness. (1) Sampling. Each lot shall be divided into four equal sublots and one core shall be taken by the Contractor for each sublot. Sampling locations shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with random sampling procedures contained in ASTM D3665. Areas, such as thickened edges, with planned variable thickness, shall be excluded from sample locations. Cores shall be neatly cut with a core drill. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, labor, and materials for cutting samples and filling the cored hole. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with a non-shrink grout approved by the Engineer within one day after sampling. (2) Testing. The thickness of the cores shall be determined by the Engineer by the average caliper measurement in accordance with ASTM C 174. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-22 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways L { (3)Acceptance. Acceptance of pavement for thickness shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-5.2c. c. Partial lots. When operational conditions cause a lot to be terminated before the specified number of tests have been made for the lot, or when the Contractor and Engineer agree in writing to allow overages or minor placements to be considered as partial lots,the following procedure will be used to adjust the lot size and the number of tests for the lot. Where three sublots have been produced, they shall constitute a lot. Where one or two sublots have been produced,they shall be incorporated into the next lot or the previous lot and the total number of sublots shall be used in the acceptance criteria calculation,that is,n=5 or n=6. d. Outliers. All individual flexural strength tests within a lot shall be checked for an outlier (test criterion) in accordance with ASTM E178, at a significance level of 5%. Outliers shall be discarded, and the percentage of material within specification limits(PWL)shall be determined using the remaining test values. 501-5.2 Acceptance criteria. a. General. Acceptance will be based on the following characteristics of the completed pavement discussed in paragraph 501-5.2e: (1)Flexural strength (2)Thickness (3)Smoothness (4)Grade (5)Edge slump Flexural strength and thickness shall be evaluated for acceptance on a lot basis using the method of estimating PWL. Acceptance using PWL considers the variability (standard deviation) of the material and the testing procedures, as well as the average (mean) value of the test results to calculate the percentage of material that is above the lower specification tolerance limit(L). Acceptance for flexural strength will be based on the criteria contained in accordance with paragraph 501- OM 5.2e(1). Acceptance for thickness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(2). Acceptance for smoothness will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(3).Acceptance for grade will be based on the criteria contained in paragraph 501-5.2e(4). The Engineer may at any time, notwithstanding previous plant acceptance, reject and require the Contractor to dispose of any batch of concrete mixture which is rendered unfit for use due to contamination, segregation, or improper slump. Such rejection may be based on only visual inspection. In the event of such rejection, the Contractor may take a representative sample of the rejected material in the presence of the Engineer,and if it can be demonstrated in the laboratory, in the presence of the Engineer, that such material was erroneously rejected, payment will be made for the material at the contract unit price. b.Flexural strength.Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement for flexural strength shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. c. Pavement thickness. Acceptance of each lot of in-place pavement shall be based on PWL. The Contractor shall target production quality to achieve 90 PWL or higher. d. Percentage of material within limits(PWL). The PWL shall be determined in accordance with procedures specified in Section 110 of the General Provisions. The lower specification tolerance limit(L)for flexural strength and thickness shall be: Lower Specification Tolerance Limit(L) Flexural Strength 0.93 x strength specified in paragraph 501-3.1 Thickness Lot Plan Thickness in inches, -0.50 in FAA MP#3-19-0094-045 P501-23 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair ... Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways e.Acceptance criteria. L (1) Flexural Strength. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90%, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (2) Thickness. If the PWL of the lot equals or exceeds 90%, the lot shall be acceptable. Acceptance and payment for the lot shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1. (3) Smoothness. As soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently, but not later than 48 hours after placement, the surface of each lot shall be tested in both longitudinal and transverse directions for smoothness to reveal all surface irregularities exceeding the tolerances specified. The Contractor shall furnish paving equipment and employ methods that produce a surface for each section of pavement having an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 501-8.1c when evaluated with a profilograph; and the finished surface of the pavement shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6mm) when evaluated with a 12-foot (3.7m) straightedge. When the surface smoothness exceeds specification tolerances which cannot be corrected by diamond grinding of the pavement, full depth removal and replacement of pavement shall be to the limit of the longitudinal placement. — Corrections involving diamond grinding will be subject to the fmal pavement thickness tolerances specified. (a)Transverse measurements. Transverse measurements will be taken for each lot placed. Transverse measurements will be taken perpendicular to the pavement centerline each 50 feet (15m) or more often as determined by the Engineer. (i) Testing shall be continuous across all joints, starting with one-half the length of the straight edge at the edge of pavement section being tested and then moved ahead one-half the length of the straight edge for each successive measurement. Smoothness readings will not be made across grade changes or cross slope transitions; at these transition areas, the straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade or cross slope transitions. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding (unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface and allowing it to rest upon the two highest spots covered by its length, and measuring the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. Deviations on final pavement > 1/4 inch(6mm)in transverse direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of pavement. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10%of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. (ii) The joint between lots shall be tested separately to facilitate smoothness between lots. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding (unleveled) straightedge on the pavement surface, with half the straightedge on one side of the joint and the other half of the straightedge on the other side of the joint. Measure the maximum gap between the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. One measurement shall be taken at the joint every 50 feet (15m) or more often if directed by the Engineer. Maximum gap on final pavement surface> 1/4 inch(6mm)in transverse direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of surface. Each measurement shall be recorded and a copy of the data shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. (b) Longitudinal measurements. Longitudinal measurements will be taken for each lot placed. Longitudinal tests will be parallel to the centerline of paving; at the center of paving lanes when widths of paving lanes are less than 20 feet (6m); and at the one third points of paving lanes when widths of paving lanes are 20 ft (6m)or greater. (i)Longitudinal Short Sections. Longitudinal Short Sections are when the longitudinal lot length is less than 200 feet(60m)and areas not requiring a profilograph. When approved by the Engineer,the first and last 15 feet(4.5m)of the lot can also be considered as short sections for smoothness. The finished surface shall not vary more than 1/4 inch (6mm) when evaluated with a 12-foot (3.7m) straightedge. Smoothness readings will not be made across grade changes or cross slope transitions, at these transition areas, the straightedge position shall be adjusted to measure surface smoothness and not design grade or cross slope transitions. Testing shall be continuous across all joints, starting with one-half the length of the straight edge at the edge of pavement section being tested and then moved ahead one-half the length of the straight edge for each successive measurement. The amount of surface irregularity shall be determined by placing the freestanding(unleveled)straightedge on the pavement surface and allowing it to rest upon the two highest spots covered by its length, and measuring the maximum gap between +•� the straightedge and the pavement surface in the area between these two high points. Deviations on final pavement FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-24 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways surface> 1/4 inch(6mm)in longitudinal direction will be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of surface. Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10%of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. (ii) Profilograph Testing. Profilograph testing shall be performed by the contractor using approved equipment and procedures as described as ASTM E1274. The equipment shall utilize electronic recording ..� and automatic computerized reduction of data to indicate "must grind" bumps and the Profile Index for the pavement using a 0.2 inch(5 mm)blanking band. The bump template must span one inch(25 mm)with an offset of 0.4 inches (10 mm). The profilograph must be calibrated prior to use and operated by a factory or State DOT approved operator. Profilograms shall be recorded on a longitudinal scale of one inch(25 mm) equals 25 feet(7.5 m) and a vertical scale of one inch (25 mm) equals one inch (25 mm). A copy of the reduced tapes shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. ,� The pavement must have an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 501- 8.1c. Deviations on final surface in longitudinal direction shall be corrected with diamond grinding per paragraph 501-4.19g or by removing and replacing full depth of pavement.Grinding will be tapered in all directions to provide smooth transitions to areas not requiring grinding. The area corrected by grinding should not exceed 10% of the total area and these areas shall be retested after grinding. Where corrections are necessary, second profilograph runs shall be performed to verify that the corrections produced an average profile index of 15 inches (38 cm) per mile or less. If the initial average profile index was less than 15 inches (38 cm),only those areas representing greater than 0.4 inch(10 min)deviation will be re-profiled for correction verification. (iii)Final profilograph of taxiway funiway. Final profilograph,full length of taxiway runway, shall be performed to facilitate testing of smoothness between lots. Profilograph testing shall be performed by the contractor using approved equipment and procedures as described as ASTM E1274. The pavement must have an average profile index meeting the requirements of paragraph 501-8.1c. The equipment shall utilize electronic recording and automatic computerized reduction of data to indicate"must grind"bumps and the Profile Index for the pavement using a 0.2 inch(5 mm)blanking band. The bump template must span one inch(25 mm)with an offset of 0.4 inches (10 min). The profilograph must be calibrated prior to use and operated by a factory or State DOT approved, trained operator. Profilograms shall be recorded on a longitudinal scale of one inch (25 mm) equals 25 ,,,, feet(7.5 m)and a vertical scale of one inch(25 mm)equals one inch(25 mm). A copy of the reduced tapes shall be furnished to the Engineer at the end of each days testing. Profilograph of final runway shall be performed one foot right and left of runway centerline and 15 feet right and left of centerline. Any areas that indicate"must grind"will be corrected as directed by the Engineer. r` Smoothness testing indicated in the above paragraphs except paragraph (iii) shall be performed within 48 hours of placement of material. Smoothness texting indicated in paragraph(iii)shall be performed within 48 hours final paving completion. The primary purpose of smoothness testing is to identify areas that may be prone to ponding of water which could lead to hydroplaning of aircraft. If the contractor's machines and/or methods are producing significant areas that need corrective actions then production should be stopped until corrective measures can be implemented. If corrective measures are not implemented and when directed by the Engineer, production shall be stopped until corrective measures can be implemented. (4) Grade. An evaluation of the surface grade shall be made by the Engineer for compliance to the tolerances contained below. The finish grade will be determined by running levels at intervals of 50 feet(15 m) or less longitudinally and all breaks in grade transversely (not to exceed 50 feet(15 m))to determine the elevation of the completed pavement. The Contractor shall pay the costs of surveying the level runs, and this work shall be performed by a licensed surveyor. The documentation,stamped and signed by a licensed surveyor,shall be provided by the Contractor to the Engineer. (a) Lateral deviation. Lateral deviation from established alignment of the pavement edge shall not exceed+0.10 feet(30 mm)in any lane. (b) Vertical deviation. Vertical deviation from established grade shall not exceed+0.04 feet(12 mm)at any point. (5) Edge slump. When excessive edge slump cannot be corrected before the concrete has hardened, the area with excessive edge slump shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor as directed by the Engineer in accordance with paragraph 501-4.8a. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-25 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways f. Removal and replacement of concrete. Any area or section of concrete that is removed and replaced shall be removed and replaced back to planned joints. The Contractor shall replace damaged dowels and the requirements for doweled longitudinal construction joints in paragraph 501-4.10 shall apply to all contraction joints exposed by concrete removal. Removal and replacement shall be in accordance with paragraph 501-4.20. CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 501-6.1 Quality control program. The Contractor shall develop a Quality Control Program in accordance with YEN Section 100 of the General Provisions.The program shall address all elements that affect the quality of the pavement including but not limited to: a.Mix Design b.Aggregate Gradation c.Quality of Materials d. Stockpile Management e.Proportioning f.Mixing and Transportation g.Placing and Consolidation h.Joints i.Dowel Placement and Alignment j.Flexural or Compressive Strength OMMI k.Finishing and Curing I. Surface Smoothness 501-6.2 Quality control testing. The Contractor shall perform all quality control tests necessary to control the production and construction processes applicable to this specification and as set forth in the Quality Control Program. The testing program shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, tests for aggregate gradation, aggregate moisture content, slump,and air content. A Quality Control Testing Plan shall be developed as part of the Quality Control Program. a.Fine aggregate. (1) Gradation. A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily in accordance with ASTM C136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. (2) Moisture content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture ins content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter,two tests shall be made per day.Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C70 or ASTM C566. b.Coarse Aggregate. (1)Gradation.A sieve analysis shall be made at least twice daily for each size of aggregate. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C136 from randomly sampled material taken from the discharge gate of storage bins or from the conveyor belt. L. (2) Moisture content. If an electric moisture meter is used, at least two direct measurements of moisture content shall be made per week to check the calibration. If direct measurements are made in lieu of using an electric meter,two tests shall be made per day.Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C566. L c. Slump. Four slump tests shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in paragraph 501-5.1. One test shall be made for each sublot. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 143 from material randomly sampled from material discharged from trucks at the paving site.Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C172. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-26 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways d. Air content. Four air content tests, shall be performed for each lot of material produced in accordance with the lot size defined in paragraph 501-5.1.One test shall be made for each sublot.Air content tests shall be performed .. in accordance with ASTM C231 for gravel and stone coarse aggregate and ASTM C173 for slag or other porous coarse aggregate, from material randomly sampled from trucks at the paving site. Material samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C172. e.Four unit weight and yield tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 138. The samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C172 and at the same time as the air content tests. 501-6.3 Control charts. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts for fine and coarse aggregate gradation, ,... slump,moisture content and air content. Control charts shall be posted in a location satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be kept up to date at all times.As a minimum, the control charts shall identify the project number, the contract item number, the test number, each test parameter, the Action and suspension Limits, or Specification limits, applicable to each test parameter, and the Contractor's test results. The Contractor shall use the control charts as part of a process control system for identifying potential problems and assignable causes before they occur. If the Contractor's projected data during production indicates a potential problem and the Contractor is not taking satisfactory corrective action,the Engineer may halt production or acceptance of the material. a. Fine and coarse aggregate gradation. The Contractor shall record the running average of the last five gradation tests for each control sieve on linear control charts. Specification limits contained in the Lower Specification Tolerance Limit (L)table above and the Control Chart Limits table below shall be superimposed on the Control Chart for job control. b. Slump and air content. The Contractor shall maintain linear control charts both for individual measurements and range(that is,difference between highest and lowest measurements)for slump and air content in accordance with the following Action and Suspension Limits. Control Chart Limits Control Parameter Individual Measurements Range Suspension Limit Action Limit Suspension Limit Slip Form: Slump +0 to-1 inch (0-25 mm) +0.5 to-1.5 inch(13-38 mm) ±1.5 inch(38 mm) Air Content +1.2% ±1.8% ±2.5% Side Form: ... Slump +0.5 to-1 inch(13-25 mm) +1 to-1.5 inch(25-38 mm) ±1.5 inch(38 mm) Air Content ±1.2% ±1.8% ±2.5% The individual measurement control charts shall use the mix design target values as indicators of central tendency. 501-6.4 Corrective action. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall indicate that appropriate action shall be taken when the process is believed to be out of control. The Contractor Quality Control Program shall detail what action will be taken to bring the process into control and shall contain sets of rules to gauge when a process is out of control. As a minimum, a process shall be deemed out of control and corrective action taken if any one of the following conditions exists. a. Fine and coarse aggregate gradation. When two consecutive averages of five tests are outside of the specification limits in paragraph 501-2.1, immediate steps, including a halt to production, shall be taken to correct the grading. b. Fine and coarse aggregate moisture content. Whenever the moisture content of the fine or coarse aggregate changes by more than 0.5%, the scale settings for the aggregate batcher and water batcher shall be adjusted. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-27 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways c.Slump.The Contractor shall halt production and make appropriate adjustments whenever: (1)one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range OR (2)two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. - d. Air content. The Contractor shall halt production and adjust the amount of air-entraining admixture whenever: (1)one point falls outside the Suspension Limit line for individual measurements or range OR (2)two points in a row fall outside the Action Limit line for individual measurements. Whenever a point falls outside the Action Limits line,the air-entraining admixture dispenser shall be calibrated to ensure that it is operating correctly and with good reproducibility. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 501-7.1 Portland cement concrete pavement shall be measured by the number of Ecubieyards (cubic meters)] square yards (square meters) of either plain or reinforced pavement as specified in-place, completed and accepted. BASIS OF PAYMENT 501-8.1 Payment. Payment for concrete pavement meeting all acceptance criteria as specified in paragraph 501-5.2 Acceptance Criteria shall be based on results of smoothness, strength and thickness tests. Payment for acceptable lots of concrete pavement shall be adjusted in accordance with paragraph 501-8.1a for strength and thickness and 501-8.1c for smoothness,subject to the limitation that: The total project payment for concrete pavement shall not exceed 100% percent of the product of the contract unit price and the total number of square yards (square meters) of concrete pavement used in the accepted work(See Note 1 under the Price Adjustment Schedule table below). Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals required to complete the work as specified herein and on the drawings. a.Basis of adjusted payment.The pay factor for each individual lot shall be calculated in accordance with the Price Adjustment Schedule table below. A pay factor shall be calculated for both flexural strength and thickness. The lot pay factor shall be the higher of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are 100%or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the product of the two values when only one of the calculations for either flexural strength or thickness is 100% or higher. The lot pay factor shall be the lower of the two values when calculations for both flexural strength and thickness are less than 100%. Price Adjustment Scheduler Percentage of Materials Within Specification Lot Pay Factor Limits (Percent of Contract Unit Price) (PWL) 96-100 106 90-95 PWL+ 10 75-90 0.5PWL+55 55-74 1.4PWL-12 _ Below 55 Reject2 ' Although it is theoretically possible to achieve a pay factor of 106%for each lot, actual payment in excess of 100%shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1. �- FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-28 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways 2 and the FAA have ele id The lot shall be removed and replaced. However, if the Enginee d to allow the th t t"e lot "hall not be removed, it shall be paid for at 50% of the contract unit price and he total project .r payment limitation shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot. The lct shall be removed and replaced. However, the Engineer may have reasons to decide to allow the rejected lot to remain. In that case, the Engineer will consult and get concurrence from the FAA ADO, as stated in Section 50-02, to enter into a written agreement with the Contractor. This written agreement shall include the reasoning why the lot shall not be removed and that it shall be paid for at 50% of the contract unit price and the total project payment limitation shall be reduced by the amount withheld for the rejected lot. For each lot accepted,the adjusted contract unit price shall be the product of the lot pay factor for the lot and the contract unit price. Payment shall be subject to the total project payment limitation specified in paragraph 501-8.1. Payment in excess of 100%for accepted lots of concrete pavement shall be used to offset payment for accepted lots of concrete pavement that achieve a lot pay factor less than 100%. b.Payment.Payment shall be made under: Item P-501-8.1a Portland Cement Concrete Pavement [per cubic yard (cubic meter}} per square yard (square meter) c. Basis of adjusted payment for smoothness. Price adjustment for pavement smoothness will apply to the total area of concrete within a section of pavement and shall be applied in accordance the following equation and schedule: (Square yard in section) x (original unit price per square yard) x PFm=reduction in payment for area within section Average Profile Index(Inches Per Mile) Contract Unit Price Pavement Strength Rating Adjustment Over 30,000 lb Short Sections (PFm) 0-7 0 10 0- 15 0.00 7.1 -9 10.1 11 15.1 - 16 0.02 9.1 - 11 11.1 12 16.1 - 17 0.04 11.1 - 13 12.1 I3 17.1 - 18 0.06 13.1 - 14 13.1 14 18.1 -20 0.08 14.1 - 15 14.1 15 20.1 -22 0.10 15.1 and up 15.1 and up 22.1 and up Corrective work required TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C70 Standard Test Method for Surface Moisture in Fine Aggregate ASTM C78 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete(Using Simple Beam with Third- Point Loading) ASTM C88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer Than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing ASTM C131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-29 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways ASTM C 136 Standard Test Method for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete ASTM C 142 Standard Test Method for Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates �-- ASTM C 143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete ASTM C172 Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete ASTM C173 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method ASTM C 174 Standard Test Method for Measuring Thickness of Concrete Elements Using Drilled Concrete Cores ASTM C227 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations(Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C289 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method) ASTM C295 Standard Guide for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete ASTM C114 Standard Test Methods for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement ASTM C311 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use in Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C566 Standard Test Method for Total Evaporable Moisture Content of Aggregates by Drying ASTM C642 Standard Test Method for Density,Absorption,and Voids in Hardened Concrete ASTM C666 Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing ASTM C1077 Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete. and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation ASTM C 1260 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates(Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C1567 Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) ASTM C1602 Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM D3665 Standard Practice for Random Sampling of Construction Materials ASTM D4791 Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate ASTM E178 Standard Practice for Dealing With Outlying Observations ASTM E1274 Standard Test Method for Measuring Pavement Roughness Using a Profilograph U.S.Army Corps of Engineers(USACE)Concrete Research Division(CRD)C662 Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials,Lithium Nitrate Admixture and Aggregate(Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM A184 Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-30 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A704 Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A706 Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A714 Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe ASTM A775 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A934 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars ASTM A996 Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A1064 Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed,for Concrete ASTM A1078 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Dowels for Concrete Pavement ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates aNal ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C 150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement tomMa ASTM C 171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete ASTM C881 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete ASTM C989 Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars ASTM D1751 Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction(Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D1752 Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving And Structural Construction ACI 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete ACI 305R Guide to Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306R Guide to Cold Weather Concreting ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-31 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973--BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair ..t Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways AC 150/5320-6 Airport Pavement Design and Evaluation PCA Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures END ITEM P-501 :.. boa FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P501-32 Waterloo Regional Airport �.. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways II Item P-620 Runway and Taxiway Marking DESCRIPTION 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the preparation and painting of numbers, markings, and stripes on the surface of runways,taxiways,and aprons,in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans,or as directed by the Engineer. The terms "paint" and "marking material" as well as "painting" and "application of markings"are interchangeable throughout this specification. MATERIALS 620-2.1 Materials acceptance. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certified test reports for materials shipped to the project. The certified test reports shall include a statement that the materials meet the specification requirements. The reports can be used for material acceptance or the Engineer may perform verification testing. The reports shall not be interpreted as a basis for payment. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon arrival of a shipment of materials to the site. All material shall arrive in sealed containers 55 gallons or smaller for inspection by the Engineer.Material shall not be loaded into the equipment until inspected by the Engineer. 620-2.2 Marking materials. Paint shall be waterborne, epoxy, methacrylate, solvent bases preformed thermoplastic in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs 620-2.2 a. and o. Paint shall be furnished in Yellow - 33538 or 33655, Black - 37038 and White - 37925 in accordance with Federal Standard No. 595. Th E shall rt tho olo s to be ed et from the folio -list. Fed Std.No 595 Color Number White 37925 Red 31136 Yellow 33538 or 33655 Black 37038 Pink 1 part 31136 to 2 parts 37925 C reen 31108 Water-ber-Fre-Of-seiveitt-lease-bleek-pain4-shouR1-be-used-te-efutline-a-bef-der-a4-leas4-6-ai-eh !ten m). ;de nd rl, all light oln ed ntc Pref med the..a., /Ia-srtic C TT D 7952E and A A 2886B r nt.. the Engineer shall� cify the type r IjlemT • Ty„e 11 : Mended for locations...here faster c s desirable. • Type III requires the use of cross linking resin which will produce a thicker, more durable coating. dng:. a. Waterborne. Paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-1952E, [Type I[ Type II [Type III]. The non-volatile portion of the vehicle for all paint types shall be composed of a 100% acrylic polymer as catermined by infrared spectral analysis. [The acrylic resin used for Type III shall be 100%Gros finking acrylic as evidenced by infrared peaks at wavelengths 1568, 1624, and 1672 cm 1 with intensities equal to those produced by an acrylic resin known to be 100%cross linking.] [ b.Epoxy.Paint shall be a two component,minimum 99% solids type system conforming to tee f ll ..mg. FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 P620-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair ... Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways (1)Pigments.Component A.Percent by weight. (a)White: Titanium Diox de A STr,r D17 t II hall be 18% minimum (16.5% minimum at 100% purity). (b)Yellow and CoFors.. Titanium Dioxide,ASTM D476,type 11 shall be 11 to 17%. Organic yellow,other colors,and tinting as required to meet color standard. Epoxyresin shall be 75 to 79%. (2) Epoxy content. Component A. The weight per epoxy equivalent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D1652 shall be the manufacturer's target+50. (3) Amine number. Component B. When tested in accordance with ASTM D2074 shall be the manufacturer's target±50, hexavalent chromium, halogenated seliet ts, nor any carcinogen defned i^ 29 rrFR 10,E nos us-acxxzroa [xx six zc in exceeding permissible limits-as specified in relevant Federal Regulations. (5) Daylight direction i ci t 0 O to magnesium oxide), when tested in accordance with ASTM E2302.The x and y values shall be consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: ;:162 .170 x .179 x .501 .438 y .155 y .128 y .152 (6) A tzccelerated. cathertng 1 I .. standard conditions. (b) Testing conditions. Test in accordance with ASTM G 151 using both Ultra Violet (UV B) Light condensate exposure at 101°F(10°C). the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 6)0 2.2b(5) above. Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements. ,tpendix A,Method 24. (8) Dry opacity.Use ASTM E2302. The wet film thickness shall be 0,. 5 inch(0.38 mm). The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 0.92_ (9) Abrasion resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620 2.2b(6) to the abrasion test in 0.717 to 0.750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters (17.5 lb (7.91 kg)) of unused sand shall be used for ach test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels Both baked and weathered paint films shall require not less than 150 liters(525 lbs(239 kg))of sand for the removal of the paint films. (10)Hardness,shore.Hardness shall be at least 80 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2210. )' [c. Mcthacrylatc. Paint shall be a two component, minimum 99% solids type system conforming to the following: (1)Pigments.Component A.Percent by weight. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways (a) Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D476,type II shall be 8%minimum.; Methacrylate resin shall be 18%minimum. Titanium Dioxide,ASTM D176,type II shall be l%minimum. Organic yellow,other colors,and tinting as required to meet color standard. Methacr}late resin shall be 18%minimum. tain mercury, lead, hexavale. n .1200 in amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations. (3) Daylight directional reflectance: (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 80% (relative to magnesium oxide) , wh:n tested in accordance with 1`.STM 'E2302. (b)Yellow:The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow p nt shall not be l s than 55%(relative consistent with the Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be k onsistent with the tolerance listed below: x .162 x .1170 x .179 x .501 y .138 y ..155 y .428 y .452 (a)Sample preparation.Apply the paint at a wet film thickness of 0.013 inch(03 mm)to four 3 6 inch (8 15 cm) aluminum panels prepared as described in ASTM E2302. Air dry the sample 48 "ours-under standard conditions. (b)Testing conditions.Test in accordance with ASTM G151 using both Ultra Violet(UV B)Light and condensate exposure, 72 hours total, alteptiating four (4) hew UV exposure at 110°F (60°C) and four (1) hours condensate exposure at 104°F(40°C). editions. Determine the directional reflectance and color match using the procedures in paragraph 620 2.2c(3) above: Evaluate for conformance with the color requirements. (5) Volatile organic content. Determine the volatile organic content in accordance w th 10 CFR Part 60 Appendix A,Method 24. (6)Dry opacity. Use ASTM E2302. The wet film thickness shall be 0.015 inch(0.38 rim).'The minimum opacity for white and colors shall be 092. (7) Abrasion resistance. Subject the panels prepared in paragraph 620 2.2c(1) to the abrasion test in tube shall be from 0.747 to 0.750 inch (18.97 to 19.05 mm). Five liters (17.5 lb (7.91 kg)) of unused sand shall be used for each test panel. The test shall be run on two test panels Both baked and weathered paint films shall requn.not less than 154 liters(525 lbs(239 kg)of sand for the removal of the paint films. (8)Hardness,shore.Hardness shall be at least 60 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2210.] [ d. Solvent Base. Paint shall meet the requirements of Commercial Item Description [A A 2886B Type I Type II,and Type lllj.} b. Preformed Thermoplastic Airport Pavement Markings. Markings must be composed of ester modified resins in conjunction with aggregates, pigments, and binders that have been factory produced as a finished product. The material must be impervious to degradation by aviation fuels, motor fuels, and lubricants. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways (1) The markings must be able to be applied in temperatures as low as 35°F without any special storage, preheating, or treatment of the material before application. (a) The markings must be supplied with an integral, non- reflectorized black border. -' (2) Graded glass beads. (a) The material must contain a minimum of 30% intermixed graded glass beads by weight. The intermixed beads shall conform to 1FcdOral '- Specification TT B 1325D, Type I, gradation r} Federal Specification TT-B- 1325D, Type IV. (b) The material must have factory applied coated surface beads in addition to the intermixed beads at a rate of one (1) lb (0.45 kg) (±10%) per 10 square feet (1 sq m) . These factory applied coated surface beads shall have a minimum of 90% true spheres, minimum refractive index of 1.50, and meet the following gradation. Size Gradation Retained, % Passing, % U.S. Mesh pm ._ 12 1700 0 - 2 98 - 100 14 1400 0 - 3.5 96.5 - 100 16 1180 2 - 25 75 - 98 18 1000 28 - 63 37 - 72 20 850 63 - 72 28 - 37 30 600 67 - 77 23 - 33 50 300 89 - 95 5 - 11 80 200 97 - 100 0 - 3 (3) Heating indicators. The material manufacturer shall provide a method to indicate that the material has achieved satisfactory adhesion and proper bead embedment during application and that the installation procedures have been followed. (4) Pigments. Percent by weight. (a) White: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D476, type II shall be 10% minimum. (b) Yellow and Colors: Titanium Dioxide, ASTM D476, type II shall be 1% minimum. Organic yellow, other colors, and tinting as required to meet color standard. (5) Prohibited materials. The manufacturer shall certify that the product does not contain mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, halogenated solvents, nor any carcinogen as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200 in amounts exceeding permissible limits as specified in relevant Federal Regulations. (6) Daylight directional reflectance. (a) White: The daylight directional reflectance of the white paint shall not be less than 75% (relative to magnesium oxide) , when tested in accordance with ASTM E2302. (b) Yellow: The daylight directional reflectance of the yellow paint shall not be less than 45% (relative to magnesium oxide) , when tested in accordance with ASTM E2302. The x and y values shall be consistent with the FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways r.. Federal Hegman yellow color standard chart for traffic yellow standard 33538, or shall be consistent with the tolerance listed below: .462 x .470 x .479 x .501 y .438 y .455 y .428 y .452 (7) Skid resistance. The surface, with properly applied and embedded surface beads, must provide a minimum resistance value of 45 BPN when tested according to ASTM E303. (8) Thickness. The material must be supplied at a nominal thickness of 65 mil (1.7 mm) . (9) Environmental resistance. The material must be resistant to deterioration due to exposure to sunlight, water, salt, or adverse weather ._ conditions and impervious to aviation fuels, gasoline, and oil. (10) Retroreflectivity. The material, when applied in accordance with manufacturer' s guidelines, must demonstrate a uniform level of nighttime _ retroreflection when tested in accordance to ASTM E1710. (11) Packaging. Packaging shall protect the material from environmental conditions until installation. (12) Preformed thermoplastic airport pavement marking requirements. (a) The markings must be a resilient thermoplastic product with uniformly distributed glass beads throughout the entire cross-sectional area. The markings must be resistant to the detrimental effects of aviation fuels, motor fuels and lubricants, hydraulic fluids, deicers, anti-icers, protective coatings, etc. Lines, legends, and symbols must be capable of being affixed to asphalt and/or Portland cement concrete pavements by the use of a large radiant heater. Colors shall be available as required. (b) The markings must be capable of conforming to pavement contours, breaks, and faults through the action of airport traffic at normal pavement temperatures. The markings must be capable of fully conforming to grooved pavements, including pavement grooving per advisory circular (AC) 150/5320- 12, current version. The markings shall have resealing characteristics, such that it is capable of fusing with itself and previously applied thermoplastics when heated with a heat source per manufacturer's recommendation. (c) Multicolored markings must consist of interconnected individual pieces of preformed thermoplastic pavement marking material, which through a variety of colors and patterns, make up the desired design. The individual pieces in each large marking segment (typically more than 20 feet (6 m) long) must be factory assembled with a compatible material and interconnected so that in the field it is not necessary to assemble the individual pieces within a marking segment. Obtaining multicolored effect by overlaying materials of different colors is not acceptable due to resulting inconsistent marking thickness and inconsistent application temperature in the marking/substrate interface. (d) The marking material must set up rapidly, permitting the access route to be re-opened to traffic after application. (e) The marking material shall have an integral color throughout the thickness of the marking material. 620-2.3 Reflective media. Glass beads shall meet the requirements for Federal Specification TT—B- - 1325D, Type I, Gradation A for waterborne markings and Federal Specification TT.B-1325D, Type IV for thermoplastic markings. Glass beads shall be treated with all compatible coupling agents recommended by the manufacturers of the paint and reflective media to ensure adhesion and embedment. FAA ALP#3-19-0094-045 P620-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways CONSTRUCTION METHODS 620-3.1 Weather limitations. The painting shall be performed only when the surface is dry and when the surface temperature is at least 45°F(7°C)and rising and the pavement surface temperature is at least 5°F (2.7°C) above the dew point or meets the manufacturer's recommendations. Painting operations shall be _ discontinued when the surface temperature exceeds 120°F (27°C wlarkings shall not e applie4xten the pavement temperature is greater than 130°F(55-qm Markings shall not be applied when the wind speed exceeds 10 mph unless windscreens are used to shroud the material guns. 620-3.2 Equipment. Equipment shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, a bead dispensing machine, and such auxiliary hand-painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job. The mechanical marker shall be an atomizing spray-type or airless-type marking machine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall apply markings of uniform cross-sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and without over spray. 620-3.3 Preparation of surface.Immediately before application of the paint,the surface shall be dry and free from dirt,grease,oil,laitance,or other foreign material that would reduce the bond between the paint and the pavement. The area to be painted shall be cleaned by waterblasting, [shotblastint,] [grinding[or[sandblasting]or by other methods as required to remove all contaminants minimizing damage to the pavement surface. Use of any chemicals or impact abrasives during surface preparation shall be approved in advance by the Engineer.After the cleaning operations,sweeping,blowing,or rinsing with pressurized water shall be performed to ensure the surface is clean and free of grit or other debris left from the cleaning process. Paint shall not be applied to Portland cement concrete pavement until the areas to be painted are clean of curing material q ctizg or High-pressure water shall be used to remove curing materials. At least 24 hours prior to remarking existing markings, loose existing markings must be removed such that [7a%] `[90%]'I 100% of the loose existing markings are removed. After removal, the surface shall be cleaned of all _ residue or debris either with sweeping or blowing with compressed air or both. Prior to the application of any markings,the Contractor shall certify in writing that the surface has been prepared in accordance with the paint manufacturer's requirements, that the application equipment is appropriate for the type of marking paint and that environmental conditions are appropriate for the material being applied. This certification along with a copy of the paint manufacturer's surface preparation and application requirements must be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to the initial application of markings. 620-3.4 Layout of markings.The proposed markings shall be laid out in advance of the paint application.The locations of markings to receive glass beads shall be shown on the plans. sill 620-3.5 Application. Paint shall be applied at the locations and to the dimensions and spacing shown on the plans. Paint shall not be applied until the layout and condition of the surface has been approved by the Engineer.The edges of the markings shall not vary from a straight line more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) in 50 feet (15 m), and marking dimensions and spacings shall be within the following tolerances: r, Dimension and Spacing Tolerance 36 inch(910 mm)or less f1/2 inch(12 mm) greater than 36 inch to 6 feet(910 mm to 1.85 m) ±1 inch(25 mm) greater than 6 feet to 60 feet(1.85 m to 18.3 m) ±2 inch(50 mm) greater than 60 feet(18.3 m) ±3 inch(76 mm) The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and applied to the pavement with a marking machine at the rate shown in Table 1.The addition of thinner will not be permitted.A period of 30 days ... shall elapse between placement of a bituminous surface course or seal coat and application of the paint. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-6 Waterloo Regional Airport �. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways r. Prior to the initial application of markings,the Contractor shall certify in writing that the surface has been prepared in accordance with the paint manufacturer's requirements, that the application equipment is appropriate for the marking paint and that environmental conditions are appropriate for the material being applied. This certification along with a copy of the paint manufactures application and surface preparation requirements must be submitted to the Engineer prior to the initial application of markings. 620-3.6 Test strip. Prior to the full application of airfield markings,the Contractor shall produce a test strip in the presence of the Engineer. The test strip shall include the application of a minimum of 5 gallons (4 liters) of paint and application of 35 lbs(15.9 kg)of Type P50 lbs (22.7 kg)of Type III glass beads. The test strip shall be used to establish thickness/darkness standard for all markings. The test strip shall cover no more than the maximum area prescribed in Table 1 (e.g., for 5 gallons (19 liters) of waterborne paint shall cover no more than 575 square feet (53.4 m2). Table 1.Application Rates For Paint And Glass Beads (See Note regarding Red and Pink Paint) Glass Beads, Type I, Paint Gradation A Square feet per Paint Type gallon, ft2/gal Pounds per gallon of (Sq m per paint-lb/gal liter, m2/1) (Km per liter of paint-kg/1) 115 ft2/gal. 7 lb./gal.min Waterborne max (2.8 m2/1) (0.85 kg/1) 200 ft2/gal. Beads not Waterborne - max required Temporary (2.8 m2/1) Note: The glass bead application rate for Red and Pin, paint shall be reduced by 2 lb/gal (0.24 kg/1) for Type I beads. Glass beads shall be distributed upon the marked areas at the locations shown on the plans to receive glass beads immediately after application of the paint.A dispenser shall be furnished that is properly designed for attachment to the marking machine and suitable for dispensing glass beads. Glass beads shall be applied at the rate shown in Table 1. Glass beads shall not be applied to black paint or green paint.Glass beads shall adhere to the cured paint or all marking operations shall cease until corrections are made. Different bead types shall not be mixed. Regular monitoring of glass bead embedment should be performed. All emptied containers shall be returned to the paint storage area for checking by the Engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed until authorized by the Engineer. 620-3.7 Application--preformed thermoplastic airport pavement markings. a. Asphalt and Portland cement. To ensure minimum single-pass application time and optimum bond in the marking/substrate interface, the materials must be applied using a variable speed self-propelled mobile heater with an effective heating width of no less than 16 feet(5 m)and a free span between supporting wheels of no less than 18 feet(5.5 m). The heater must emit thermal radiation to the marking material in such a manner that the difference in temperature of 2 inches (50 mm) wide linear segments in the direction of heater travel must be within 5% of the .., overall average temperature of the heated thermoplastic material as it exits the heater. The material must be able to be applied at ambient and pavement temperatures down to 35°F (2°C)without any preheating of the pavement to a specific temperature. The material must be able to be applied without the use of a thermometer. The pavement shall be clean, dry, and free of debris. A non-volatile organic content (non-VOC) sealer with a maximum applied FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways viscosity of 250 centiPoise must be applied to the pavement shortly before the markings are applied. The supplier ... must enclose application instructions with each box/package. 620-3.8 Protection and cleanup. After application of the markings, all markings shall be protected from damage until dry. All surfaces shall be protected from excess moisture and/or rain and from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, or drippings. The Contractor shall remove from the work area all debris, waste, loose or unadhered reflective media, and by-products generated by the surface preparation and application operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state, local,and Federal environmental statutes and regulations. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway markings to be paid for shall be the number of square feet (square meters) of painting and the number of pounds (km) of reflective media and the number of square feet (square meters) of preformed markings one-=sem4ete item in place performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the respective contract price per square foot (square meter) [lump sum price} for runway and taxiway painting, and price per pound (km) [lump sum price{ and price per square foot (square meter) [lump sum price] for preformed markings for reflective media. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor,equipment,tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-620-5.1-1 Runway and Taxiway Marking per square foot (square meter) Item P-620-5.1-2 Reflective Media per pound (km) {lump-um] Item P-620-5.1-3 Surface Applied Holding Position Sign - per square foot TESTING REQUIREMENTS ASTM C371 Standard Test Method for Wire-Cloth Sieve Analysis of Nonplastic Ceramic Powders ASTM D92 Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup Tester ASTM D711 Standard Test Method for No-Pick-Up Time of Traffic Paint ASTM D968 Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive ASTM D1652 Standard Test Method for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins ASTM D2074 Standard Test Method for Total,Primary, Secondary,and Tertiary Amine Values of Fatty Amines by Alternative Indicator Method ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness ASTM D7585 Standard Practice for Evaluating Retroreflective Pavement Markings Using Portable Hand-Operated Instruments ASTM El 710 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Retroreflective Pavement Marking Materials with CEN-Prescribed Geometry Using a Portable Retroreflectometer ASTM E2302 Standard Test Method for Measurement of the Luminance Coefficient Under Diffuse Illumination of Pavement Marking Materials Using a Portable Reflectometer ASTM G154 Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Ultraviolet (UV) Lamp Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-8 Waterloo Regional Airport �. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ASTM D476 Standard Classification for Dry Pigmentary Titanium Dioxide Products 40 CFR Part 60,Appendix A-7,Method 24 Determination of volatile matter content, water content, density, volume solids, and weight solids of surface coatings 29 CFR Part 1910.1200 Hazard Communication FED SPEC TT-B-1325D Beads(Glass Spheres)Retro-Reflective American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO)M247 Standard Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings FED SPEC TT-P-1952E Paint,Traffic and Airfield Marking, Waterborne Commercial Item Description A-A-2886B Paint,Traffic,Solvent Based FED STD 595 Colors used in Government Procurement AC 150/5340-1 Standards for Airport Markings END OF ITEM P-620 "1 -, 1 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Intentionally Left Blank low FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P620-10 Waterloo Regional Airport w. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Item P-621 Saw-Cut Grooves DESCRIPTION -- 621-1.1 This item consists of providing a skid resistant surface that prevents hydroplaning during wet weather in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans,or as directed by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 621-2.1 Procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the grooving sequence and method of placing guide lines to control grooving operation. Transverse grooves saw-cut in the pavement must form a 1/4 inch(+1/16 inch, -0 inch)wide by 1/4 inch(±1/16 inch) deep by 1-1/2 inch(-1/8 inch, +0 inch) [ 6 mm (+2 mm, —0 mm) wide by 6 mm (±2 mm) deep by 38 mm (-3 mm, +0 mm) 1 center-to-center configuration. The grooves must be continuous for the entire runway length. They must be saw-cut transversely (perpendicular to centerline) in the runway and high-speed taxiway pavement to not less than [ 10 feet (3 m) I from the runway pavement edge to allow adequate space for equipment operation. The saw-cut grooves must meet the following tolerances. The tolerances apply to each day's production and to each piece of grooving equipment used for production. The Contractor is responsible for all controls and process adjustments necessary to meet these tolerances. The Contractor shall routinely spot check for compliance each time the equipment aligns for a grooving pass. a. Alignment tolerance. The grooves shall not vary more than±1-1/2 inch (38 mm) in alignment for 75 feet (23 m)along the runway length,allowing for realignment every 500 feet(150 m)along the runway length. b. Groove tolerance. Depth. The standard depth is 1/4 inch (6 mm). At least 90% of the grooves must be at least 3/16 inch(5 mm), at least 60%of the grooves must be at least 1/4 inch(6 mm), and not more than 10%of the grooves may exceed 5/16 inch(8 mm). c. Width. The standard width is 1/4 inch (6 mm). At least 90% of the grooves must be at least 3/16 inch (5 mm), at least 60% of the grooves must be at least 1/4 inch (6 mm), and not more than 10% of the grooves may exceed 5/16 inch(8 mm). d. Center-to-center spacing. The standard spacing is 1-1/2 inch (38 mm). Minimum spacing 1-3/8 inch (34 mm).Maximum spacing 1-1/2 inch(38 mm). Saw-cut grooves must not be closer than 3 inches (8 cm) or more than 9 inches (23 cm) from transverse joints in concrete pavements. Grooves must not be closer than 6 inches (150 mm) and no more than 18 inches (0.5 m) from in-pavement light fixtures. Grooves may be continued through longitudinal construction joints. Where neoprene compression seals have been installed and the compression seals are recessed sufficiently to prevent damage from the grooving operation, grooves may be continued through the longitudinal joints. Where neoprene compression { seals have been installed and the compression seals are not recessed sufficiently to prevent damage from the —1 grooving operation, grooves must not be closer than 3 inches (8 cm) or more than 5 inches (125 mm) from the longitudinal joints. Where lighting cables are installed, grooving through longitudinal or diagonal saw kerfs shall not be allowed. 621-2.2 Environmental requirements. Grooving operations will not be permitted when freezing conditions prevent the immediate removal of debris and/or drainage of water from the grooved area. Discharge and disposal of waste slurry shall be the Contractor's responsibility. 621-2.3 Test section. the Engineer. The area shall be [__1 feet([_I m) long by two lanes wide. Demonstrate the sc rup and alignment pfeeessr b . Test section is not req .fired. 621-2.4 Existing pavements. Bumps, depressed areas, bad or faulted joints, and badly cracked and/or spalled areas in the pavement shall not be grooved until such areas are adequately repaired or replaced. 621-2.5 New pavements. New asphalt concrete pavements shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 30 days before grooving,to allow the material to become stable enough to prevent closing of the grooves under normal use. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P621-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Permit new Portland cement concrete pavements to cure for a minimum of 28 days before grooving. Spalling along or tearing or raveling of the groove edges shall not be allowed. 621-2.6 Grooving machine. Provide a grooving machine that is power driven, self-propelled, specifically designed and manufactured for pavement grooving, and has a self-contained and integrated continuous slurry vacuum system as the primary method for removing waste slurry. The grooving machine shall be equipped with diamond-saw cutting blades, and capable of making at least 18 inches(0.5 m) in width of multiple parallel grooves in one pass of the machine. Thickness of the cutting blades shall be capable of making the required width and depth of grooves in one pass of the machine. The cutting head shall not contain a mixture of new and worn blades or blades of unequal ►- wear or diameter. Match the blade type and configuration with the hardness of the existing airfield pavement. The wheels on the grooving machine shall be of a design that will not scar or spall the pavement. Provide the machine with devices to control depth of groove and alignment. .. 621-2.7 Water supply. Water for the grooving operation shall be provided by the Contractor. 621-2.8 Clean-up.During and after installation of saw-cut grooves,the Contractor must remove from the pavement all debris, waste, and by-products generated by the operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Cleanup of waste material must be continuous during the grooving operation. Flush debris produced by the machine to the edge of the grooved area or pick it up as it forms. The dust coating remaining shall be picked up or flushed to the edge of the area if the resultant accumulation is not detrimental to the vegetation or storm drainage system. Accomplish all flushing operations in a manner to prevent erosion on the shoulders or damage to vegetation.Waste material must be disposed of in an approved manner.Waste material must not be allowed to enter the airport storm sewer system. The Contractor must dispose of these wastes in strict compliance with all applicable state, local, and Federal environmental statutes and regulations 621-2.9 Repair of damaged pavement. Grooving must be stopped and damaged pavement repaired at the Contractor's expense when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the result of the grooving operation will be detrimental to aircraft tires. [621 2.10 2roduction rate. The Contractor must furnish sufficient equipment to. groove [ square yards ] of pavement"[ per hour;, ] [ per day ].] ACCEPTANCE 621-3.1 Acceptance testing. Grooves will be accepted based on results of zone testing. All acceptance testing necessary to determine conformance with the groove tolerances specified will be performed by the Engineer. Instruments for measuring groove width and depth must have a range of at least 0.5 inch(12 mm)and a resolution of at least 0.005 inch(0.13 mm). Gauge blocks or gauges machined to standard grooves width,depth,and spacing may be used. Instruments for measuring center-to-center spacing must have a range of at least 3 inches(8 cm)and a resolution of at least 0.02 inch(0.5 mm). r. The Engineer will measure grooves in five zones across the pavement width. Measurements will be made at least three times during each day's production. Measurements in all zones will be made for each cutting head on each piece of grooving equipment used for each day's production. ,■. The five zones are as follows: Zone 1 Centerline to 5 feet(1.5 m)left or right of the centerline. Ww Zone 2 5 feet(1.5 m)to 25 feet(7.5 m)left of the centerline. Zone 3 5 feet(1.5 m)25 feet(7.5 m)right of the centerline. Zone 4 25 feet(7.5 m)to edge of grooving left of the centerline. Zone 5 25 feet(7.5 m)to edge of grooving right of the centerline. At a random location within each zone, five consecutive grooves sawed by each cutting head on each piece of grooving equipment will be measured for width, depth, and spacing. The five consecutive measurements must be located about the middle blade of each cutting head±4 inches (100 mm). Measurements will be made along a line perpendicular to the grooves. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P621-2 Waterloo Regional Airport b. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Width or depth measurements less than 0.170 inch(4 mm)shall be considered less than 3/16 inch(5 mm). Width or depth measurements more than 0.330 inch(8 mm)shall be considered more than 5/16 inch(8 mm). Width or depth measurements more than 0.235 inch(6 mm)shall be considered more than 1/4 inch(6 mm). Production must be adjusted when more than one groove on a cutting head fails to meet the standard depth,width,or spacing in more than one zone. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 621-4.1 The quantity of grooving to be paid for shall be the number of square yards (square meters) of grooving performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the Engineer per paragraph 621-3.1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 621-5.1 Payment for saw-cut grooving. Payment for saw-cut grooving will be made at the contract unit price per square yard(square meter) for saw-cut grooving. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, and for all preparation, delivering, and application of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-621-5.1 Grooving,unit price per square yard(square meter) END OF ITEM P-621 • 7 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P621-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair A-1 Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways Intentionally Left Blank FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 P621-4 Waterloo Regional Airport L. AECOM Project#60537973-BP2 Runway 12/30 Pavement Joint Repair Pavement Marking Runway 12/30,Runway 18/36 and Taxiways APPENDIX A CONSTRUCTION SAFETY & PHASING PLAN CONSTRUCTION SAFETY & PHASING PLAN REHABILITATE AND REMARK AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS 2017 AIP 3-19-0094-045 WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT WATERLOO, IOWA --w Ic WATERLOO REGIONAL AIRPORT CRUISE A NEW ALTITUDE PREPARED BY: AECOM 500 SW 7th Street, Suite 301 Des Moines, Iowa 50309 AECOM 501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222 Waterloo, Iowa 50703 May 22, 2017 Contents 1. Coordination 1 _ 2. Phasing 2 3. Sequence of Work 3 4. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction 4 5. Navigational Aid (NAVAID) Protection 6 6. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids 7 — 7. Contractor Access 8 8. Site Security 9 9. Inspection Requirements 9 10. Underground Utilities 9 11. Wildlife Management 10 12. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management 10 13. HAZMAT Management 11 — 14. Notification of Construction Activities 11 15. Inspection Requirements 12 16. Underground Utilities 12 17. Penalties 13 18. Special Conditions 13 19. Markings and Signs for Access Routes 14 20. Hazard Marking and Lighting 14 21. Protection of Areas, Zones and Surfaces 14 22. Other Limits on Construction 15 — FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-i Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 1. Coordination a. Predesign /Scoping Meeting • Held October 19, 2016 • Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Mr. Brian Tompkins, FAA Airports Project Engineer Mr. David Hughes, Design Engineer b. Coordination with Airlines, Tenants, ATC, ARFF and FAA ATO • On-going during design process • Project Schedule • Impacts to Airlines, Tenants, ATC, ARFF and FAA ATO • Construction phasing reviewed and discussed • Operational Safety reviewed and discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Airline Station Manager FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative FAA Airways Facilities Sector Office City ARFF Personnel Airport Tenants c. Pre-bid Meeting • CSPP to be reviewed and discussed • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Bidding Contractors FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative d. Preconstruction Conference • CSPP& SPCD to be review and discussed • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Coordination of NAVAID shutdowns to be discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Resident Project Representative Contractor Superintendent Subcontractor Representative(s) FAA Airports Project Engineer FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Represer tative Airline Representative FBO Representative e. Progress Meetings • To be held on a weekly basis during construction • Operational safety to be reviewed and discussed FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-1 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 • Construction phasing to be reviewed and discussed • Coordination of NAVAID shutdowns to be discussed • Key Attendees: Mr. Keith Kaspari, City of Waterloo Design Engineer Airline Representative FBO Representative Resident Project Representative Contractor Superintendent Subcontractor Representative(s) FAA Air Traffic Control Tower Representative f. Daily Coordination. At all times when construction activities are being performed on this project the prime Contractor must have a foreman on-site and immediately available who is authorized to make decisions regarding the operations and safety of all personnel employed by the Contractor and Subcontractors. Each day the designated foreman must meet with Airport Operations to coordinate activities for the day's work. g. Coordinating CSPP Changes. Proposed changes and substantial delays will require additional coordination with the Owner/Airport and the FAA for the _. purpose of evaluating possible revisions to the CSPP. The FAA shall approve all proposed CSPP revisions prior to the commencement of construction activities associated with the CSPP revisions. 2. Phasing a. The project consists of three (3) distinct phases that are to be performed by two (2) separate contractors. The three phases provide for the least impact to aircraft operations while construction progresses on the project. The three phases and impacts to pavements is summarized in Table A below and shown on the Safety and Phasing Plan attached to this CSPP; — Table A — Construction Phase Summary Phase Work Hours Allowed Work Elements Closed Pavements 1 No Restrictions on • Taxiway C North of • Runway 18/36 Work Hours Runway 12/30 • Taxiway C North of Runway • Pavement Marking 12/30 Runway 18/36 • Runway 6/24 (To be closed outside of Runway only for Pavement Marking 12/30 Runway Safety for Taxiway A West and Area and Outside of Taxiway A East, Runway Taxiway B, Taxiway 18/36 within Runway 6/24 —. Safety Area Runway Safety Area) • Pavement Marking — Taxiway A West of _ the General Aviation FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-2 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 Area • Pavement Marking — Taxiway A East of Runway 12/30 Runway Safety Area 2 • Work Limited • Pavement Marking • Runway 18/36 to Two (2) within Runway 12/30 • Runway 12/30 Consecutive & Runway 18/36 • Taxiway B Weekends Runway Safety Area • Taxiway C • Friday Night • Crack Cleaning and • Taxiway E thru Saturday Sealing within Morning, Runway 12/30 & Saturday Runway 18/36 Night thru Runway Safety Area Sunday • Pavement Marking — Morning, and Taxiway B outside of Sunday Night Runway 6/24 thru Monday Runway Safety Area Morning • Pavement Marking - - • Between Taxiway C South of Hours of 1100 Runway 12/30 PM and 0530 Runway Safety Area AM 3 No Restrictions on • Taxiway C within • Runway 12/30 Work Hours— Runway 12/30 Safety • Taxiway C Limited to 30 Area • Taxiway B & B-1 Calendar Days • Runway 12/30 Crack • Taxiway E Sealing • Runway 12/30 Pavement Marking • Runway 12/30 Joint Repair at Taxiway B- - 1 • Taxiway B and B-1 Pavement Marking Northwest of Runway 18/36 Runway Safety Area b. Locations, Durations and Sequence of Work. The project is comprised of three (3) distinct phases of work. Each phase consists of a work area with a unique construction access, traffic control and sequencing requirements. Refer to the Phasing Plan Sheets (Sheets 5, 6, and 7) for graphical depictions of the phases along with notes on phase specific sequencing and operational requirements. 3. Sequence of Work Estimated Start Date: July 10, 2017 Iowa Fall Seeding Suspended: September 30, 2017 FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-3 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 Winter Shutdown: November 9, 2017 Permanent Seeding: May 31, 2018 Permanent Marking: May 31, 2018 Estimated Completion Date: May 31, 2018 Phase 1 120 calendar days Phase 2 Any two consecutive weekends with 150 calendar days Phase 3 30 cal. days When, in the judgment of the Owner, the Contractor has obstructed or closed a greater portion of the work than is necessary for proper construction, or is carrying on operations to the prejudice of work already started, the Owner may require the Contractor to finish that portion of work which is in progress before any additional portions are started. Work shall be conducted with minimum inconvenience to traffic. Except as hereafter specified, no loads of material for any construction shall be dispatched from cars or plants so late in the day that it cannot be placed, finished and protected within the Specification's limits and provisions during actual daylight of that same day. When it is important that construction be pushed to early completion, the Owner may permit it after daylight hours provided sufficient artificial illumination is available and that the work performed under these conditions complies in every respect with the terms and conditions of the Contract. The Contractor shall not commence new work that would be prejudicial to work already started. 4. Areas and Operations Affected by Construction a. Phase 1 —Taxiway C north of the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area, Runway 18-36 outside the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area and the Taxiway B Taxiway Safety Area, and Taxiway A west of the General Aviation Area and east of the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area. • See Construction Safety and Operations Plan • Runway 18-36 closed • Runway 6-24 closed • Taxiway C closed north of Runway 12-30 • Taxiway A closed west of the General Aviation Area and east of Runway 12-30 b. Phase 2 —Runway 12-30 within the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area, Runway 18-36 within the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area and the Taxiway B Taxiway Safety Area, Taxiway B within the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area, Taxiway B outside of the Runway 6-24 Runway Safety Area between the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area and the Taxiway A Taxiway Safety Area and Taxiway C south of the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-4 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 — • See Construction Safety and Operations Plan • Runway 12-30 closed • Runway 18-36 closed • Taxiway B closed • Taxiway C closed c. Phase 3—Taxiway C within the Runway 12-30 Runway Safety Area, Runway 12- 30 outside the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area. Taxiway B and B1 northwest — of the Runway 18-36 Runway Safety Area. • See Construction Safety and Operations Plan • Runway 12-30 closed • Taxiway C closed Taxiway B and B1 closed northwest of the Runway 18- 36 Runway Safety Area d. Operational Affect Table—Tables B and C below depict the anticipated operational impacts to the Waterloo Regional Airport during the course of the project. Impacts will vary based on normal operations of an area, construction phase, and duration of work. Contractor is required to coordinate with the Airport Owner as detailed in this document prior to impacting operations on the airport. Table B— Runway, Taxiway, and Apron Availability per Phase — Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Runways Runway 6/24 Closed Open Open Runway 12/30 Open Closed Closed Runway 18/36 Closed Closed Open Taxiways Taxiway A North of 12/30 Closed Open Open Taxiway A between 12/30 and GA Area Open Open Open — Taxiway A West of GA Area Closed Open Open Taxiway B North of 18/36 Open Closed Closed Taxiway B South of 18/36 Open Closed Open Taxiway C North of 12/30 Closed Closed Open Taxiway C South of 12/30 Open Closed Open Taxiway E Open Closed Closed Aprons Terminal Apron Open Open Open GA Area Apron/Taxilanes Open Open Open — FBO Apron Open Open Open FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-5 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 Table C — Instrument Approach Procedures Availability per Phase Instrument Approach Procedures Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Runway 6/24 — RNAV (GPS) RWY 06 N/A Available Available Runway 6/24 — RNAV (GPS) RWY 24 N/A Available Available Runway 6/24 —VOR RWY 06 N/A Available Available Runway 6/24 —VOR RWY 24 N/A Available Available Runway 12/30 — ILS or LOC RWY 12 Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30— RNAV (GPS) RWY 12 Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30—VOR RWY 12 Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — RNAV (GPS) RWY 30 Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — LOC BC RWY 30 Available N/A N/A Runway 18/36 — RNAV (GPS) RWY 18 N/A N/A Available Runway 18/36 — RNAV (GPS) RWY 36 N/A N/A Available Runway 18/36 —VOR RWY 18 N/A N/A Available 5. Navigational Aid (NAVAID) Protection a. FAA Owned NAVAIDs • Aircraft navigational aids (NAVAIDs) provide visual and electronic information which is used by pilots who operate and land aircraft at the airport. Construction activities can have negative impacts on the functionality and serviceability of NAVAIDs. The Contractor must coordinate their work effort and limit their operations so that NAVAIDs are not impacted beyond what is planned. • Contractor will be required to limit operations so that material, equipment, and personnel do not enter any NAVAID critical areas as shown on the Phasing Plans (Drawings 5, 6 and 7) or disturb power to NAVAID facilities without prior coordination with the Airport Director and FAA Tech Ops personnel. • FAA procedures will be reviewed at the Preconstruction Conference. See Section 1, Coordination. • Closure of Runway 12-30 will require taking FAA Owned PAPI, MALSR, MALS, Localizer, Glide Slope, RVR, LPV, DME, and NDB out of service during closure. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-6 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 • Closure of Runway 18-36 will require taking FAA Owned PAPI, VASI, and REILs. • Planned NAVAID impacts must be addressed in the Contractor's construction schedule. Contractor is required to provide at least 72 hours advance notice to the Airport Director prior to disturbing power supply or removing a NAVAID from Service. • Table D contains a summary of anticipated impacts to NAVAIDs. Table D —Availability of NAVAIDs per Phase NAVAIDS Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Runway 6/24— RWY 06 VASI N/A Available Available Runway 6/24— RWY 06 REIL N/A Available Available Runway 6/24— RWY 24 VASI N/A Available Available Runway 6/24— RWY 24 REIL N/A Available Available — Runway 12/30— RWY 12 MALSR Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — RWY 12 GS Available N/A N/A — Runway 12/30— RWY 12 LOC Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — RWY 12 PAPI Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30— RWY 30 MALS Available N/A N/A Runway 12/30 — RWY 30 VASI Available N/A N/A Runway 18/36 — RWY 18 VASI N/A N/A Available Runway 18/36 — RWY 18 REIL N/A N/A Available Runway 18/36 — RWY 36 VASI N/A N/A Available — Runway 18/36— RWY 36 REIL N/A N/A Available Rotating Beacon Available Available Available VOR Available Available Available 6. Runway and Taxiway Visual Aids a. FOD Prevention • All temporary airport markings, lighting, signs, lighted runway closed "X"s and taxiway closed "X"s will be secured properly to prevent FOD. — b. Turning off and disabling airfield lighting and signage • Contractor shall disable, provide electrical shunts and cover lights and signs as described in the Notes on the Phasing Drawings. (Phase 1 - - Note 2. i, Phase 2 — Note 2. f and Phase 3 — Note 2. k) FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-7 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 c. Frangibility — • Any lights or NAVAIDs adjacent to areas used by aircraft must comply with the frangibility requirements of AC 150/5220-23, Frangible Connections. — d. Markings • Airfield markings shall be in compliance with AC 150/5340-1, per plans. — e. Lighting • Airfield lighting shall be in compliance with and are designed in — accordance with AC 150/5340-30, Design and Installation Details for Airport Visual Aids, and AC 150/5345-53 Airport Lighting Certification — Program. f. Signing — • Airfield signing shall be in compliance with and are designed in accordance with AC 150/5345-44, Specification for Runway and Taxiway Signs, AC 50/5340-18, Standards for Airport Sign Systems, and AC — 150/5345-53, Airport Lighting. 7. Contractor Access a. Site Access • See Phasing Plans, Drawings 5, 6 and 7. • Access will be through existing padlocked Gate#10 from Leversee Road, electronic operated Gate#11 from Dunkerton Road, electronic operated Gate#1 from Betsworth Drive and existing padlocked Gate#8 at the west General Aviation Area. • No additional temporary fencing will be required. — • Contractor to keep gates closed at all times. • Electronic card readers or daisy-chained padlocks are used to gain access to gates. b. Stockpiling — • Refer to General Notes Sheet— Note 6 of the General Notes Section. • Stockpiling of materials is limited to the areas outside of the active Object Free Area (OFA) for the Runway's and Taxiway's. c. Marking and Lighting of Vehicles • All authorized vehicles required to work on the airport property will have a — rotating yellow beacon affixed to the uppermost point on the vehicle at all times. The beacon must be visible from all directions day and night including from the air. If it is not practical to mount rotating beacon on FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-8 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 construction equipment, the equipment shall have a flag affixed meeting the requirements in FAA AC 150/5210-5D. 8. Site Security a. Contractor shall control access to the site through gates as shown on the Safety and Operations and Phasing Plans. If gate is not locked, contractor shall supply gate guard with access control list. b. Access is limited to personnel that have escort privileges in accordance with Waterloo Regional Airport Security Requirements including airfield driver training or are under direct escort by a person with these escort privileges. _ c. Pavement marking on the Terminal Apron shall be completed when no aircraft are present on this apron to comply with the require requirements of 49 CFR 1542, Airport Security. 9. Inspection Requirements a. Daily Inspections— The contractor shall perform daily safety inspections to insure all construction operations are in conformance with the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). b. Final Inspections— Prior to opening any portion of the airport to traffic, the contractor, engineer and airport operator shall perform a safety inspection of the area to be opened to traffic to insure conformance with the Construction Safety and Phasing Plan (CSPP). 10. Underground Utilities a. Underground utilities exist within and adjacent to the limits of construction. An attempt has been made to locate these utilities on the plans. However, all existing utilities may not be shown and the actual locations of the utilities may vary from the locations shown. Prior to beginning any type of excavation, the — contractor shall contact the utilities involved and make arrangements for the location of the utilities on the ground. The contractor shall maintain the utility location markings until they are no longer necessary. b. State law, the underground facilities damage prevention act, requires two working days advance notification through the one-call system center before excavating using mechanized equipment or explosives (except in the case of an emergency). The one-call system phone number is 811. The contractor is FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-9 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 advised that there is a severe penalty for not making this call. Not all utility companies are members of the state one-call system; therefore, the contractor is advised to contact all non- member utilities as well as the one-call system. 11. Wildlife Management The Contractor will mitigate wildlife hazards during construction as follows: a. Trash • All construction personnel will dispose of food scraps in closed containers provided by the Contractor. • The Contractor will empty all containers off-site. b. Standing Water • The Contractor will immediately re-grade any area with standing water remaining more than three (3) hours after a rainfall event. Standing water will be drained from ponding area prior to re-grading. c. Wildlife Sightings • The resident project representative and/or Construction Superintendent will immediately notify the Waterloo Regional Airport manager by phone of wildlife sited on the airfield. d. Tall Grass • Mowing schedules have been established to maintain, when possible, a grass height of 6 to 10 inches, to help prevent the large flocks of starlings, crows and other bird species from becoming a hazard to aircraft operations. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to establish and maintain a schedule that allows a maximum grass height of 10 inches within the construction work area. 12. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management The Contractor will mitigate FOD control during construction as follows: a. Housekeeping • All construction personnel will secure all items that may be carried by wind onto an air operations area (AOA). See Construction Safety and Operations Plan. b. Airfield • The contractor shall perform a tire-check (rocks, mud, debris, etc.) on all vehicles traversing the AOA paved areas from non-paved surfaces to prevent FOD. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-10 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 • The Contractor will immediately sweep or other remove err/ FOD located on an AOA paved surface. 13. HAZMAT Management The Contractor will manage hazardous materials transported during construction as follows: a. Fuel or Hydraulic Fluid Spills • At the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall submit a HAZMAT Management Plan that contains Material Safety Data Sheets; identifies fuel storage locations; presents procedures for spill prevention, containment, and notification; and other HAZMAT related items in accordance with FAA Advisory Circular 150/5320-15, Management of Airport Industrial Waste. • The Contractor will have available a spill kit capable of containing and removing leaked fluids. • The Contractor will immediately notify the Waterloo Regional Airport manager by phone of all spills. b. Fueling • All construction vehicles will be fueled on-site in the contractor's staging area as depicted in the plans. c. Other HAZMAT • No other hazardous material is expected to be transporter on-site during construction. 14. Notification of Construction Activities a. Contact List and Emergency Coordination • The Contact List of City and Consultant personnel and emergency contacts is listed below: • City of Waterloo — Mr. Keith Kaspari, (319) 291-4483 • AECOM Design Engineer— Mr. David Hughes (515) 991-4449 • AECOM Resident Project Representative • Fire, Rescue — 911 • Air Traffic Control Tower (319) 233-4835 • Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF) (319) 493-0124 • The contractor shall provide a list of 24-hour contact numbers for project to be added to this list. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-11 Waterlco Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 b. FAA Notification • The Waterloo Regional Airport is currently working on submitting a 7460 case for construction equipment. No on-site batch plant is anticipated for this project. c. NOTAMs • The Waterloo Regional Airport will issue all NOTAMs. • Contractor shall submit 72 hour advanced notice to the Airport prior to closing a taxiway or runway. 15. Inspection Requirements a. City Requirements • The Waterloo Regional Airport will inspect all closed paved surfaces prior to opening each phase to air traffic operations. • The Waterloo Regional Airport will conduct a final inspection of the entire project after the permanent painting is completed. b. Resident Project Representative Requirements • The resident project representative will conduct daily observations of the worksite during construction operations. A daily diary will be maintained to document these site visits. c. Contractor Requirements • The Contractor Superintendent will conduct routine inspections of the worksite to ensure compliance with the CSPP and SPCD. • The Contractor Superintendent will attend the on-site inspections of each phase and the final project inspection. 16. Underground Utilities a. FAA Facilities • The Contractor will hand dig to locate FAA utilities within 10 feet of any proposed work. All known facilities have been shown on the existing conditions plan sheets. b. City Utilities • The contractor is responsible for field location and verification of airport owned utilities within the project work area. All known facilities have been shown on the existing conditions plan sheets. • The Contractor Superintendent will contact Iowa One Call to delineate all municipal utilities a minimum of 48 hours prior to any excavation work. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-12 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 c. Utility Damage • The Contractor Superintendent will suspend all construction activity upon the damage of any underground utility until the owner is identified and the utility repaired. 17. Penalties a. Construction Suspension i. The Waterloo Regional Airport will immediately suspend all construction if and when a Contractor or Subcontractor employee enters the Air Operations Area (AOA) outside of the designated work area(s). b. Expulsion of Non-Compliant Employees -- i. The Waterloo Regional Airport may permanently prohibit any consultant or contractor employee acting in violation with airport rules and regulations from entering or working on airport property. c. Failure of the contractor (including employees) or any of his subcontractors (including employees) to comply with ATCT instructions, the airport safety plan, or any of the other requirements of the airport while operating on airport property, shall be subject to the following: i. The contractor shall receive a fine of$1,000.00, and the vehicle operator will receive a loss of driving privileges on the airport. In addition, any fines or penalties imposed on the airport as a result of the incident will be assessed to the contractor. ii. The contractor shall receive a fine of$5,000.00 to be deducted from any monies due him, and the vehicle operator will receive a loss of driving privileges on the airport. In addition, any fine or penalties imposed on the airport as a result of the incident will be assessed to the contractor. 18. Special Conditions a. Aircraft Accident • All construction personnel will immediately vacate airport property after securing gates and remain off until cleared to return by the Waterloo Regional Airport Director. b. Airport Operations • Airport operations take precedence over all work, especially if a question of safety is involved. Special conditions such as low visibility, snow removal, aircraft in distress, aircraft accident, security breach, or work FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-13 Waterloo Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 being completed by others may require the rescheduling of project work to accomplish air safety. c. Aircraft in Distress. • The Contractor will immediately clear all construction personnel of all runways and approach areas upon notification from the ATC of monitoring an aircraft distress call. 19. Markings and Signs for Access Routes a. No temporary markings or signs will be used. 20. Hazard Marking and Lighting a. Lighted X's • The Contractor will place and maintain L-893 lighted runway closure markers (lighted X's) supplied by the Waterloo Regional Airport during the runway closures. b. Barricades • The Contractor will place and maintain low profile, highly reflective, alternating orange and white, and lighted barricades at the locations indicated. Barricade height no more than 18 inches excluding flags and or lights. c. Warning Indicators • The Contractor will place warning indicators (flags, lathe with ribbon, etc.) at FAA, airport and National Weather facility cables and underground power lines, Runway Safety Areas (RSA) and Obstacle Free Areas (OFA) to make it easier for Contractor personal to avoid these areas. d. Maintenance • The Contractor shall provide an on-call person 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades. • Contact information for hazard marking maintenance shall be on file with the airport operator. • Hazard lighting shall be checked daily at dusk by the Contractor. 21. Protection of Areas, Zones and Surfaces a. Approach and Departure Surfaces • No approach or departure surfaces are located near the project work area. FAA AIP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-14 Waterloo Regional Airport ra AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 b. Safety Areas and OFAs • No construction will occur within the Safety Area (RSA) of any active runway or taxiway. • Limited construction activities will occur within the Object F ree Area (OFA) of Runway 6-24. This work will include crack sealing and permanent painting. Vehicles will remain active within the limits of the OFA at all times. Vehicles, equipment or materials will not be parked, unattended or stockpiled within this Object Free Area while working in this phase. c. Open Trenches & Excavations • Open trenches or excavations are not allowed within the safety area of an open runway or taxiway. • Open trenches shall be prominently marked with red or orange flags and lighted with red lights on barricades during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. d. Erosion Control • Soil erosion shall be controlled by the contractor to mainta;n Runway and Taxiway safety area requirements. • No potentially hazardous ruts, humps, depressions or other surface variations shall be present. • Surfaces should under dry conditions be able to support snow removal equipment, ARFF vehicles, and aircraft with causing structural damage to the aircraft. 22. Other Limits on Construction a. Prohibitions • Cranes and other equipment taller than 25 feet will not be deployed without a 7460 approval determination letter issued by FAA. • Open flame welding, torches, electrical blasting caps (explosives), and flare pots will not be used at any time on AOA. Electrical blasting caps are also prohibited with 1000 feet of airport property. FAA AlP#3-19-0094-045 CSPP-15 Waterlco Regional Airport AECOM Project#60537973 Rehabilitate and Remark Airfield Pavements 2017 ana ..... sxam� ox w"—"m iuolxm� ON3O31ONtlS31ON1b'2l3N3e R WO,� YMOIOORI3IYM ou riea 1NOdNlY NN0103N dIVW YM SOPTVIN'f'ONdOYYd k S§ L'ON 30YMOYd OIB $ W m' w� _ OFF pjo w Hram_ F _ - - Taw¢¢i �` W 13 0; Z ¢`s31iOo- - of tli wPmp - E,B, - - - ¢12uW - - TwQwWQrNpu ; _ �O 3=> W�TWF 2 k - Zp -_ W a = _ ?w - _OE" Ti :II TW¢w� O~¢ � Q 0¢w2OU? - m L �o2 :Hr -Wti Vuo�Jm _ Z _- - _ ¢� Q�OZ¢ Tw - O - 2 Y !GI!, NW • - Z - in U,�NWQ�w uo ? Li! _ N - _ 3 il pGI!, z�;¢ - _ o z z�F�-Qaop mToii a ¢¢ozW a¢ a��w¢pwW _ i � _ - �Fozzw ¢ o��m� JFhg _ w5�a��mW¢a�dwLL ZQKrUp0aa,i; T z emu', w o w�a'^ �o op i '^z oo ¢w a pw x Fo iNw a 0 o ow 2¢ N i w¢ w T W F o 3 Z w _ tt T r 0 ¢�~ - Q¢Z ��OU G U ¢O 0 2 � ;Z ti Z i 0� - !,,'! OZ �¢ - gOu3 ¢Zuw � - imwQ- WQQU _ _ Ep i%Lilig OFO >OJaz - 22a~O¢¢�F_ uQ _ _ �aVOZ� ¢� _ WU23UOwi00 - - w 3pZ07w ¢W7 N 4;11' OZQ - www ¢ O - _ - wwtip F� wE w0¢ wu - T - i;Iii;i1 QO _ O�Z¢U ud -Zrc2 3¢ ; puF00¢�x � T~Wx' !`-!' � 2¢ zwQUr V� - ;OaHI! 3 1-1:i h uQ - - OZ?oNd¢r ZOV� F� UW�¢`� _ -_ O l'fi:,!! w�O u W p �W _ - E O W O - - �Ur OE Q 0ToJ- ¢ _ ! 5 � il 23.-.w0 $'!':. Oa �W�¢��p 0 il �. - _ - _i itwiim Lel ii!l: i;filLillil Rili,i,Mi d - c°1 ! =Z - p pwN _� -- fQf - _ - ¢S - � - - [Qiz�Fj3' Ou oww Z3_¢ QZv U¢ mw Q mw _ _ _ ;OOu¢Uvim0 --¢O d - a G rv_ m uOw W rva U u¢ ry j i Fc Q �2zdatiQ a Z w ¢Z - O ¢ _ _ 9 cl 2,1 ¢ Fruw ao p,1 QO - Ou g F o¢3 Q`¢ O il 3¢W Z r - - ¢ O li HP! i!J ! 0 W g W O O J T pJ w Z; W d J Z 9 ¢ F2 ZO T WO ¢ x'�= Ni ii!Pliii'ill! l'IO Lii O O Q 0 - F 3 W ; Aw¢ 3 K CO, �,Y ,1 F!,LH z .. ., w �m Op - �_ LL x oFowow �N a: r2 _ W�� _ o - wo¢- w ' p Q~Z of¢O W O O¢p Z a w _ Z O 2,w `z - a 3 0 ry F o grgg glibb:!iiL!,::;:: 3OD i f W= ZWw3 O¢Q 30--;! Lo u2 Um iuu m2 -,n Wo_ Two rQ ¢u0 Ta !'a U¢- of W ! m v w m r m m !to ih_ _ t� n - N i - - c Ul ~- - -J�U Q -T-1 -O ;U_ O in T _ - - >Om� Z¢Z2 - '( !IFS QE wF¢ _ws OWN WO z�3� Iii _ _ _ w� 3h � ® O I Q O - Z __ w -_Q F¢ Zu - - ;Hal :: �w 31 U3 11 r¢ �o r d�K a N w Z F W ! 1 pia _ _ YE_ _ _ _ _ - wz_ _ - - - 2 !LA `d1 !!'-1 ,' - u0 3.= 0 OF g¢ 'i O Z O¢ _ - i _ - °4 _ EOUQV Z _ - - - - - " _ _ . � w� wE 3o¢ O 0� _ Fr _ _ _ _ _ Q2 iW Z ¢ - - u:',ii= n'' w3: _ w¢. 03�3 SOOg Z O w - 03Z OQa x u O Q Q 3 a O - _ p o ¢ i O F Z O Z _ r o p �~¢ Z a 3 O; W _o!j o W - O M1 W r U Z W Q W W p O w0 _ �3?w w2'1 aw G _wow - Q�z¢ �O U� U3 o� WgiE Z Boa - wia3 _Q Ail $ ® 'II O ®° ®° 1p wap¢w z¢ 2z_ �w<�ao i �¢ y bloaa Q2 =m¢ �Q� ,6 '' «�� c p o sr 9 ...�.o mN.a.w 0 W / >- /„< .z,t. i-- <, L \ - \ I , - \ q-- / .4"--,- (8 E3 \ _\_ == - , / 41 c -\- = = - \ t L(Y) / / '1,-,'',•x ai„,...= , \ \ c , / i,„ii , , \ \ , 2 \ \ 4 - / / \ \ ' / ,4,- ' / ' \ / -,... / N,-.- '--;<,-:;' ' 4,'• / -t„ \ \,1, \ / N/ \ \ \ , /-- -- \ ,/ / i,N 9 / / , , N, 0 .0 x s\ \\ \ / / / 6, c, , \ \ -, \\ \ -, \ , \1 - <,, II , if2,V0,2, ff, ,/,/ _\ v\ t. II 68viL;1- L,,Y) /,. \\ II o<000 1 \ \ (I)< II ,)-- -,'-i-/ \ \ EK w 0 rY , ,,, ' ---,--% \ \ ,_< 'i D<-•' 0 / . \ ' \ i Th,,,L1U1,7 i 4Zof'6 / \ \ \ LI! <(-)0 „ j itifrq.,<0 A): \ \ x Gz (r) z< • Ei....0=,°ET \\-% ------' VI w o 1- • II ! 0, 0. /I ' , / _ ffN.4-7, •,/ ., , __.- -- amt t ----\-- iT Z D 0< 0 \ / ,vo -,4-M.; _ -----'\\ \ \ 1 ! I— U: ,,..-- - 0 „,,,ti,„ 6 4- / ,,' ?. - o ,-- ' o• - %_-g II , ;4. ,,, • a ze \ _ N , I / ,,,- -i. \ II / iv i . , ,.,,,__„H„,ivitiiiii -/_ileA,..../ --f ,4411 .,!rt;;17777.:5 ---4414#744p t - - - /7-' - - — - - --''':4:*:',r,:i''''''''' -,',3 ' 1-- \ - - ) :---41„:1--"::-:- ,. --:::,:, -'fii:-'25,:,:z*:: — ------- Th7\ • :00_1, 7 ---- - — _ _ _------..-, _vsii• - - - - _ — 4 w / ' .er: ' t L.., , v, , ,T_ • .v- 0 / ,...;-;, / it) _ \4 cn N , L— 0_ic,me., :I I::: ,-..,,::t i v/ ://--;-/.„;:/:1/' j yi 2)-= 'eri a- ,' / .,:Z. / _lrf , < .,„,A,, , „,,,,,-7 ,z i - g ‘.2 Ks: /------' ce = <.z. 1 z o _ i'lj Ll / .. ,..,.• / // ,..3 0 E a>-`,_;,' , / ---,..7 / / 0, u-z. , ,.,,,, , . , ,,,,:- ..,„, , E 't,' / ,-, / sv-,‘ ... , i / / / .-n*--' / / / .,..,,, ,i lip' , k, / / , __ Al / _/ ___ - , 1 0< 0 i•irj i.. _.7.. - /7 Ct W IFI / / ' / / / 0 IX ' .1 I • O2 ) 0, / i < m 1 i of0 14. fi / / .( 'IQ) rirj• • ill il Ne / / / 8 7, ,_, ..----------T:-Iii )( / , , 3sLi3/'\ m'---11 /4,A'/,‘,/ ' avOl - [ im am i II , (r) li &c w , 0, 1--D II u 0 II v.• V° <Et x N.----91 t IQ' Z D 0< a= ii ......",49...,Ay_R-itl / CD 0 1 fl. o 6 cr- / / / '4,.4.\..,/i.:// I I k 11 II 'A A., ...l � O� Iw ) 10".,No_40:_10.01-'.:p....„/*cook,7,P1\::::4: 1 cji___16., if--,,- 'TIIIIIIIIII/—/- -= .!:i L II 11 i ''''. CC I I) P, �/ � \ v 1 i _ - - - --- C --ii-_---- \ _4_ _\\\4, \----: -- 1 ' --.\- _ _ _ op: 0 tak ip- —111,111:':' 2?-*:/'-/v/.-;7°(:":19::)::____,6:-\4/-1-':„1,0-7\'CI\1' ----1-e'1\-I44-------;--.-------c----:--(8\V\---\\7.\--45---:\\. ---14:\..i\\-\1>k\ I .1 -r . 7 ICI -tin ''/ --_-' i ��--_ -,OOb vsa- _ _ —\ I — _ / `� _ - —b,chy _- - - T - - _ g , /�� 9f-al-hy.MNFlN—_ �OSZ _\ \\ r Y o Emr a�n I , / � I __� - - i _ Qr~ �a '� - jil oQ^ � / 1/ / - ora a�cr o a_3¢_ oa '' a¢r � �Q / /� / Q H Iii �, uj 4-11 O phi / ,�, Z�Q wo aU mr 3' �• ,� �ry/�'� d0�M 4 9H W N P / / /, it ,'''''''' , ::#1 / ,,:o it / // ,„A / ____/74 ' ,,,,:Lu< / ' H i11'd / QC7 I-F.5 o 7 ' '''' (7)',L` [- --} i ill , • i v N \ I o ° �/ OV02i 33S2J3\33 .•' I - � II °■ ° 1 �/ II o o / �w U . II �//�/ ,L, a0 II I / U= • I -91 i / L'1a, .8.41 wV1 Pa IdEa 7 'XVW ± 8l 1 v Jaz v a O >w } _ ii y cz ow wm Z Y W� ~ �zz W , dw =w < t- r��O � WO O QNrmmY O Oo . WQ o � � m O W - 0 < aa � W 30 < o YIII 0 to - a 3wQ Z Zw J p J Z Q W ■ Q 2 O N p = o _� W J D W ~ O W p Qze k- pOF- wZm C�J UUZO QZ � Q �Z o d w o b ryh Oa N � � � � W w �� cv � a � aw ~ / >lt o" U c pu �J J U z o S O > Q U) z W �- J z -� 1 Zr:, U tL w > twit ~ H m O d Q Q O Uj m m U d m N Q O Z F _ J N O m • zCC 0 U O U tY J Q W O m w Q z > O Q p w m Q O O J Z W Q O W J = Q li Q CY y, m m Q J Q Q U Z O Z Q O w N a 0 W M MI O W W W W H _ F O Z F- > (1 tY f. O z Y W F- >F- r w O U p - W 0_ W !n U a dQ Ct QF- O p rzFp p OU O �0 Q U Q Q Z Q Z W U Y p fY Z Q z p W W W z �- Y W U W U O F- U W Litz w W > O H "g U = m 0 E m o W > CC U m O Q 1- D } F- JO Z_ Q tY O fY Z 1- Ct II < 1- 0_ mJmmo m2OU W tL ce O F- D W O W W •DI • • tr tl W W U W m Y WOQi OQ F- U O tl Z I- M _ t 1- a { W I H U • z J^ imp CI,- tL W tY H f Sim taw IMP • ggep6u! diepo..A,s!!gep... __vi d / j7 ICC 1 , . Ct_ t r i g prr p111' i 41 ' p 7 (,� r LL.I f i ‘ti W iff t i it i r I `fit I I A . r If Va 1 k + I I. ill , \ n J ..._ 't 1r t i 1 l V I a \ ti• , i!A r A p r i t p p , r VI- i i — ri` . TrZ ( I r p 1 r!1 p p + r p i f f Cr Y ii ' + ii ! _ �„ ; �`r CD I r I i ti I 1� a T 1 / O + I I r �� �z��t i,a , CU ti 'Rw-� •O I I ��t a a} f '41 r[ I e� r : ww. i.' t C � w . ~mow w . i e 1 ww 1 fi 1 .w, �w ! t p r rp f yl tk I , ,. a Ctl Q CO ti. I I p ff I 46 O I\ N i i �- ' i d V O P wwww Lr~`w. f I +... t 1 0 L t 1 e t 0 3 d L ! I a P ++ — a .' www -'i, j I I I ( r J .x N. d" A e IC p1 t :111-4-17'1: �r C ETo — O co • dititiit„ 1 1 i , 1 1,— -ow : .-- o 1 y t ! p m O ffr 16 w=www — A � p A 3'c ,.., I � I �p a f+ 1 0 t +r �. S. r i Ci ;I i L p I + ! w,`„� a ' p 1 t C„' A i , may~"`' w4 w i (+ i I pTf r • O • = 4 w=w w . r lri I s`w .... w w ar r \ J A J i V ww w \ �. 1! 1 +. I ! ,•\ ww • }' www I x..ACC �. www`, w ``', _` w`, i i�, AA - � w twbw ��1 wws w li 4 w,.w N. w. •a i ".. 'sy t i !_ .4ww\ w'w 1 IN. w i8 N N w ;,,..=y ew r t1 00, , w N N; . . w :,.....z.„. w.: * , M + r 11 r 1, , 1.1 t :0,,i cs CD ta I p *yam;` a F—°CO z • : ,,,,,. fa alco . g$ FIGURE 110. c I) N . y sM LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B_I Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport .13 Waterloo, Iowa P2 DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' 6 Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes c 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) Q, 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement o— 1.5 AGG a,°° Aggregate base - - FILL ° FILL: Sandy Lean Clay, trace Gravel, dark brown, dry to moist 50/5" a) r _ 0 12 15.4 o— c E 5.0 SP- % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel, brown, 13 _ SC .:': moist, loose to medium dense '- > (Alluvium)_ ..: 6 o • in . 5 10.0 ::•: _ END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. to '-1 Co rl F l7 — H Z — fL Li V >1 Z Co — Cl m — 0 O to N C 5 C V r V 0 K Z_ C7 Z C7 Z C O m O _ C7 O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-1 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-2 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa — -a DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' m o Depth o• feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes _ 2 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement N—o AGG k.°. Aggregate base _ _I50/3" — 2.5 ° °. N_ FILL FILL: Silty Clay,trace Gravel, fine-to coarse-grained, dark brown, dry ,I 22 9.1 — J` 5.0 / 7 SP- °: 1 POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY, trace Gravel, brown, • - SC .•' moist, loose - i : .`• (Alluvium) 0 • • a) :.. 1 8 10.0 ::.: END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N LO rr � I z - z — z c — — z d — l7 ri — — 0 — LO 0 0 0 - a cc 0 w• — u FI- i u Q Z 0 - Z l7 0 O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-2 page 1 of 1 ' ' LOG OF BORING _ INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-3 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport .0 Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' m o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 2 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) 0.8 PAV ° Asphalt Pavement — AGG °a° ° Aggregate base — _ 50/4" r 2.5 N_ FILL FILL: Sandy Lean Clay,trace Gravel, dark brown, moist 9 21.1 E 5.0 9 SP- % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to SC medium-grained, brown, moist, loose .:_• • (Alluvium) 8 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. — c1 Z — z u — >1 Z — — C7 , 0 ti i — — 0 N CC CL V V — — 0 — z 3 Z La z 0 m 0 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-3 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING I NTE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-4 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch — Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa — -0 DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' m o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n 0 8 PAV Asphalt Pavement °'— AGG a°°° Aggregate base Z a o _J50/5" —" aa'i 2.5 N— Q FILL FILL: Sandy Lean Clay,trace Gravel, dark brown, moist A( 9 17.5 0 o- 5.0 I 8 SP- % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to >— SC coarse-grained, brown, moist, loose 0. ::: (Alluvium) _ 10 cO 10.0 —� 8 T\ END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. • — r � F z ▪ — u co — Z • — l7 a m — — 0 —. o n m — N 0 ry _ 0 z• — z 0 u F- O a- a _ I- z c0 z 0 O m O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-4 page 1 of 1 sm LOG OF BORING I I TE RTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-5 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation g Waterloo Regional Airport .52 Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) Q 0 8 PAV Asphalt Pavement - 8 AGG a°°° Aggregate base- :a e L 2.5 - FILL FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel,fine-to coarse grained, dark 50/4„ _ c brown, dry to moist ' 22 5.2 Gravel=4%, Sand=73%, - Silt=14%, Clay=9%, 5.0 A 7 LL=15, PL=13, P1=2 SP- ::% POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to _ SC medium-grained, brown, moist, loose (Alluvium) 8 •/co _ A 10.0 ::•:f END OF BORING. -' Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N '-1 Co H C - C — L) U > 1 Z Co m — U Co m 0 - 0 Co m _ _ Co 0 0 N _ 0 C C - t� U N 0 C !1 _ Z C Z Z 0 0 Co 0 Co Q B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-5 page 1 of 1 _ LOG OF BORING !'. •,; ] ;.. yam''"'(/"°' IN i I E i.w Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-6 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement — AGG 'v> Aggregate base — °_ _\/50/3„ ) 2.5 °°°° N_ FILL .• FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel, fine-to coarse-grained, dark o •� •� brown, dry to moist y 12 7.6 o— OOi _ •��� E • � 1' 6 6.0 •�i• SP- . POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to U_ SC .' coarse-grained, brown, moist, loose —V 7 o :.. (Alluvium) a)— % 9 10.0 ::..: END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. La N C '-1 m z z — z LL V CC - - Z i Q z m — m - 0 o ti m - - Co 0 0 N _ _ r d K 0 W — V W V w — O a _ z z — Co z 0 0 m o Co 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-6 page 1 of 1 • $M LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-7 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa n DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) o. 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement °'— AGG q°°° Aggregate base — o ° _ 2.0 es 50/5" L FILL •' FILL: Poorly Graded Sand, trace Gravel with Clay pockets, dark brown, dry to moist g �� \I 40 3.1 0— 24 6.5 ♦♦ .0— SP- % POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to _ 11 SC • medium-grained, brown, moist, loose to medium dense — :: (Alluvium) L 8 10.0 :.•' END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N � ri to m 0 z z — CC zl m l7 m r m m — 0 - 0 m - 0 N — N N K U H U W_ — — 0 N C H z z z N O �^ m O l7 O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-7 page 1 of 1 • fi P" LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 ' BORING: B-8 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport .0 Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) a 0 8 PAV pi Asphalt Pavement o— 1.5 AGG aevo, Aggregate base — _ — FILL ••�•• FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel with Clay pockets, dark brown, _,50/3" •�••• moist — ••�•• o ••••• —‘, 48 3.4 ••• �_ 29 6.0 a SP- POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to — SC :•. coarse-grained, brown, moist, medium to loose to medium _ 14 dense — •.: (Alluvium) 10.0 :.' END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. to rl F l7 — H Z K — C 7 V cI — ZI to 0 O to c to 0 O L 0 a � cc — K L N H Q K C _ Z Z K 0 co Q — 9 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-8 page 1 of 1 w $" LOG OF BORING _ INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-9 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport • Waterloo, Iowa -0 DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' m o Depth 0 feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes • 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) 0.8 PAV 114 Asphalt Pavement — AGG k: Aggregate base — • — ee50/3" a) 3.0 c FILL FILL: Sandy Lean Clay,trace Gravel, dark brown, moist —� 13 13.7 0— .- 8 • 6.0 .Q SP- 1 POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to — SC ' medium-grained, brown, moist, loose _V 6 (Alluvium) -"^1 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. _ N 3 e-1 W rl _ m z• — Li Li Z Q en m l7 � to — 0 m - en 0 0 N _ 0 K K O ♦� u u u — 0 C z_ 9 z — l7 Z e s 0 m O — — O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-9 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-10 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport 11 Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes C 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) .� X 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement • — 1.5 AGG °v. Aggregate base — . . — FILL •••• FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel, fine-to coarse-grained, light _ 50/6" rbrown to brown, dry to moist 39 4.7 o ••••• E •�%i 31 >• 6.0 •�•• Q SP- . POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY, trace Gravel, fine-to _ SC medium-grained, brown, moist, loose — 9 o :: (Alluvium) 6 10.0 END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. '-1 to Z — U ml — — ZI — a to m d• — m — — 0 — o ti m — 0 0 ❑ — a m a ❑ w — _ V � V 0 K H — Z_ Z Z z 0 m O O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-10 page 1 of 1 • LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-11 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation g Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa N -13 DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' co 3 Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n 0.7 PAV Asphalt Pavement `0 1.5 AGG ir°°° Aggregate base — FILL FILL: Well Graded Sand with Silt,trace Gravel, fine-to �50/4" 0 medium-grained, dark brown, moist 139 3.3 Gravel=7%, Sand=82%, — _4 Silt=7%, Clay=4%, LL=14, PL=15, PI=N/A / 24 I- Ma� — >— .Q 32 a) 8.0 SC CLAYEY SAND,trace Gravel, fine-to coarse-grained, brown, • ' moist, loose _ 5 10.0 • (Alluvium) END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N ci Lb r1 0 •-1 m 0 o z 0z _ Li V col — zl 0 _ 00 Lb m V' — eri Lb 0 0 Lb ti m 0 0 E. z Lc?, V 0 z _ z 0 z 0 co 0 — 0 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-11 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-12 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport Waterloo, Iowa 02 - DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o• feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes m 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) • 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement 1.5 AGG a°°°° Aggregate base — FILL " FILL: Poorly Graded Sand with Silt,trace Gravel, dark brown, _ 50/4" moist 76 3.2 o _ Di*i C• E i 40 • 6.0 SP- :•% POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to — SC medium-grained, brown, moist, loose _ 10 o :•:' (Alluvium) • - N_ :.: _ 5 10.0 :.` END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N N ci 0 m I- O z m V 00 — — z - 00 00 m • — U' 0 m — 0 o m _ — tO 0 0 N Q - d 00 00 K 00 0 lJ � V _ 00 z 0 0 0 m 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-12 page 1 of 1 LOG OF BORING _ INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-13 _ Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport . Waterloo, Iowa 92 DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' as o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 2 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USACE EM1110-1-2908) (%) ca X 0.8 PAV Asphalt Pavement —o AGG a°°° Aggregate base — ° _ :Bee 4 50/5" 2.5 N_ FILL FILL: Poorly Graded Sand with Silt,trace Gravel, fine-to ��� coarse-grained, dark brown, moist —\ 40 4.3 0— )c OOi %i — VS 21 w 6.0 • • o SP- •• / POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY,trace Gravel,fine-to _ — SC :'. medium-grained, brown, moist, loose 12 (Alluvium) aa)— ` cn 4 10.0 : ..I END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. N 0 Z K — V > ZI l7 m 0 up 0 m — _ 0 o _ V�1 0 0 K 0 V V 0 z a _ z 0 z 0 z 0 0 0 0 0 B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-13 page 1 of 1 sm LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-14 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation o Waterloo Regional Airport ._ Waterloo, Iowa s DRILLER: R.Hunt/K. Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) n PAV Asphalt Pavement — 1.3 AGG Aggregate base _I50/3" a 2.5 y FILL I..: FILL: Poorly Graded Sand with Silt,trace Gravel with clay pockets,fine-to coarse-grained, dark brown, dry to moist ,I 27 8.9 — 00� J1 24 6.5 00• N_ • _1( 23 3.8 0 8.0 ����• SP- • '% POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY, trace Gravel,fine-to — SC .. coarse-grained, brown, moist, medium dense _y\ 22 2.3 10.0 (Alluvium) END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. U N — 0 _ K V �I — Z r Q z m a — l7 M O — O c-1 Lb O C - a — cc z u — r O 00 Z U — Z Z z 0 m O O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-14 page 1 of 1 BRAUN' LOG OF BORING INTERTEC Braun Project B1600963 BORING: B-15 Geotechnical Evaluation LOCATION: See attached sketch Proposed Taxiway Rehabilitation Waterloo Regional Airport g Waterloo, Iowa DRILLER: R.Hunt/K.Simpson METHOD: Power Auger DATE: 2/15/16 SCALE: 1"=4' o Depth o feet Description of Materials BPF WL MC Tests or Notes c 0.0 Symbol (Soil-ASTM D2488 or D2487, Rock-USAGE EM1110-1-2908) (%) Q. PAV Asphalt Pavement N— 1.3 —1 -2 2.0 AGG Aggregate base 50 r FILL ����� FILL: Silty Sand,trace Gravel,fine-to coarse-grained, dark brown, dry to moist, loose 0 — ��.� _ 32 4.6 Gravel=1%, Sand=81%, •� Silt=11%, Clay=7%, LL=14, PL=15, PI=N/A a) 6.0 o SP- ':'% POORLY GRADED SAND with CLAY, trace Gravel,fine-to N_ SC :. : medium-grained, brown to light brown, moist, medium dense 24 3.8 o `• (Alluvium) — •in 20 3.6 10.0 ::.: END OF BORING. Water not observed while drilling. Boring then backfilled. — '-1 '-I a-i Z V _ — >1 — Z 7 Q — m m — 0 0 ti m — _ L0 0 o 0 1 Q C K 0 0 � U - - V — - O z Z_ Z Z CG m O 0 O B1600963 Braun Intertec Corporation B-15 page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation BR A U N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South I N T E R T E L Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.995.2000 Report No:CBR:W16-000522-S1 California Bearing Ratio Test Report Issue No: 1 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM — 500 SW 7th St Ste 301 1-6/116Q Des Moines, IA, 50309 7-etiloOtProject: B1600963 Taxiway C&C1 Jason Limley Livingston Lane Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/5/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-61 Alternate Sample ID: B5 Sampled By: Drill Crew Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: Sample Location: B5, 2'-5' Stress vs Penetration Test Results ASTM D 1883-07 CBR At 0.1 in(%): 64.0 CBR At 0.2in(%): 75.1 16X10 Compactive Effort: ASTM D 1557 • Number of Blows: 19 14 - %of Maximum Dry Density: 95.6 Dry Density Before Soaking(Ib/ft'): 129.0 MC Before Compaction(%): 6.5 12330 ""t MC After Compaction(%): 6.4 Moisture Content of Top 1 in(%): 8.3 Average Moisture Content(%): a ttXriO Maximum Dry Density(Ib/ft'): 134.9 Optimum Moisture Content(%): 6.4 17y EDO- Sample Condition: soaked Swell(%): -0.2 Surcharge Mass(lb): 10.00 no. Oversize Material(%): 0.0 Date Tested: 3/5/2016 no. 0 ---- i 1 1 Q0 Q1 Q2 03 04 Filetratla1On) Comments Form No 18988,Report No:CBR W18-000522-Ss S32 -20t1 QES1Le8 by SpectraOEST corn Page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation BR A U N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South INTERTEC Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.995.2000 Report No: CBR:W16-000522-S2 California Bearing Ratio Test Report Issue No: Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM 500 SW 7th St Ste 301 tridtto Des Moines, IA, 50309 Project: B1600963 2n,ICfi 7.'4110(\ Taxiway C&C1 took; Jason Limle 2790 Livingston Lane Y Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/5/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S2 Alternate Sample ID: B11 Sampled By: Drill Crew Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: Sample Location: B11,2'-5' Stress vs Penetration Test Results 10'.00, ASTM D 1883-07 CBR At 0.1 in(%): 34.3 CBR At 0.2in(%): 42.3 90 Compactive Effort: ASTM D 1557 Number of Blows: 23 aio- %of Maximum Dry Density: 95.2 Dry Density Before Soaking(Ib/ft3): 118.0 ,QO- MC Before Compaction(%): 7.3 MC After Compaction(%): 7.1 -----`--""' Moisture Content of Top l in(%): 9.4 0 Average Moisture Content(%): in a Maximum Dry Density(Ib/ft3): 124.0 TOO. Optimum Moisture Content(%): 6.9 Sample Condition: soaked in TOO- Swell(%): 0.0 Surcharge Mass(lb): 10.00 Oversize Material(%): 0.0 3]]Ot Date Tested: 3/5/2016 01 + t - 4 r 4 4 00 Q1 02 Q3 Q4 lint-dial 01) Comments FormNo 18986,42apo l Ner.GEMwte-OOOs22-S2 O2000.2011 QESTLab by SAeOlaQESrcorn Page 1 of I Braun Intertec Corporation B RAU N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South NTERTEC Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.995.2000 Report No: CBR:W16-000522-S3 California Bearing Ratio Test Report Issue No: 1 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM — 500 SW 7th St Ste 301 Des Moines, IA, 50309 litAht Project: B1600963 Taxiway C&C1 t1,,; Jason Limle 2790 Livingston Lane Y Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast@braunintertec,com Date of Issue: 3/5/2016 — Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S3 Alternate Sample ID: B15 Sampled By: Drip Crew Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: Sample Location: B15,2'-5 Stress vs Penetration Test Results 15XI0> ASTM D 1883-07 CBR At 0.1in(%): 34.2 141)0' CBR At 0.2in(%): 44,9 13[A4- Compactive Effort: ASTM D 1557 Number of Blows: 16 1�(ID %of Maximum Dry Density: 94.9 Dry Density Before Soaking(lb/ft3) 125.3 _ 11Q70 MC Before Compaction(%): 8.7 10730- MC After Compaction(%): 8.6 Moisture Content of Top 1 in(%): 9.4 — • 100 Average Moisture Content(%): e 0 Maximum Dry Density(lb/ft3): 132.0 Optimum Moisture Content(%): 8.2 MO: Sample Condition: soaked 8:00 Swell(%): -0.1 Surcharge Mass(lb): 10.00 r80 Oversize Material(%): 0.0 40. Date Tested: 3/5/2016 3Q10, 0- o. ___,_- i t. -—t. 1 r r 4 1 00 01 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Ilnatralicn( Comments Form No 18888,Report No:CeR:w16.000522-S3 Q 2000-20f f QESTLab by SpectraQESTcom Page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation BR A U N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South NT E R T E'� Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.9952000 Proctor Report Report No: PTR:W16-000522-s1 Issue No: 1 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM 500 SW 7th St Ste 301 ti Des Moines, IA, 50309 --SettigYA Project B1600963 Taxiway C&C1 2790 Livingston Lane tttG Jason Limley Waterloo, IA,50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast,atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/1/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S1 Alternate Sample ID: B5 Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Date Submitted: 2/28/2016 Sampled By: Drill Crew Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: Location: B5, 2'-5' Date Tested: 3/1/2016 Dry Density - Moisture Content Relationship Test Results C%AirVkids ASTM D 1557-07 Maximum Dry Density(Ibf/ft'): 134.9 DyEkr*011i/ Corrected Maximum Dry Density 134.9 i350, (ibf/fe): Optimum Moisture Content(%): 6.4 Corrected Optimum Moisture 6.4 istoi Content(%): Method: A 1320 Preparation Method: Moist Specific Gravity(Fines): 2.65 131.0 Specific Gravity Method: Assumed Retained Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%); 3 1310 Passing Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 97 1X10 1230 1770 1260 1250 1240i 1 i t i i i 1 1 i 1 i 4 t i ! , t ! ! 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 M Etue ttltet(°A Comments Form No 110031,R°port No.FIR:Wt6.00O522-S1 .2000-2011()ESTCab by SpocfraQESr com Page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation — B R A U N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South I N T E R T E C Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952.995.2000 Proctor Report Report No: PTR:W16-000522-S2 Issue No: 1 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM 500 SW 7th St Ste 301 Des Moines, IA, 50309 h h 0• 4\41.10.40 Project: B1600963oie w.�s�l 1 Taxiway C&C1 2790 Livingston Lane t1t'= Jason Limley Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast@braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/1/2016 _ Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S2 Alternate Sample ID: B11 Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Date Submitted: 2/28/2016 Sampled By: Drill Crew Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings — Source: In Place Material: Specification: Location: B11, 2'-5' Date Tested: 3/1/2016 Dry Density - Moisture Content Relationship Test Results ak Uqt ASTM D 1557-07 DY 4� Maximum Dry Density (Ibf/ft3): 124.0 o Corrected Maximum Dry Density 124.0 (lbf/ft3): i Optimum Moisture Content(%): 6.9 Corrected O— ptimum Moisture 6.9 Content(%): 123o Method: A Preparation Method: Moist Specific Gravity(Fines): 2.60 Specific n Gravity Method: Assumed Retaied Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 4 1210 Passing Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 96 121.0 • 1210 -r---r-4 t t -r—i-4 t 4 41 t 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Misfire Coded( Comments Form No 110031,Report No:PTR:wtd O0O022-S2 02000-2011 QESTLab by$pectraQESTcom - Page 1 of 1 Braun Intertec Corporation B RAU N 11001 Hampshire Avenue South NT E Rfi�� Minneapolis,MN 55438 Phone:952 9952000 Report No: PTR:W16-000522-S3 Proctor Report Issue No: 1 Client: David Hughes Laboratory Results Reviewed by: AECOM 500SW7thStSte301 --"&t.t Des Moines, IA, 50309 On Project: B1600963 iffiek Taxiway C&C1 2790 Livingston Lanei1+>,u Jason Limley Waterloo, IA, 50703 Engineering Technician III TR: Aaron Tast, atast©braunintertec.com Date of Issue: 3/1/2016 Sample Details Sample ID: W16-000522-S3 Alternate Sample ID: B15 Date Sampled: 2/16/2016 Date Submitted: 2/28/2016 Sampled By: Drill Crew Sampling Method: Auger Cuttings Source: In Place Material: Specification: Location: B15, 2'-5 Date Tested: 3/1/2016 Dry Density - Moisture Content Relationship Test Results 0%ArVcic ASTM D 1557-07 Maximum Dry Density (lbfift3): 132.0 DyD ty(lti/ft') Corrected Maximum Dry Density 132.0 1330 (lbf/fta): Optimum Moisture Content(%): 8.2 1320i - ---` Corrected Optimum Moisture 8.2 Content(%): 1310i Method: A Preparation Method: Moist 1m0 . Specific Gravity(Fines): 2.65 Specific Gravity Method: Assumed 1XtOj Retained Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 4 Passing Sieve No 4(4.75mm)(%): 96 1 30f 10 1a3a- 100 1240 .; t 1230 t t _ tt 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Mire Qxtet(%) Comments Form No 110031,Report No.PTR.W16-000522-S3 ©2000,2011 QESTLab SpectraQES 7 corn Page 1 of 1 RAUN Descriptive Terminology of Soil j� Standard D 2487—11 I ITE!\TEC ul,� lnified Stion of Soils for oil Classification System) Purposes (Unified Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Soils Classification Particle Size Identification Grotto Names Using Laboratory Tests a Group Boulders over 12" Symbol Group Name b Cobbles 3"to 12" o Gravels Clean Gravels C. 4 and 1<Cs< 3 c GW Well-graded gravel" Gravel w a More than 50%of Less than 5%fines' c a Coarse 3/4"to 3" —' rn c ai coarse fraction Cy<4 and/or 1>C�>3 GP Poorly graded gravel m c Fine No.4 to 3/4" v retained on Gravels with Fines Fines classify as ML or MH GM Silty gravel° Sand c ° No.4 sieve More than 12%fines• a r g Fines classify as CL or CH GC Clayey gravel Coarse No.4 to No. 10 eo8 . o>n m Sands Clean Sands Ce 6 and 1 IC. <3 c SW Well-graded sand" Medium No. 10 to No.40 i s °z 50%or more of Less than 5%fines' Cp<6 and/or 1>Cc>3 c SP Poorly graded sand" Fine No.40 to No.200 coarse fraction o passes Sands with Fines Fines Gasify as ML or MH SM Silty sand is h Silt <No.200, PI<4 Or below E No.4 sieve More than 12%' Fines classify as CL or CH SC Clayey sand'a h "A"line " PI>7 and plots on or above"A'line' aim Clay <No.200, PI>4 and on CL Lean clay or about"A"line Silts and Clays InorganicY o a °, Liquid limit PI<4 or plots below"A`line' ML silt''" To a_ less than 50 Organic Liquid limit-oven dried < 0.75 OL Organic clay l''"'" Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils c a O Liquid limit-not dried OL Organic silt••'`"O is o ew PI plots on or above"A"line CH Fat clay"i " Very Loose 0 to 4 BPF _ rp E a Silts and clays Inorganic Loose 5 to 10 BPF m `z Liquid limit PI plots below'A°line MH Elastic silt" '" = Q q Medium dense 11 to 30 PPF iL o 50 or more Organic Liquid limit-oven dried < 0 75 OH Organic clay"'"'P Dense 31 to 50 BPF v" Liquid limit-not dried OH Organic silt''" a Very dense over 50 BPF Highly Organic Soils Primarily organic matter,dark in color and organic odor PT Peat Consistency of Cohesive Soils a. Based on the material passing the 3-inch(75mm)sieve. Very soft 0 to 1 BPF b. If field sample contained cobbles or boulders,or both,add"with cobbles or boulders or both"to group name. Soft 2 to 3 BPF c. c =D50/D,o C c=(D30)2 Rather soft. 4 to 5 BPF D,,x D6° Medium 6 to 8 BPF d. If soil contains>_15%sand,add"with sand"to group name. Rather stiff. 9 to 12 BPF e. Gravels with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: Stiff 13 to 16 BPF GW-GM well-graded gravel with silt Very stiff 17 to 30 BPF GW-GC well-graded gravel with clay Hard GP-GM poorly graded gravel with silt over 30 BPF GP-GC poorly graded gravel with clay f. If fines classify as CL-ML,use dual symbol GC-GM or SC-SM. g. If fines are organic,add"with organic fines:to group name. h. If soil contains>_15°/gravel,add"with gravel"to group name. i. Sand with 5 to 12%fines require dual symbols: SW-SM well-graded sand with silt Drilling Notes SW-SC well-graded sand with clay Standard penetration test borings were advanced by 3 1/4" SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt or 6 1/4" ID hollow-stem augers, unless noted otherwise. SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay Jetting water was used to clean out auger prior to sampling j. If Atterberg limits plot in hatched area,soil is a CL-ML,silty clay. only where indicated on logs. All samples were taken with k. If soil contains 10 to 29%plus No.200,add"with sand"or"with gravel"whichever is predominant. I. If soil contains>_30%plus No.200,predominantly sand,add"sandy"to group name. the standard 2"OD split tube samples,except where noted. m. If soil contains>_30%plus No.200 predominantly grave,add"gravelly"to group name. n. PI>_4 and plots on or above"A"line. Power auger borings were advanced by 4" or 6" diameter — o. PI<4 or plots below"A"line. continuous flight, solid-stern augers. Soil classifications and p. PI plots on or above"A"lines. strata depths were inferred from disturbed samples augered q. PI plots below"A"line. to the surface,and are therefore,somewhat approximate. eo ,, Hand auger borings were advanced manually with a 1 1/2" ,' or 3 1/4"diameter auger and were limited to the depth from 50" 7 y> which the auger could be manually withdrawn. 40•. .• A.%)% .P BPF: Numbers indicate blows per foot recorded in standard —.. a o< penetration test, also known as"N"value. The sampler was ,' G� set 6" into undisturbed soil below the hollow-stem auger. Driving resistances were then counted for second and third • 6" increments, and added to get BPF. Where they differed y 20- v' o`Off. significantly,they are reported in the following form: 2/12 for the second and third 6"increments, respectively. 0 ,e G>' MH or OH Q. 10- ,' — WH: WH indicates the sampler penetrated soil under weight — 4 /�/;d. %�� MH i OH of hammer and rods alone;driving not required. 0 0 10 18 20 30 40 60 60 70 80 90 100 110 WR: WR indicates the sampler penetrated soil under weight Liquid Limit(LL) of rods alone; hammer weight,and driving not required. Laboratory Tests TWTIN: T indicates thin-walled(undisturbed)tube sample. DD Dry density,pcf OC Organic content,% WD Wet density,pcg S Percent of saturation,% Note: All tests were run in general accordance with MC Natural moisture content,% SG Specific gravity applicable ASTM standards. LL Liquid limit,% C Cohesion,psf PL Plastic limits,% 0 Angle of internal friction PI Plasticity index,% qu Unconfined compressive strength,psf P200 %passing 200 sieve qp Pocket penetrometer strength,tsf Rev.9,15